Version for preview

Transcription

Version for preview

Vol. 10, No. 1, 2015.
ISSN 1840-1503
T TE M
TECHNICS TECHNOLOGIES EDUCATION MANAGEMENT
JOURNAL OF SOCIETY FOR DEVELOPMENT OF TEACHING AND BUSINESS PROCESSES IN NEW NET ENVIRONMENT IN B&H
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor
Secretary
Technical editor
Cover design
Lector
Lector
Dzafer Kudumovic
Nadja Sabanovic
Eldin Huremovic
Almir Rizvanovic
Mirnes Avdic
Adisa Spahic
Members Klaudio Pap (Croatia)
Nikola Mrvac (Croatia)
Slobodan Kralj (Croatia)
Davor Zvizdic (Croatia)
Janez Dijaci (Slovenia)
Ivan Polajnar (Slovenia)
Tadeja Zupancic (Slovenia)
Jelena Ivanovic Sekularac
(Serbia)
Nebojsa Vidanovic (Serbia)
Hasan Hanic (Serbia)
Amir Pasic
(Bosnia and Herzegovina)
Vesna Maric-Aleksic
Avdo Voloder
Samir Causevic
-------------------------------------- Address of theSarajevo,
Editorial Board Hamdije Kresevljakovica 7A
phone/fax 00387 33 640 407
[email protected],
http://www.ttem.ba
Published by DRUNPP, Sarajevo
Volume 10 Number 1, 2015
ISSN1840-1503
e-ISSN1986-809X
Table of Contents
A Study on the Authority Perception of School Administrators ..........3
Fatih Toremen, Yunus Bozgeyik, Necati Cobanoglu
Soft Lithography: Part 1 - Anti-fouling and
self-cleaning topographies ........................................................................9
Anka Trajkovska Petkoska, Anita Trajkovska-Broach
The application of BIM technology and its reliability
in the analysis of structures ....................................................................18
Tatjana Baros
Hindrances to the use of E-learning system
by architecture students ..........................................................................28
Bhzad Sidawi
Can Lean Six Sigma implementation experiences
from Slovenia help Bosnia? ....................................................................42
Dusan Gosnik, Bojan Mevlja, Klemen Kavcic
Proportion of the captain’s house dating from 1842.
in Lepetani- the Bay of Kotor.................................................................52
Dusan Tomanovic, Julija Aleksic, Mirko Grbic
Evaluation of the parallel computing performances
based on the nVIDIA GeForce GPU ............................................................ 60
Mitko Bogdanoski, Jelena Gjorgjev
System for Quality and Risk Management - Managing
on-site Courses Using Online Technology: A Study on
Al Ain University of Science and Technology........................................71
Loay Alnaji
Expertise of nonmaterial damage due to violation
of bodily integrity.....................................................................................78
Haso Sefo, Nedzad Korajlic, Mustafa Sefo, Muris Mujanovic
Contribution to structural analysis of bailey bridges
according to contemporary regulations in Bosnia
and Herzegovina.......................................................................................89
Besim Demirovic, Zijad Pozegic
Postural Quality Analyzes for Children Recorded in
Kinematic 2D and 3D Contemplas Method..........................................99
Sinisa Kovac, Safet Kapo, Haris Alic, Gordana Manic
Table of Contents
Investigation of original stone fragments used for the
construction of the Aladza Mosque in Foca........................................107
Nedjo Djuric, Kristina Saric, Dijana Djuric
Strikes and social problems as a consequence of the applied
model of the privatization of the public companies in the
Republic of Serbia..................................................................................112
Mehmed Avdagic, Slobodan Devic, Desnica Radivojevic,
Dzenan Golic, Maja Radic
Body Composition and Balance Measured by Tanita
and BBS - The Importance for Competitive Success of
Karate Athletes.......................................................................................119
Safet Kapo, Nedim Covic, Nusret Smajlovic, Husnija Kajmovic,
Anida Kapo, Armin Topalovic
Employee Attrition in ITeS Call Centers in Selected
Clusters of North India: Need to have a Relook.................................124
Gagandeep Kaur, Neeraj Pandey, Ravi Kiran, Shailendra Kumar
Instructions for the authors...................................................................136
technics technologies education management
A Study on the Authority Perception of School
Administrators
Fatih Toremen1, Yunus Bozgeyik2, Necati Cobanoglu3
1
2
3
Education Faculty, Zirve University, Turkey,
School of Foreign Languages, Gaziantep University, Turkey,
Ministry of Education, Turkey.
Abstract
This study aims to investigate school administrators’ perception of authority and explore
their perception in relation to various variables.
The participants included primary and secondary
school directors and vice-directors. The findings
showed that school administrators perceived authority arising from expertise as the most effective
authority type in terms of teachers’ fulfilling directives from administrators, and it was followed
by Charismatic, Legal, Traditional and Coercive
authority. It was also found that there were significant differences for Traditional authority in
relation to seniority and duty (director or vice director), Legal authority in relation to duty, Charismatic authority in relation to seniority in terms of
the perceived effectiveness. These findings were
discussed in the light of various studies and some
suggestions were made.
Key words: Authority, Perception, School Administrators
1. Introduction
The chance of an organization to survive and
fulfill its aims depends on its effective management in the hands of skillful administrators. Being able to make employees perform certain tasks
constitutes a considerable portion of administrative activities in schools. When we take into consideration that one of the most basic definitions of
management is that it is the art of being able to
make employees fulfill the tasks in a desired way,
the question of what constitutes the basic source
of making employees perform in this manner
gains importance. Even if all the social organizations tend to control its members, the problem of
control becomes vital in formal organizations and
the authority constitutes the base of the control
mechanism in such organizations [1]. Authority
Volume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
is the legitimate form of power which emanates
from written or unwritten norms and rules and the
personal characteristics of the person who exerts
power in an organization [2]. At this point it can be
said that authority must be used appropriately to
channel behaviors of the employees in accordance
with the goals of the organizations. Moreover, the
findings which shed light on the relationship of
authority with effectiveness related variables such
as job satisfaction, involvement, organizational
culture etc. testify the importance of studying authority thoroughly. Assessing the perception of
administrative staff in schools about authority and
the relation of with various variables would help
us understand the concept deeper.
2. Conceptual Framework
Authority comes originates from the Latin
word “Auctoritas” and it referred to the prestige,
influence and being able to gain support from the
people around. More modern definitions of the
term seem to be related with the original term
more or less. [3] defines the term as having the
right and power to command and obtain obedience. According to [4] authority can be defined as
having power and right to command, initiate and
end a task. In her work called Between Past and
Future, [5] compares authority to a pyramid. Authority is embodied in a form of layers which are
connected with each other from top to the bottom,
widens as you go down and in this construct lower
layers carry the ones on the top. According to [6],
while management fulfils its functions, fourteen
principles should guide administrators. [6] mentions about authority as the second principle and
defines it as the right to command and power to
ensure obedience. Although these definitions give
us an understanding of the concept, one of the
most comprehensive analysis on authority was
3
made by [2]. He evaluated the concept in relation
to legitimacy and explained it in terms of the basic
beliefs of people who are managed about authority. In order to have authority, the related person
should have some sources. One of these sources is
comprised of the personal effect of the person who
exerts authority such as charisma or expertise. The
other source originates from the formal organization or the societal norms.
2.1. Types of Authority
The administrators in formal organizations
make use of different kinds of authority and each
of them has different sources. These authority
types can be numbered as Charismatic, Legal, Traditional, Coercive and Expert authority.
Traditional: This type of authority gets its
source from the attribution of authority to a certain
position by the society in general and employees
in an organization in particular. This type of authority is not related with the person who occupies
a position. Rather, the source of the authority is
the traditional respect and acceptance of a position
in an organization by the society and members of
an organization [7]. An example of this situation
can be seen in school organizations. Students can
fulfill the demands of teachers or administrators
because of the fact that their parents have done so.
This is not related with the administrator holding
the position. It is about the respect of the traditional roles in that organization [1].
Legal: This authority type depends on the contract between an organization and its employees.
In this contract, employees’ duties and responsibilities, and who is responsible to whom is specified openly in the chain of authority. As a natural
result of this situation, superiors get right to control the behaviors of subordinates [8]. People have
legal authority as a result of the fact that they have
been appointed to a particular position. In this
context, subordinates have an obligation to obey
the demands of their superiors [9].
Charismatic: A person may attain authority as
a result of his/her personal characteristics and behavioral patterns. If the members of an organization
envy a person, their behavior may be affected by
that person. People who have charisma can obtain
loyalty of others and direct them [7]. The power of
4
the Charismatic authority depends on the followers’ perception that the only way to achieve their
goals is to follow the person who has charisma [10].
Expert: Expert authority refers to a person’s ability to control and direct the behaviors of the followers as a result of her knowledge, skills and experience in an area. The basic rule which determines the
effectiveness of such authority is that the followers
shouldn’t have the related knowledge, skill and experience [11]. The studies about the variables which
have a force on people’s behavior have shown that
one of the most important of them is an individual’s
degree of knowledge, experience and skills in an
area [12]. The rationale behind the ability to convince followers to behave in a particular way with
this kind of knowledge is that followers tend to believe in the accuracy of the ideas from expert individuals more easily [13]. This is an indication of the
perceived reliability of expert people [14].
Coercive: This authority stems from the fact
that certain behaviors may bring about negative
outcomes. If a superior can fire her subordinate,
degrade her position and give her undesirable
tasks, we can say that the superior has coercive authority over her subordinate [15]. The fact that this
authority rests on the fear of punishment brings
some problems with itself. Some of these are employee disappointment, job dissatisfaction, high
turn-over rates and low performance levels [16].
When we examine the related literature, we can
observe that the authority types mentioned above
are categorized into two as formal and informal.
Formal authority depends on a person’s position
in the hierarchical system of an organization. Legal, Traditional and Coercive authority can be put
under this category. On the other hand, informal
authority gets its source from the person herself.
Charismatic and Expert authority is examined under this category.
School administrators should develop a deep
awareness of these authority types and know how
to use them in the appropriate place and time [1].
Effective administrators shouldn’t rely on only
their formal authority, they should also make use
of informal authority types as well [17]. The administrators who utilize their formal authority in
excess can only expect superficial commitment
from his subordinates. However, the use of informal authority can make a reverse effect [18]
Position
Education
Total
3.2. Data Gathering Instrument
In order to collect data a likert type scale questionnaire was used. The original questionnaire
was developed by [19]. In the adaptation process
of the questionnaire to Turkish language, two different translators were asked to translate the quesVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
829
8
694
19
683
9
784
15
760
7
724
11
22
6
819
697
580
Total
Factor
27
Reliability
coefficient
(C. Alpha)
Age
880
819
794
725
759
714
661
Explained
variance
Seniority
Male
Female
1-4 years
5-8 years
9 or more years
27-35
36-40
41 or more
Director
Vice-director
Associate Degree
Bachelor’s Degree
Master’s Degree
%
89.1
10.9
33.7
36.6
29.7
33.7
30.7
35.6
22.8
77.2
8.9
78.2
12.9
100
Factor
loading
Gender
n
90
11
34
37
30
34
31
36
23
78
9
79
13
101
Item
number
20
24
16
12
23
17
2
Coercive
The sample of the study consists of 101 school
administrators working as director or vice director
in various primary and secondary schools in Gaziantep/Turkey. The data was collected in 20132014 academic year.
Table 1. Distribution of the participants according to demographic variables
Firstly, factor analysis was done with varimax
rotation method. After that reliability analysis was
done by calculating Cronbach’s alpha coefficient
for each of the factor and then, all off the factors.
Table 2. Factor and Reliability Analysis
Legal
3.1. Sample
4. The Findings of the Study
Charismatic
Descriptive research design was utilized to assess school administrators’ authority perception
and its relation to various variables.
Traditional
3. Methodology
tionnaire into Turkish. After that a consensus was
attained between the translators on differences.
There were five options in the questionnaire to
choose ranging from never to always. Because of
the cultural differences, statistical analyses were
done to assess the reliability and validity of the
questionnaire. In order to make deductions based
on mean scores, means were labeled in the following manner: Always (x̅=5.00-4.20), Generally
(x̅=4.19-3.40), Sometimes (x̅=3.39-2.60), Seldom
(x̅=2.59-1.80), Never (x̅=1.79-1).
Expert
When the related literature is examined, it can
be seen that although there are a number of studies
about the perception of teachers about the authority types made use of by school administrators, the
research on the perception of administrators about
their authority is much more limited. The current
study was undertaken to assess the perception of
school administrators in terms of the effectiveness
of various authority types to make teachers obey
the directives from them.
%17.3
.852
%12.5
.655
%12.2
.683
%12
.679
%11.8
.632
%65.7
.786
As can be observed in Table 2, as a result of the
factor analysis five factors emerged, and these five
factors explain 65.7% of the total variance. Coercive authority contributed most to the total variance
(17.3%). It was followed by Legal (12.5%), Charis5
matic (12.2), Traditional (12%) and Expert (11.8%)
authority. Another finding is that the Cronbach’s alpha coefficients altered between 0.632 and 0.852,
and the coefficient for the all of the factors is 0.786.
These findings show that these values are at an acceptable level and the scale is reliable.
The mean scores for the authority perception of
school administrators about each subscale were at
different levels.
Table 3. Means, Standard Errors and Standard
Deviations for Authority Types
x̅
4.04
3.98
3.21
3.13
2.55
Expert
Charismatic
Legal
Traditional
Coercive
SE
0.53
0.64
0.76
0.85
0.92
SD
0.53
0.64
0.77
0.85
0.92
Schools administrators perceived that Expert
authority was the most effective authority type
in terms of getting teachers to do the tasks given
by them (x̅=4.04, Generally). It was followed by
Charismatic (x̅=3.98, Generally), Legal (x̅=3.21,
Sometimes), Traditional (x̅=3.13, Sometimes) and
Coercive (x̅=2.55, Seldom) authority.
The analyses showed that the perceived effectiveness of Traditional authority differed significantly according to the seniority of the administrators, F(2.98)=5.91, p<.05.
Table 4. One-Way Anova Tests Results for Administrators’ Perception of Traditional Authority
according to Seniority
Between
Groups
Within
Groups
Total
Sum of
Squares
df
Mean
Square
F
p
7.826
2
3.913
5.912
.004
64,858
98
.662
72,684
100
Multiple comparisons with Scheffe test put forward that the administrators who had nine or more
years of experience (x̅=3.56, SD=0.8) perceived that
Traditional authority was significantly more effective than administrators with 1-4 (x̅=2.9, SD=0.84)
and 5-8 (x̅=3, SD=0.79) years of experience.
Because the data about the perception of directors and vice directors’ with regards to Traditional
authority didn’t show normal distribution with Sha6
piro-Wilk test (p>.05), non-parametric Mann-Whitney U-test was carried out to compare the groups.
Table 5. Mann-Whitney U-Test results for Administrators’ Perception of Traditional Authority
according to Position
23
Mean
Rank
65.63
Sum of
Ranks
1509.5
78
46.69
3641.5
Position
n
Director
Vicedirector
U
P
560.5
.006
According to the results, directors perceived
that Traditional authority was significantly more
important when compared with vice directors
(U=560.5, p<.01).
Administrators’ perception of legal authority
was also significantly different with regards to
their position, t(99)=2.88, p<.01.
Table 6. T-Test Results for Administrators’ Perception of Legal Power according to Position
Position
Director
Vice-director
n
23
28
x̅
3.6
3.1
SD
0.68
0.76
df
99
t
p
2.88 .005
Directors perceived that legal authority was
significantly more effective in comparison with
vice-directors. This finding shows that the position of the administrators is an important factor
which determines the perceived effectiveness of
legal authority.
The analysis of the data with Shapiro-Wilk test
about Charismatic authority in terms of seniority
didn’t put forward normal distribution, (p>.05).
Accordingly, non-parametric Kruskal-Wallis test
was carried out. The test put forward that there
were significant differences between groups, χ²
(sd=2, n=101)=7.95, p<.05.
Table 7. Kruskal-Wallis Test Results for Admistrators’ Perception of Charismatic Authority according to Seniority
Seniority
1-4
5-8
9 or more
n Mean Rank
34
44.81
37
46.62
30
63.42
df
2
χ²
7.95
p
.019
To find out which groups differed significantly,
Mann-Whitney U-test was run. The results pointed out that administrators who had nine or more
years of experience perceived Charismatic authority to be significantly more effective than those
with 5-8 and 1-4 years of experience (p<.05). Another finding was that perceived effectiveness of
Charismatic authority was significantly higher for
administrators with 5-8 years of experience than
those with 1-4 years of experience, (p<.05).
The comparison of authority types according to
age, gender and education level variables didn’t
put forward significant results. Accordingly, it can
be claimed that school administrators’ perception
of authority types didn’t varied significantly with
regards to these variables.
5. Conclusion
The current study puts forward that school administrators perceived Expert authority as the most
effective authority type in terms of getting teachers to carry out directions given by them. This authority type was followed by Charismatic, Legal,
Traditional and Coercive authority. A study carried
out by [20] on teachers about the application of authority in school settings put forward that administrators used legal and coercive authority more than
other authority types. This finding puts forward that
there may be discrepancies between the practice
and the perception of authority in schools. In other
words, administrators may not make use of certain
types of authority as much as they perceive them to
be effective. However, there are also studies which
suggest a reverse relationship. In our study Expert
and Charismatic authority were the most effective
authority types according to administrator’s perception. These authority types take their source from
personal characteristics [9]. The study by [21] has
put forward that this type of authority was the most
often used one by administrators according to the
perception of teachers. The study by [22] also gave
similar findings. Their study on teachers found that
informal authority types such as Charismatic and
Expert was the most often used authority types by
administrators. This finding can be interpreted as
positive if we take into consideration that administrators shouldn’t get by only with their formal
authority [17]. The findings which show stronger
positive relations between informal authority and
organizational involvement in the study by [22] testify this idea.
Another finding of the current study was that
school administrators perceived effectiveness of
certain authority types differed significantly according to their position and seniority. Administrators with nine or more years of experience
perceived Traditional authority as a significantly
more effective authority than those with 5-8 and
1-4 years of experience. The analysis on the data
about Charismatic authority also pointed out seniority was an important factor which determines
the perceived effectiveness of the related authority. For administrators with more than nine years
of experience, Charismatic authority was significantly more effective than for those with 5-8 and
1-4 years of experience.
The last significant finding of the study was
that the position of the administrators as director
or vice-director is a determinant factor in terms of
the perceived effectiveness of Legal and Traditional
authority. Directors perceived these authority types
to be significantly more effective than vice-directors. The significant differences for Traditional and
Legal authority according to seniority and position
can be explained by the age factor. Administrators
who are more experienced and hold the position of
directorship tend to be older and these people may
attribute more importance to Traditional and Legal
aspects of authority because they were grown more
traditionally than their younger colleagues.
References
1. Hoy WK, Miskel CG. Educational administration:
Theory, research, and practice, 6th edition, New
York: McGraw-Hill, 2001.
2. Weber M. The theory of social and economic organizations (AM. Henderson, Talcott Parsons, trans.).
Talcott Parsons (ed.). Newyork: Free Press, 1947.
3. Doğan M. Büyük Türkçe sözlük. İstanbul: İz
Yayıncılık, 1996.
4. Baktır M. Hz Peygamber otoritesinin dayanakları.
Cumhuriyet Üniversitesi İlahiyat Fakültesi Dergisi
2004; 8(1): 23-39.
5. Arendt H, Jerome K. Between past and future. Sabon: Penguin Books, 2006.
6. Fayol H. General and industrial management (trans.
Constance Storrs). Bahth: Pittman Corp, 1949.
7
7. Isherwood GB. The principal and his authority: An
empirical study. The High School Journal 1973;
56(6): 291-303.
8. Özkalp E, Kırel Ç. Örgütsel davranış. Bursa: Ekin
Basım Yayın Dağıtım, 2011.
9. Hitt MA, Black JS, Porter LW. Management (International Edition). USA: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2005.
10. Hodge BJ, Anthony WP, Gales LM. Organization
theory: A strategic approach (5th Edition). USA:
Prentice Hall, Inc., 1996.
22. Sezgin F, Koşar S. İlköğretim okulları müdürlerinin
güç stilleri ile öğretmenlerin örgütsel bağlılığı
arasındaki ilişki. Türk Eğitim Bilimleri Dergisi
2010; 8(2): 273-296.
Corresponding Author
Yunus Bozgeyik,
Gaziantep University,
Gaziantep,
Turkey,
E-mail:[email protected]
11. Schermerhorn JR, Hunt JG, Osborn RN. Organizational behavior. USA: Wiley&Sons Inc, 2002.
12. Cialdini RB, Goldstein NJ. Social influence: compliance and conformity. Annual Review of Psychology 2004; 5: 591–621.
13. French JPRJ, Raven B. The bases of social power.
In: Cartwright Zander DA, (Ed.). Group dynamics.
New York: Harper and Row 1960; 607-623.
14. Priester RJ, Petty ER. The influence of spokesperson trustworthiness on message elaboration, attitude strength, and advertising effectiveness. Journal
of Consumer Psychology 2003; 13(4): 408-421.
15. Robbins SP, Judge TA. Organizational behavior
(15th edition). USA: Pearson, 2012.
16. Zafer D. İlköğretim okulu yöneticilerinin
kullandıkları örgütsel güç kaynaklarına ilişkin
öğretme görüşleri. (Yayınlanmamış yüksek lisans
tezi). Sakarya Üniversitesi, Sosyal Bilimler Enstitüsü, Sakarya, 2008.
17. Mintzberg H. Power in and around Organizations.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1983.
18. Yukl GA. Leadership in organizations. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall, 1981.
19. James JR. An analysis of teacher and principal perceptions of principals’ administrative authority bases
in a selected Newfoundland school district. M.Ed.
thesis. Memorial University of Newfoundland, 1983.
20. Titrek O, Zafer D. Elementary Teachers’ Opinions about Organizational Power Sources Used
by School Administrators Educational Sciences:
Theory&Practice 2009; 15(60): 657-674.
21. Koşar S, Çalık T. The relation between primary
school administrators styles of using power in management and organizational power. Educational
Sciences:Theory&Practice 2011; 17(4): 581-603.
8
Soft Lithography: Part 1 - Anti-fouling and
self-cleaning topographies
Anka Trajkovska Petkoska1, Anita Trajkovska-Broach2
University St. Kliment Ohrdiski, Faculty of Technology and Technical Sciences, Veles, R. Macedonia,
High Performance Optics, Inc., Virginia Tech Corporate Research Center, Blacksburg, VA, United States of
America.
1
2
Abstract
Soft lithography encompasses a collection of inexpensive low-expertise methods to fabricate complex micro- and nano-structured topographies. The
most forms of soft lithography use a patterned elastomeric stamp having inverse relief features, which
can transfer the desired patterns on almost any, flat
or curved, surface. The short “turn-around” time
from an idea to prototype, coupled with its suitability for a broad range of soft materials and a good
control over surface chemistries, has made soft lithography one of the top most versatile fabrication
tool in many research laboratories.
In this work, soft lithographic replica molding method was used to fabricate anti-fouling
and self-cleaning engineered topographies. Antifouling patterned surfaces developed have shown
increased inhibition toward bacterial attachment
and biofilm formation compared to control surfaces, all made of the same material. Self-cleaning
hydrophobic engineered topographies have shown
the “Lotus-leaf-effect”. In both types of topographies fabricated in this work, the surface features’
size and periodicity seem to play the major role in
the surface final performance.
Key words: soft lithography, replica molding,
antifouling, self-cleaning.
1. Introduction
Traditionally, surface patterning in microelectronics has been done with photolithography. However, photolithography has some limitations, such
as: it cannot be easily applied to non-planar (curved)
surfaces and tolerates a very narrow range of materials with no control over the chemistry of patterned
surfaces. The size of features produced by photolithography are dictated by the optical diffraction,
while the high-energy radiation needed for small
features requires complex facilities and technologies. Photolithography is an expensive technique,
often not accessible to non-specialists. From the
other hand, soft lithography overcomes the limitations of conventional photolithography and further
extends its possibilities. Soft lithography is inexpensive and applicable to three-dimensional and
curved structures, well-suited for a wide range of
elastomeric (soft) materials, which cannot be used
in the conventional photolithography. Moreover,
soft lithography enables patterning large areas and
has a potential for large specific surface area molds
without expensive capital equipment. Thus, soft lithography opens possibilities for novel applications
in biotechnology, flexible electronics, microfluidics, etc [1-12].
Soft lithography is a process in which a soft
polymer (elastomer) is cast onto mold that has the
desired surface pattern. The elastomeric “soft” mold
or stamp in soft lithography is made from a master,
which is most often fabricated on a silicon wafer
by conventional lithography. Figure 1a below is a
schematic presentation of a master, which is used to
make an elastomeric stamp by solidifying the liquid
prepolymer material with heat or UV light.
The elastomeric stamp is made usually of a
soft material, very often polydimethylsiloxane
(PDMS). PDMS has been the most widely used
material as stamp material in soft lithography
due to its outstanding properties, such as low
cost, transparency, biocompatibility, low toxicity, chemical inertness, diverse surface chemistry,
mechanical flexibility and durability. Various acrylates, mostly photo-curable, have been also used
as stamp materials in soft lithography. The soft
and rubbery backbone of PDMS and other elastomers enables conformal contact that is crucial
for a good reproduction of desired patterns in soft
lithography.
9
According to Whitesides et al. the terminology soft lithography refer to “a collection of techniques based on printing, molding, and embossing with an elastomeric stamp [1-5]. Some of the
soft lithographic fabrication methods, which use a
patterned elastomeric stamp are: replica molding,
micro-contact printing, micro-transfer molding,
micro-molding in capillaries, solvent-assisted micro-molding, micro-particle fabrication, and many
variations of the above methods.
Figure 1. (a) Elastomeric stamp fabrication from
a rigid master and (b) replica patterning
In replica molding (Figure 1b), a patterned
elastomeric stamp is used as a soft mold and filled
with a liquid prepolymer. Upon curing the prepolymer by heat or UV light, the cured polymer is
easily separated from the stamp due to low surface
energy of the stamp. The inverse patterns of the
stamp are imprinted in the surface of the polymer,
known also as replica. Replica molding allows
replicas to be made in a wide spectrum of materials and the stamps to be reused many times.
In this study, novel types of engineered surfaces, fabricated by soft lithography, are presented.
Among many patterned topographies fabricated,
two categories of engineered surfaces will be disclosed. The first category of patterned engineering
surfaces reported in this study are anti-fouling topographies, i.e. surfaces with topographic features
that reduce bacterial colonization and biofilm
formation. The second category of disclosed engineered topographies are related to self-cleaning
hydrophobic surfaces.
10
2. Experimental
Micro-patterned topographies were prepared by
soft lithographic method replica molding (Figure
1b) using micro-patterned acrylic-based stamps.
The photo-curable acrylate/ methacrylate formulations used for making the stamps were designed
in such way to provide certain degree of flexibility
for a good conformal contact and release from the
replicas, but also some rigidity for easy handling,
especially when large area stamps were needed.
The micro-patterned replicas were made in different photo-curable liquid prepolymers based on
acrylate-urethane- and fluoro-acrylate polymer
formulations, cured with UV-A light supplied by
a lamp with intensity of 4 W/cm2 at total fluence
in the range 0.5 – 1.0 J/cm2. A fluoro-acrylate and
an acrylate-urethane formulation were used for
the fabrication of anti-fouling topographies, while
several fluoro-acrylate formulations were used for
making non-wetting hydrophobic surfaces. The actual chemical compositions of the stamp polymer
formulations used in this study, as well as the actual
chemistry of the replica polymeric materials will be
not disclosed here due to proprietary reasons.
Some of the patterned surfaces made by soft
lithography were further subjected to reactive ion
etching (reactive ion etcher, Trion Technology
Phantom II) in order to impose dual structure topographies, i.e. random nano-structures embedded on top of the micro-structures. For comparative purposes, reactive ion etching was applied on
smooth surfaces made from the tested materials
resulting in random nano-structured topographies
only. Topographic characterization of micro-patterned stamps and patterned surfaces (replicas)
was done with scanning electron microscopy,
SEM (FEI XL30 SEM-FEG).
The anti-fouling engineered surfaces were
further characterized in terms of monitoring the
bacterial growth on them over certain time period
(1-60 days) and conditions (temperature, humidity, flow and static conditions) and were compared
to smooth surfaces made of the same materials as
control surfaces. The surface energy of smooth
surfaces was determined by commercially-available ACCU DYNE TEST™ marker pens. The
anti-fouling character of the surfaces developed in
this study was tested against two strains of bacVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
teria, Escherichia coli as gram-negative bacteria
and Staphylococcus aureus as gram-positive bacteria, in static and flow conditions. The static conditions were improvised in large plastic containers
(length x width x depth = 0.5 x 0.5 x 0.5 m), coated
and patterned with the studied materials and topographies, and filled with stagnant water. The
dynamic conditions were improvised on plastic
plates containers (length x width = 0.5 x 0.5 m),
coated and patterned with the studied materials
and topographic features, over which water was
allowed to pass with velocities of 0.1 - 1 m/min.
The self-cleaning hydrophobic surfaces were
characterized for their self-cleaning and repelling
performance of water drops. The wettability of the
replicas was characterized by contact angle measurements (Drop Shape Analyzer – DSA100S,
KRUSS). Water droplets (5 µl) were applied to the
studied surfaces with a syringe. The sliding angles
were measured by tilting the engineered surfaces
with applied droplets on them. Particularly, the
minimum angle at which the droplets rolled-off
the surface without wetting it (i.e. without spreading on the surface) was recorded as a sliding angle
for the particular surface. For this purpose, the
tested surfaces (length x width = 0.5 x 0.5 m) were
covered with sand comprising micron-sized particles in amount of 0.02 g sand/cm2 surface and
were microscopically inspected before and after
water drops roll over them for qualitative observation of the washed/non-washed sand particles. The
water droplets were supplied at the top edge of the
tested surface in amount of 10 ml/cm2 surface.
3. Results and Discussion
3.1. Anti-fouling micro-structure based topographies
Bacterial surface fouling (bacterial attachment)
and biofilm formation are big problems in many
applications and industries, including but not limited to: medical devices (implants, replacement
joints, stents, pacemakers, catheters), municipal
infrastructure (drinking water pipes, wastewater treatment), food production (food processing
surfaces, processing equipment), hospitals, water
transportation vehicles (ships), etc. Biofilm exists wherever surfaces are in contact with water or
body fluids. Biofilms are considered to be a collection of microorganisms surrounded by the slime
they secrete, attached to a surface. Biofilm is defined as “structured, co-operative microbial community embedded in an extracellular usually polysaccharide matrix, attached to a surface.” [13-25]
To avoid the danger of biofilm formation, several solutions have been proposed to prevent bacterial attachment and biofilm formation on various
surfaces. 26-34 In this study, micro-engineered topographies were fabricated as non-toxic strategy
against the biofilm formation on plastic surfaces.
This approach seems to be the best in fighting bacterial contamination on surfaces of interest without any toxic anti-microbial chemicals and antibiotics, and thus, without any harmful consequences
for the life species in contact with those surfaces.
For this purpose, surface patterns that were antici-
Figure 2. SEM images of (a) micro-patterned replica produced by soft lithography and (b) elastomeric stamp used to make the replica (a).
11
pated to disrupt the ability of bacteria to adhere,
colonize, and develop into biofilms were fabricated by soft lithographic technique replica molding.
An example of a fabricated topography by replica
molding is given in Figure 2. Particularly, SEM
image of an engineered surface with square posts
is given in Figure 2a, while the SEM of the elastomeric stamp used to make such surface is presented in Figure 2b.
It is known that the bacterial adhesion to surfaces is greatly affected by the physical and chemical properties of the surface, as well as the characteristics of the bacteria. Our initial results of the
kinetic study have shown that the topographical
features developed in this study reduced cell-surface interactions, and thus, reduced surface colonization and biofilm formation compared to smooth
surfaces made of the same materials. Furthermore,
the kinetics results of bacterial attachment to the
tested surfaces was slightly affected by the surface
energy of these materials, when smooth surfaces
were tested. Particularly, two types of materials
were tested: smooth surfaces made of acrylateurethane material and fluoro-acrylate materials
with surface tension values of 45 mN/m and 25
mN/m, respectively. In both cases the biofilm was
formed; however, fluoro-acrylate surfaces had less
amount of biofilm formation than the acrylate-urethane-based smooth surfaces for a given time period. Therefore, surface material nature has little or
no effect on biofilm formation rate; the lower surface energy material inhibits only the initial phase
of bacterial attachment compared to the higher
surface energy material. The patterned surfaces
demonstrated the highest degree of controllable
inhibition over bacterial attachment, when compared to control smooth surfaces. Among different well-defined topographic features tested in this
study, the best results were observed for surfaces
with square- and cylindrical- micron-sized posts.
To assess the effect of the surface patterns’
size and shape on kinetics of bacterial attachment,
various topographic features were fabricated and
tested. For this purpose, the pitch p (or period),
width w and height h of square- and cylindrical
posts were systematically changed and easily prototyped by soft lithography.
For patterned topographies with square posts
(Figure 2), the pitch p, was changed as a function
12
of the post width w (equation 1), in the range given
below:
.......................... (1)
while the post height h was varied in the range
given with the equation 2:
.............................. (2)
For cylindrical surface posts, the same equations given above were used with w equal to the
post diameter.
Preliminary results on kinetics of biofilm formation showed that the size, spacing, and shape
of surface features play a significant role in cellsurface attachment. A mathematical correlation
between the surface parameters, such as specific
surface area and initial biofilm formation is envisioned, which will be published additionally.
The surface patterns were tested against two
different strains of bacteria, Escherichia coli as
gram-negative and Staphylococcus aureus as
gram-positive bacteria. No statistical difference
in the rate of surface attachment between grampositive and gram-negative bacteria on tested topographies was observed.
In regard to the flow conditions, biofilm was
formed in both, static and dynamic conditions.
The initial observation was that even a high flow
rate did not prevent bacterial attachment nor completely remove the existing biofilm, but it limited
the total biofilm thickness only. The reason for this
is believed to be that even in turbulent flow conditions, there is always a laminar sublayer close to
the surface, which allows the bacteria to attach to
the surface and progress into biofilm. In turbulent
conditions, it is expected that the biofilm fragmentation and detachment would happen more often,
resulting in lower total biofilm thickness compared to laminar flow conditions.
The key observations from the initial biofilm
studies are as follows:
–– Material surface energy: surface material
nature has little or no effect on biofilm
formation rate;
–– Specific surface area: well-defined
engineered topographical have demonstrated
the highest degree of controllable inhibition
over bacterial surface attachment when
compared to smooth surfaces. The specific
surface area of surface patterns (i.e. their
period and size) plays the major role in the
kinetics of biofilm formation;
–– Bacteria type: no statistical difference in
the bacterial growth rate on tested surfaces
was observed for Escherichia coli and
Staphylococcus aureus;
–– Flow conditions: biofilms were formed in
both, static and dynamic conditions, with
only difference in the final biofilm thickness,
which appeared to be thicker in static and
laminar conditions.
3.2. Self-cleaning hydrophobic engineered
surfaces
Self-cleaning surfaces that repel various liquids
without wetting the surface can find use in a wide
range of technological and consumer applications,
including self-cleaning windows, windshields, sun
rooms, glass roofs, repellent fabrics, anti-icing surfaces, drag-reducing surfaces, solar panels, utensils,
etc. One of the most studied examples in Nature is
the Lotus leaf (Nelumbo Nucifera), known for its
superhydrophobicity and self-cleaning effect. Due
to its extreme water repellency and self-cleaning
performance, lotus leaves always remain clean in
muddy ponds; such effect is often known as the
‘Lotus-Leaf-Effect’ in literature [35-41].
Repellent superhydrophobic surfaces can be designed either by selecting low surface energy materials, or by introducing surface patterns, or both
[42-53]. With an objective to fabricate non-wetting
engineered topographies in an easy and inexpensive way, replica molding was utilized to produce
micro-structure-based patterned surfaces. The
cross-sections of soft-lithographic patterned surfaces developed in this work are given in Figure 3.
These surfaces were developed to provide different
specific surface areas, and thus, different contact areas between the liquid drop and the surface.
The sizes of surface features in this work were
systematically varied. Particularly, the pitch or period p, and the height h, of micro-structures were
varied as functions of the features’ width w, as
given with equations 3-13.
Figure 3. Schematic of cross-sections of different
topographies developed and tested for their selfcleaning hydrophobic performance
............................ (3)
............................. (4)
............................. (5)
............................ (6)
............................. (7)
........................... (8)
............................. (9)
........................... (10)
............................ (11)
.......................... (12)
........................... (13)
The materials used for fabrication of self-cleaning superhydrophobic topographies were different
photo-curable fluoro-acrylate formulations due to
13
their intrinsic lower surface energy. The surface
energy measured on smooth surfaces of these materials was in the range 20-25 mN/m. The contact
angle measurements yielded that all tested surfaces have shown water contact angles of 140o or
greater. In some cases, the soft lithographic fabrication of micro-structured surfaces was followed
by reactive ion etching post-fabrication step with
CFx/O2 gasses for different time periods in order
to create dual-structure topographies, i.e. random
nano-structures imposed on top of micro-structured surfaces.
In Figure 4 are given SEM images of surfaces
of petals of Dahlia and Rosa montana (Figures
4a, 4c) [43] and artificial engineered topographies
made by soft lithography followed by reactive ion
etching in the present study (Figures 4b, 4d). By
adjusting the conditions of both steps in the fabrication process, viz. the surface chemical formulation and its photo-curing, the etching gas type
and the etching time, one can produce tailored surfaces in terms of their patterns and performances.
The close resemblance of the artificial surface
structures made in our laboratory, to the surface
structures found in Nature confirms the main goal
of the study: a relatively inexpensive soft lithographic step followed by reactive ion-etching step
yielded the intended dual structure topography.
Figure 4. SEM images of plant surfaces found in nature (left column) and surfaces produced in this
study by soft lithography (right column). (a) Dahlia petal and (c) Rosa montana, adapted from Ref. [86];
(b) and (d) artificial surfaces developed in this study by soft lithography followed by reactive ion etching.
14
The various surface micro-patterns, which
cross-sections are schematically given in Figure
3 were easily prototyped by replica molding. The
replicas, which SEM images are given in Figure
4b and 4d are just two examples of topographies
made in our laboratory by replica molding followed by reactive ion etching. Many more topographies were fabricated by soft lithography with
an objective to study the effect of patterns’ pitch
and size on surface self-cleaning and hydrophobic
character. For instance, the replicated surfaces given in Figure 4 have pitch p equal to the pattern’s
width w (p = w). Among all studied topographies,
where p was chosen to be in the range between w
and 2w, the topographies with p equals or closer
to w, have shown the best results in terms of selfcleaning performance. A trend towards improved
non-wetting and self-cleaning behavior was observed, when the feature size and period were
compared relative to the water drop size. These
results will be published additionally.
Micro-structured and hierarchical micro-/nanostructured topographies developed in this study
were subjected to measurement of their non-wetting character towards water. Besides the qualitative observation of the repellency and assessment
of the contact angles on different surfaces, the
engineered surfaces were assessed for their selfcleaning character, as well. Upon being covered
with sand comprising micron-sized particles (0.02
g sand/cm2 surface), the tested surfaces were tilted
at given angles and subjected to water droplets,
supplied at the top edge of the tested surface (10
ml/ cm2 surface). Figure 5a presents a schematic
of this assessment: drops of water were supplied
on the top edge of each tested surface containing
sand particles. The tested surfaces were observed
under microscope before and after the water washing step. For superhydrophobic surfaces, the water
drops rolled down the surface as spherical drops,
which collect the sand particles from the surfaces
(Figure 5b). On the surfaces with lower hydrophobicity, the water drops were not spherical, i.e. they
spread out and their “cleaning performance” was
not as good as in the case of superhydrophobic
surfaces (Figure 5c). The minimum angle α (Figure 5a), at which the water still rolls-off from the
surface without spreading on the surface was registered for each surface. This angle α was reported
as a sliding angle for each of the developed engineered topographies. All tested topographies have
shown sliding angles in the range 3o-8o.
Figure 5. (a) Water drops on tilted surface covered with sand particles; (b) water drops rollingoff on tilted superhydrophobic surfaces and collecting the sand particles; and (c) water drops
spreading on lower surface energy surface
It is believed that the self-cleaning property
is due to the stronger adhesion between the water droplet and the particles than the adhesion
between the particles and the surface, hence the
spherical water drops pick up the particles while
rolling-off. On micro-structured and dual micro-/
nano-structured surfaces, water drops are “tiptoeing” over the tops of the surface patterns and
maintaining their droplet shapes, because there
isn’t enough surface area for the adhesive forces
of the surface to overcome the cohesion forces in
the water. Therefore, the sand particles “sitting”
on top of the surface features are most likely to be
attracted more by the water (as a polar molecule)
than to the low energy surface. Actually, the experimental results confirmed that the water drop wets
or does not wet the flat surface of a given material
as dictated by the material surface energy. By introducing surface structures, the wetting character
of the surface of the given material can be further
modified. The combination of micro- and nanostructures (dual-scale surface structures), made in
the given fluoro-acrylate material, has shown the
highest value for the water contact angle (160o).
It is believed that such dual structures allowed
the most air to be trapped under the water drops,
which contributed to both, the superhydrophobic
and the self-cleaning behavior [42-44].
The main observations regarding self-cleaning
topographies, fabricated and tested in this part of
the study, can be recapitulated as follows:
The water contact angle was found to increase
by incorporation of micron-size features on a sur15
face compared to a smooth surface of the same material. Further increase in the water contact angle
was observed by introduction of hierarchical dualstructure topographies. All tested topographies have
shown water contact angles above 140°.
The sliding angle was found to decrease by introducing micro-structured topography and was
further decreased by incorporation of nano-structures on top of the existing surface micro-structures. All tested surfaces have exhibited sliding
angles in the range 3o-8o.
The combination of dual-scale surface structures and low surface energy materials minimize
the contact points between the drops and the surface, which is responsible for both, the superhydrophobic and the self-cleaning behavior.
4. Conclusion
Soft lithography provides a low-expertise and
quick route towards fabrication of micro- and
nano-patterned engineered topographies, making
it as one of the top listed and most versatile tool
without major capital equipment investment.
Surface patterns in this work were successfully
developed and fabricated by soft lithographic replica molding technique using an acrylate stamp.
The first category of surface patterns developed in
this study were anti-fouling topographies, which
have shown increased inhibition of bacterial attachment and biofilm formation compared to smooth
surfaces. The second category of topographies developed and tested in this work were hydrophobic
topographies, which showed improved non-wetting
and self-cleaning behavior compared to control surfaces. The surface patterns’ size and pitch, i.e. the
specific surface area seem to play the major role
in the surface final performance. The quantitative
results of the anti-fouling and self-cleaning surface
assessment will be published additionally.
References
1. Xia Y, Whitesides GM. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1998;
37: 550.
2. Qin D, Xia Y, Whitesides GM. Nature protocols
2010; 5(3).
3. Ami Y, Tachikawa H, Takano N, Miki NJ. Micro/
Nanolith. 2011; 10(1): 011503.
4. Lipomi DJ, Martinez RV, Cademartiri L, Whitesides
GM. Polymer Science: A Comprehensive Reference
2012; 7: 211.
5. Weibel DB, DiLuzio WR, Whitesides G M. Nature
Reviews – Microbiology 2007; 5: 209.
6. Qin D, Xia Y, Whitesides GM. Nat. Protoc. 2010; 5: 491.
7. Saavedra1 HM, Mullen TJ, Zhang P, Dewey1 DC, Claridge SA, Weiss PS. Rep. Prog. Phys. 2010; 73: 036501.
8. Rogers JA, Nuzzo RG. MaterialsToday 2005; 8(2): 50.
9. Urbanski JP, Thies W, Rhodes C, Amarasingheb S,
Thorsen T. Lab Chip 2006; 6: 96.
10. Martin CR, Aksaya IA. J. Mater. Res. 2005; 20(8):
1995.
11. Thangawng AL, Swartz MA, Glucksberg MR, Ruoff
RS. Small 2007; 3(1): 132.
12. Kim P, Woo Kwon K, Park MC, Lee SH, Kim SM,
Suh KY. Biochip Journal 2008; 2(1): 1.
13. Nargang TM, Brockmann L, Nikolov PM, Schild
D, Helmer D, Keller N, et al. Lab Chip 2014; 14:
2698.
14. Kappell GM, Grover JP, Chrzanowski TH. Elec. J.
Biotechnology 2009; 12(3): 1.
15. Kujundzic E, Fonseca AC, Evans EA, Peterson M,
Greenberg AR, Hernandez M. J. Microbiol. Methods 2007; 68: 458.
16. Wessel AK, Hmelo L, Parsek MR, Whiteley M. Nature Reviews – Microbiology 2013; 11: 337.
17. Harshey RM. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 2003; 57: 249.
18. Sauer K, Rickard AH, Davies DG. Microbe 2007;
2(7): Y347.
19. Verstraeten N, Braeken K, Debkumari B, Fauvart
M, Fransaer J, Vermant J, Michiels J. Trends in Microbiology 2008; 16(10): 497.
16
20. Van Houdt R, Michiels CW. Research in Microbiology 2005; 156: 626.
21. Manuel CM, Nunes OC, Melo LF.Water Research
2007; 41: 551.
41. Zorba V, Stratakis E, Barberoglou M S, Spanakis
E, Tzanetakis P, Anastasiadis SH, Fotakis C. Adv.
Mater. 2008; 20: 4049.
42. Cheng YT, Rodak DE. Appl. Phys. Lett. 2005; 86:
144101.
22. Teng F, Guan YT, Zhu WP. Corrosion Science 2008;
50: 2816.
43. Moulinet S, Bartolo D. Eur. Phys. J. 2007; E 24: 251.
23. Hocevar M, Jenko M, Godec M, Drobne D. Mater.
and Technol. 2014; 48(5): 609.
44. Koch K, Bhushan B, Barthlott W. Soft Matter 2008;
4: 1943.
24. Hammond A, Dertien J, Colmer-Hamood JA, Griswold
JA, Hamood AN. J. Surgical Research 2009; 1–12.
45. Quere D. Annu. Rev. Mater. Res. 2008; 38: 71.
25. Falkinham JO. J. Medical Microbiology 2007; 56: 250.
46. Balu B, Kim JS, Breedveld V, Hess DW. J. Adh. Sci.
Technol. 2009; 23: 361.
26. Simoces M, Simoces LC, Vieira MJ. Food Sci.
Techn. 2010; 43: 573.
47. Wang J, Yu Y, Chen D. Chinese Science Bulletin
2006; 51(19): 2297.
27. Graham MV, Cady NC. Coatings 2014; 4(1): 37-59.
48. Abbott SJ, Gaskell PH. Proc. IMechE 221 Part C:
J. Mechan. Eng. Sci., Spec. Iss. 2007; 1181.
28. Otsuka H. Molecules 2010; 15: 5525.
29. Francolini I, Norris P, Piozzi A, Donelli G, Stoodley P.
Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotheraphy 2014; 4360.
30. Chiang WC, Schroll C, Hilbert LR, Møller P, Nielsen
TT. Appl. Environ. Microbiology 2009; 1674.
49. Truesdell R, Mammoli A, Vorobieff P, Swol F, Brinker CJ. Phys. Rev. Lett. 2006; PRL 97: 044504.
50. Kim SH. J. Adh. Sci. Technol. 2008; 22: 235.
51. Jung YC, Bhushan B. J. Microscopy 2008; 229(1): 127.
31. Lyon DY, Browna D, Sundstromb E R, Alvarez PJJ. Intern. Biodeterioration & Biodegradation 2008; 62: 475.
52. Han X, Zhang DY, Li X, Li YY. Chinese Science Bulletin 2008; 53(10): 1587.
32. Guerrero G, Amalric J, Mutin PH, Sotto A, Lavigne
JP. Pathologie Biologie 2009; 57: 36.
53. Roach P, Shirtcliffe NJ, Newton MI. Soft Matter.
2008; 4: 224.
33. Zhang H, Tang J, Meng X, Tsang J, Tsang TK. Digestive Diseases and Sciences 2005; 50(6): 1046.
54. Xi J, Feng L, Jiang L. Appl. Phys. Lett. 2008; 92:
053102.
34. May RM, Hoffman MG, Sogo MJ, Parker AE,
O’Toole GA, Brennan AB, Reddy ST. Clinical and
Translational Medicine 2014; 3(8).
35. Danese1 PN. Chemistry & Biology 2002; 9: 873.
36. Neinhuis C, Barthlott W. Annals of Botany 1997;
79: 667.
Anka Trajkovska Petkoska,
University St. Kliment Ohridski,
Bitola,
R. Macedonia,
[email protected]
37. Koch K, Bhushan B, Jung YC, Barthlott W. Soft
Matter. 2009; 5: 1386.
38. Zhang J, Wang J, Zhao Y, Xu L, Gao X, Zheng Y,
Jiang L. Soft Matter. 2008; 4: 2232.
39. Latthe SS, Terashima C, Nakata K, Fujishima A.
Molecules 2014; 19: 4256.
40. Wang J, Chen H, Sui T, Li A, Chen D. Plant Science
2009; 176: 687.
17
The application of BIM technology and its
reliability in the analysis of structures
Tatjana Baros
University “Union-Nikola Tesla“, Faculty of Construction Management, Belgrade, Serbia
Abstract
BIM (Building Information Modeling), or modeling based on object data, is a process that involves
the construction of virtual objects, i.e. the creation
and management of digital representations of physical and functional characteristics of objects. The
BIM system, therefore, is used to create a model
using relevant information, respectively a relevant
database. BIM is applicable throughout the entire
life cycle of a building, from the design phase,
where the BIM concept predicts the construction
of an object virtually and prior to its actual physical construction, and is then also applicable in the
phases of construction as well as management and
maintenance. There is even a tendency to use BIM
systems with older, previously built structures. Today, there are many software packages based on the
BIM concept. Those are digital software packages
used to create 3D object representations with layers
of additional project information, which are sometimes referred to as 5D representations of objects,
with time and price as the 4th and 5th dimensions.
BIM management covers all IT processes in design
based on the BIM system, from data storage and
employee collaboration, to modeling to the project
design and preparing final documents. Basically, the
BIM system parameters are ʻintelligent’ objects that
are not only visual displays, but also contain other
information required in the design process and the
preparation of project documentation. All quantities
of materials and components to be used in the project are promptly followed. BIM software allows
various kinds of analysis of objects. It has wide application in the theory of structures and static load
analysis, because it allows a variety of analyses and
3D simulations as well as a range of calculations
and the dimensioning of structural parts.
Key words: BIM, virtual information model,
static analysis, BIM management
18
1. Introduction
BIM (Building Information Modeling), or modeling based on object data, is a process that involves
the creation and management of digital representations of physical and functional characteristics of
structures. Models obtained on the basis of information about a structure become a common source
of information needed to support decision-making
from the preliminary stages, to design and construction, through the rest of its life cycle, to its potential demolition. Building information modeling has
been the most significant change in the construction industry since the creation of CAD tools BIM
was developed as a way of managing the entire life
cycle of a building, from initial design ideas to using the building. Using BIM technology improves
the effectiveness of communication between the
contractor and the design team and ensures a significant reduction in costs and increased general efficiency, from developing 3D design documents to
construction works to effective use, maintenance,
renovation and adaptive reuse. [1]
The concept of BIM involves the construction of an object virtually, primarily by building
it physically, in order to solve problems and simulate and analyze potential impacts. [2] Building
Information Modeling combines geometry, spatial
relations, lighting analysis, geographical parameters, quantity and technical description of elements (for example, details of the manufacturers
of individual elements or parts of a building). BIM
can represent the entire life of an object, from the
building process to the use scenario, namely, its
maintenance. BIM allows easy access to all necessary information about quantities (for example,
when doing a cost analysis). Individual elements
may be extracted from the project and their variables separately determined. The systems, assembly or parts of an object can be shown to scale in
relation to the entire object or group of objects.
This concept allows lower costs, faster construction, higher quality, fewer conflicts and greater satisfaction. [3] The concept of BIM has been around
since the 1970s. The term Building Information
Model appeared in a paper by G.A. van Nederveen.
The phrase Building Information Modeling was
coined by Charles M. Eastman, although he originally used a slightly different term, Building Product Model. This term often appears in his published
works from the late seventies. [2] In any case, both
this term and Building Information Modeling, abbreviated to BIM, only became popular when Autodesk began using the concept. [4] Phillip G. Bernstein, an FAIA architect and industrial strategist, first
used the acronym “BIM” for building information
modeling. The person to be thanked for popularizing and standardizing it is Jerry Laiserin. [2] Jerry
Laiserin helped popularize and standardize the expression as a common name for digital building display, offering a number of names for it. Since the
mid-1980s, BIM has been commonly used to denote
the concept of digital display of the design process,
developed and marketed by software companies
such as Bentley Systems, Autodesk and Graphisoft.
[2] Graphisoft used the term softʻVirtual Buildings’,
and Bentley Systems ‘Integrated Project Models’, in
order to facilitate the exchange and interoperability
of information in digital form. [3-5] In January 2014,
European architects and other engineers from the
AEC sector supported the proposal of the European
Parliament to modernize the EU public procurement
procedure by adopting new principles of work in order to increase competitiveness. In other words, the
European Union chose to follow the United Kingdom and its BIS (Department of Business Innovation and Skills). The BIM strategy requires that by
2016 the BIM technology be exclusively used in the
design of all projects resulting from public tenders.
The European Union Public Procurement Directive
(EUPPD) encourages, specifies and orders the use
of BIM solutions by all EU Member States. It is important to note that the Netherlands, Denmark, Finland and Norway have insisted on the use of BIM in
all publicly funded projects for a long time. [2]
1.1 Definition
Wikipedia, the free electronic encyclopedia,
gives the following definition: ‘In design, the conVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
cept of BIM implies that each element of a project
includes not only a visual representation of that element, but also information that is essential for the
preparation of project documentation.’ Thus, BIM
is used to create a model with relevant information
or database. This information may be dimensions,
quantities, types of materials, specifications, positions, manufacturer information, prices, etc. When
the user has all the necessary information about
the different project elements, producing technical documentation is much faster and more accurate than with any other system. [6] One definition
says: ʻBIM (Building Information Modeling) is a
comprehensive design process that begins by designing the concept of an object, and ends with
the production of the project documentation for
the facility construction, construction management and maintenance in the exploitation phase.’
Building Information Modeling (BIM) is a digital
display of the physical and functional characteristics of a structure. BIM is a shared knowledge
resource for information about a structure, which
forms a sound basis for decision-making during
its entire life cycle, defined as existing from the
earliest design stage to the structure demolition.
[7] Traditional building design is largely based on
two-dimensional drawings (plans, sections, etc.).
BIM extends that beyond the 3D by raising the
level of the three basic spatial dimensions (width,
height and depth - X, Y and Z). With the time as
the fourth dimension and the price as the fifth dimension, BIM encompasses more than just geometry. It also includes spatial relationships, lighting
analysis, geographic information, and quantities and properties of building components (e.g.
manufacturer details). For professionals involved
in a project, BIM allows the designer team (architects, surveyors, civil engineers, etc.) to deliver a
virtual information model to the contractor and
subcontractors, as well as to the owner / operator;
each expert adds his or her discipline, creating a
pool of specialist knowledge applied to a common
model. This reduces the loss of information that
typically occurs when a new team become the new
‘owners’ of a project, and provides more information to owners of complex structures. BIM can be
used to show the entire cycle of building, support
processes, including cost management, construction management, project management and op19
eration of the structure. It is easy to calculate the
quantities and common properties of materials.
The scope of work can be isolated and defined.
Compositions, assemblies and sequences can be
shown to scale in relation to the entire structure or
a group of structures. Dynamic information about
the construction process, such as sensor and control signal readings from the building system, can
also be included in BIM to support construction,
operation and maintenance analysis. Modern BIM
design tools define objects parametrically. Objects
and their relations to other objects are defined in
the form of parameters, with changes to one object
automatically leading to changes in all the other
objects connected to it. Parametric objects are automatically rebuilt in accordance with the rules
built into them. [3,7] BIM is actually similar to the
concept of PLM (Product Lifecycle Management)
because it overcomes the problems of geometry
and tackles aspects such as cost management and
project management, while also analyzing the various ways in which a structure can be used. Hence,
transition to BIM is not like replacing one type of
software with another. BIM requires a completely
different approach to design and far more interactive exchange of data than most architects, engineers and other professionals are used to. BIM
allows modeling individual parts and components
of buildings, which is an advantage over conventional programs, which use vector drawings based
on the lines that make up drawings. The biggest
advantage of BIM is that it allows reliable transfer
of information between different project teams, as
well as designers and artists. [2]
2. BIM through the life cycle of an object
The use of BIM, the concept of modeling based
on object data, goes beyond planning and designing a project. Equally important is its use during
and after the construction phase, as well as during the phase of facility management. Today, the
Internet supports cooperation between individuals and companies in processing and exchanging
design and building data, as well as in life cycle
projects. The U.S. National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIST) defines a computing environment in which communities and structures
may be built publicly (maps and files), while still
20
protecting the rights of persons (corporations). A
hybrid cloud, according to the NIST, is a technology that manages the digital rights of data users
working in it (safety) Models based on object data
incorporate the time frame definition concept. To
ensure effective management of information processes throughout this period, a BIM manager
may be appointed to manage the project, develop
and monitor an object-oriented BIM, support multidisciplinary building information models, water
analysis, schedules and logistics. Those participating in the building process are continuously faced
with the challenge to successfully deliver the project, despite tight budgets, limited manpower, busy
schedules and limited or contradictory information. The BIM concept allows the virtual construction of a building before its actual physical construction, in order to reduce uncertainty, improve
safety, solve problems, and perform potential impact simulation and analysis. Contractors from
different fields can bring important information to
the model before the commencement of construction, with possibilities for prefabrication or assembly of some systems outside the site and terrain.
Waste can be reduced on the spot and products delivered on time, to prevent delays in the field. BIM
can bridge the information gap associated with the
project delivery of the design team to the construction team and the owner/operator, so that each
group adds references to the information gained in
the process of BIM model development. This can
lead to benefits for the facility owner or operator.
For example, a building owner may find evidence
of a leak in his building. Rather than exploring the
building physically, he can turn it into a model and
see if there is a valve at the place of the suspected
leak. The model may also contain the valve size,
manufacturer, part number and all other information previously explored, as permitted by the
available computing power. [8,9] Despite the fact
BIM technologies were initially linked to architecture, the principles underlying the development of
precise 3D digital models relate to almost all infrastructure projects that require the engagement of
surveyors and civil engineers on a daily basis. The
BIM system is based on 3D models of objects,
which contain a lot of related information in addition to visual displays, e.g. geodetic coordinates,
quantities of materials and elements, properties of
elements (thermal conductivity, mass or strength),
structural elements of buildings, price and a lot of
other information necessary for developing project documentation. BIM allows the creation of asbuilt models, i.e. models of existing buildings, to
be used by engineers and contractors working on
reconstruction or conversion. Researchers from all
over the world dealing with sustainable development, green building and environmental protection increasingly emphasize the fact that buildings
account for 40% of total energy consumption and
annual greenhouse gas emissions and more than
30% of the total consumption of water resources.
Also, the current economic situation has significantly limited new construction and promotes renovation or adaptive reuse projects as highly costeffective. Experts claim that 60% of the projects in
the next 20 years will use the existing structures.
Having accurate data about existing buildings is
becoming an essential link in the overall planning
process and process creation in spatial planning of
this kind. The process of adapting old buildings to
new purposes, so-called adaptive reuse, is a kind
of shift in the construction industry. [1]
3. International BIM development
Many countries around the whole world start to
realize the benefits of these technologies and the
opportunities they offer, so they invest heavily in
their development. [1]
3.1 BIM in Canada
The Institute for BIM in Canada (IBC) leads
and facilitates the coordinated use of BIM in the
design, construction and management of the Canadian built environment. Its founding partner organizations represent specific industry sectors that
have an interest in seeing that BIM is implemented in a way that allows the primary participants
to understand their roles and responsibilities and
evaluates their capacity to participate in the process. IBC priorities include awareness of the program, practical guides, and bibliography of useful
resources and the whole environment, and evaluate the use of BIM in Canada and internationally.
3.2 BIM in France
In France, several bodies support the wider application of the integrated BIM standard, in order to
improve software interoperability and cooperation
among stakeholders in the construction industry.
Examples include the FFB (Fédération française du
bâtiment), the French arm of smart buildings.
3.3 BIM in India
In India, BIM is also known as VDC. BIM and
Virtual Design Construction (VDC) is the ‘digital display of physical and functional characteristics of a facility.’ Building Information Modeling
(BIM) specializes in manufacturing and managing
building data during its life cycle. It uses a threedimensional, real-time, dynamic building modeling
technology to increase productivity, coordination
and efficiency in building, design, construction and
facility management. India is a nascent market with
a lot of construction activity and a great potential
for large-scale residential and commercial development (due to population and economic growth). India has excellent qualified, trained and experienced
BIM experts, who implement this technology in
construction projects around India, while also helping the United States, Australia, UK, Middle East,
Singapore and North Africa in the design and delivery of construction projects on BIM platforms.
3.4 BIM in the United Kingdom
In the UK, awareness of the benefits of BIM has
led to the development of an implementation strategy, BIS (Department of Business Innovation and
Skills) BIM Strategy, which is the world’s most
ambitious and the most advanced program of this
kind. According to them, the UK has a formula for
success at the national level, with the possibility of
its becoming a leading global power in using the
BIM technology (URL 1). [1]
In Great Britain, the Construction Project Information Committee (CPIC), responsible for
delivering best practice knowledge and guidance
for construction production data, comprises representatives of the major institutions of the industry
in the UK. The Committee has produced a definition similar to the one produced by the American
21
National BIM Standard Project Committee. It was
proposed to ensure agreement on a starting point,
since different interpretations of the terms hampered its adoption.
In May 2011, the UK Government and Paul
Morrell, its Chief Construction Advisor, called for
the adoption of BIM in the British civil construction
projects that are in the amount of 5 million pounds
and more. Morrell also advised construction professionals to adopt BIM. In June 2011, the British government published a BIM strategy and announced
its intention to require the application of 3D BIM
in its projects by 2016. In the beginning compliance will require the construction of data submitted in the supply-neutral COBie format, with the
intention to overcome the limited interoperability
of BIM software packages available on the market.
The British government website for BIM is a clear
message to the entire chain about the Government’s
BIM programs and requirements.
In March 2011, the National Building Specification, owned by the Royal Institute of British
Architects (RIBA), published the results of its
investigation of the adoption of BIM in the UK.
The second national BIM report was published in
February 2012, with the results of a survey that
included 1,000 British construction professionals. One of the key finding is that almost a third
(31 percent) of the construction professionals surveyed used BIM in at least some projects significantly higher than 13 percent in 2011.
3.5 BIM in the United States of America
3.5.1 Contractors
The Associated General Contractors of America
and American construction companies have developed various working definitions of BIM to describe it generally as an object-oriented building development tool that uses a 5-D modeling concept,
information technologies and software interoperability to design, construct and operate structures,
as well as to communicate project details.
Although the concept of BIM and related processes are examined by the contractors and entrepreneurs, architects and developers alike, the
very notion of the question and discussion with
alternatives including Virtual Building Environ22
ment (VBE) and Virtual Design and Construction
(VDC) is also considered.
BIM is seen as closely linked to integrated
project delivery (IPD), where the primary motive
is to make teams work early in the project. Full
implementation of BIM also requires that project
teams collaborate more in the preparatory phase
3.5.2 Designers
The American Institute of Architects has defined BIM as ‘a model-based technology linked
with a database of project information,’ which reflects the general dependence on database technology as a foundation. In the future, it will be possible to browse structured text documents such as
specifications and connect them with regional and
international standards.
4. BIM in the countries of the region
The fact that Croatia and other countries of the
region will likely be among the last to adopt BIM
systems is understandable, taking into account
the size of the market and people’s awareness. It
is also a fact that Croatia, as a new EU Member
State, will have to adapt to innovations that are
becoming standard and put some effort into research, implementation and customization of new
standards in its legal framework. [1]
4.1 BIM standards
BIM is often associated with the Industry Foundation Classes (IFCS) and aecXML included information. IFCS has developed buildingSMART
– intelligent building (formerly the International
Alliance for Interoperability), as a neutral, nonproprietary or open standard for exchanging data
between different BIM software applications
(some proprietary data structures have been developed by manufacturers and included in their BIM
CAD software).
Poor interoperability has long been considered
an obstacle to efficiency in the industry, and in
particular an obstacle to the adoption of BIM. In
August 2004, the American National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST) released a report that conservatively estimated an annual loss
of 15.8 billion dollars by the American capital in
the buildings industry due to inadequate interoperability stemming from the fragmented nature
of the industry. [3] An early example of nationally approved BIM standards is that by the AISC
(American Institute of Steel Construction), which
approved the CIS/2 standard, a non-proprietary
standard originating in the UK.
There have been attempts to create BIM for
older, existing facilities. They usually indicate
key metrics such as the Facility Condition Index
(FCI). [10] The validity of these models will have
to be monitored over time, since there have been
attempts to model buildings built, for example, in
1927, which requires a number of assumptions
about design standards, building codes, construction methods, materials, etc., and is therefore far
more complex than developing a BIM at the time
of project commencement. BIM is a relatively
new technology in the industry, typically slow to
adopt change. However, many early buyers are
convinced that BIM will begin to play a key role
in the construction documents. Proponents argue
that BIM offers enhanced visualization, enhanced
productivity due to easy retrieval of information,
enhanced coordination of construction documents,
embedding and linking of vital information such
as suppliers of certain materials and quantities
required for estimation and tendering, increased
speed of delivery, and reduced costs. [3, 5, 7]
Green Building XML (gbXML) is the formation of patterns, a subset of the BIM effort directed
toward green building and operation. gbXML is
used as input in several energy simulation engines. But with the development of modern computer technology, a large number of building energy simulation tools are available on the market.
When choosing which simulation tool to use in the
project, the user must take into account the accuracy and reliability of the tool with respect to the
construction of the information they have on hand,
which will serve as input for the tool. Yezioro,
Dong and Leite have developed an artificial intelligence approach to the assessment of construction results of simulations and found that more
detailed simulation tools have the best simulation
performance in terms of heating and cooling and
electricity consumption, with the mean absolute
error of 3 percent.
The concept and methods are: 3D BIM, 4D
BIM, BIM 5D, 6D BIM, architectural engineering,
architecture, BIM Wash, construction management, design engineering computing, integrated
project delivery, virtual design and construction, a
design guide for the entire building.
4.2 Software based on the BIM concept
BIM software for architectural design and construction of buildings has been present in the construction industry for over two decades. In recent
years, it took precedence over the traditional CAD
concept in all leading design offices in the world.
It has become unthinkable to do big projects without the use of BIM technology. Besides standard
geometric information, BIM contains information
about spatial relations, light analysis, geographic
parameters, quantity and technical description of
elements (for example, details of manufacturers of
certain elements of the building). [2]
BIM (Building Information Modeling) is the
process of creating and managing project data
during the development of the project. In contrast
to the conventional CAD concept, BIM goes beyond seeing projects as drawings. Therefore, the
transition from ordinary CAD software to BIM is
not a simple change of the working environment
of one kind but entry into a whole new world of
amazing possibilities. The benefits of BIM usually
emphasized by its proponents are better visualization, improved productivity due to easy exchange
of information, better coordination of project
documents, adding and linking key information
(specification of materials, positions of details and
parameters of the quantities required for ordering
and costing), faster design and lower costs. The
original task of the CAD system is actually making simple the process of graphic representation
of elements. The initial focus of the application of
CAD is the representation of 2D geometry using
graphic elements such as lines, knots and symbols.
In this context, walls are represented as parallel
lines, to give one example. In order to better organize graphic elements, the concept of layers
was introduced, which groups elements with the
same characteristics. For example, the lines used
to demarcate walls are assigned the wall layer. By
working in this way it is possible to develop 2D
23
views, upgrade them and export them from CAD
environments, but this cannot be used to show
other, more complex relations between elements.
The emergence of 3D CAD environments initially
focused almost exclusively on the creation of geometry in favor of visualization, while subsequent
progress concentrated on creating photo-realistic
perspective views which included lighting effects
etc. In recent years, object-oriented CAD systems
(OOCAD) have replaced 2D objects with 3D objects capable of better showing relations between
the common elements of a building. These objects
can be displayed in multiple views and have associated non-graphic attributes. With the introduction of parametric 3D geometry, changeable
dimensions and assigned rules, objects were made
‘intelligent’, which allowed the display of complex geometric and functional relations between
elements of buildings.
BIM (Building Information Modeling) is the latest generation of OOCAD systems, which allows
the combination of all elements of intelligent structures for the purpose of their common existence in
a single database of the project or virtual structure,
containing all relevant information. The BIM model is theoretically an integrated, logical and comprehensive source of information related to a structure.
BIM is a process that requires considerable experience and knowledge of all stakeholders / participants in order to avoid application problems.
The BIM technology is supported by the fact that
it is slowly becoming standard, with more investors not only requiring but insisting on working in
the BIM environment (URL-2). [1]
A range of software based on the BIM concept is
available: ArchiCAD from Graphisoft, MicroStation from Bentley Systems, Revit from Autodesk,
Tekla BIMsight from Tekla Corporation, VectorWorks and Allplan from Nemetschek, Bocad from
Aveva. [1] BIM is digital software that creates 3D
representations of objects with layers of additional
project information. This is sometimes referred to
as the 5D representation of structures, where the
4th and 5th dimensions are the time and cost. For
example, using BIM an architect can simulate how
wind blows around and through a building and
how the ventilation and wind speed may change if
you change the shape or size of the building materials. Additional information that can be modeled
24
in BIM includes details of components and specifications, materials, structural loads, air flow, water flow, spatial relations, information layout, price
and more. They are often facilitated directly when
BIM authoring tools such as REVIT or Ecotect are
used. BIM is not the same thing as 3D CAD. The
fundamental purpose of CAD is to illustrate and
help people visualize how buildings look, while
BIM provides detailed information on how buildings work. Architects and civil engineers like BIM
because it saves time in the design process, and
builders and construction companies claim that it
can also save money and time. BIM is best used
when analyzing how a whole group of complex
variables function together and it facilitates communication between the various parties involved
in the design of structures making building design
much easier. Since BIM increases the efficiency
of the design process, it is a boon in sustainable
design and architecture. [7, 8]
5. BIM management
BIM management encompasses all IT processes
in design based on the BIM system, including data
storage, stakeholder collaboration, modeling, project design and printing finished documents. It is
especially important to adapt the application to the
regional standards and visual identity and standards
of the company. In addition, a very important part
of 3D modeling is the creation of 3D BIM elements
according to the needs of the project, which can be
very challenging for designers. BIM management
can achieve the standardization of work processes,
unification of operation and automation of work
processes. Thus, it results in significant savings on
the time required to produce documentation and
reduces or almost eliminates the possibility of errors, particularly in calculating the amount and consistency of projects by different specialists. When
developing project documentation from a concept
to detailed design, a range of different actions and
protocols are used in order to obtain the final version. In many stages much more time is lost than is
really needed. When total losses on an annual basis
are added up, the figures are more than too much.
For this reason, BIM addresses such issues as the
introduction of standards and unification and automation of work processes.
This especially applies to the following aspects
of work:
– Storage data:
○ directory structure
○ file structure
○ file nomenclature
○ versioning
○ data archives
○ data backup.
– Creating drawing templates
○ site plans
○ floor plans (preliminary, main, construction)
○ sections
○ elevations
○ cladding
○ floor sections
○ water connections etc.
Due to the fact that BIM is used to build only one
model, using predefined templates easily and quickly determines the type of display according to use.
6. BIM technology in practice
Architects and designers spend a great deal of
time developing project documentation. It is more
than 30 years since the introduction of information
technology in design. Many things have changed
and evolved in the meantime that today’s designers must be exceptionally computer literate. As
technology progresses, it is increasingly difficult
for them to follow the development of new technologies and trends. Builders have always made
sketches and drawings that visually portray the
objects to be built. Over time, these drawings have
become more complex and detailed. As it developed, technology transformed 2D drawings into
three-dimensional models. There is no longer a
need to draw lines to represent e.g. a wall; instead,
a virtual wall is modeled, which can be shown
graphically in the documentation (plan, section,
elevation or 3D), or parametrically, to include
other important in-formation (its purpose (loadbearing, non-load-bearing, partition), materials,
layers, physical properties, life stage (existing, for
demolition), and the like). Using tools for threedimensional design puts an emphasis the process
of design itself and facilitates the preparation of
technical documents, while excluding possible erVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
rors in the early stage of the project (URL-5). The
modeling procedure takes place in a few phases.
In the early stages the basic building elements are
modeled, such as walls, floors, ceilings and roof.
Next, doors and windows, fences, and other details are modeled. As the final step, the surrounding terrain is modeled. [1]
BIM management encompasses all IT processes
in design based on the BIM system, including data
storage, stakeholder collaboration, modeling, project design and printing finished documents. It is
especially important to adapt the application to the
regional standards and visual identity and standards
of the company. In addition, a very important part
of 3D modeling is the creation of 3D BIM elements
according to the needs of the project, which can be
very challenging for designers. Thus, it results in
significant savings on the time required to produce
documentation and reduces or almost eliminates
the possibility of errors, particularly in calculating
the amount and consistency of projects by different
specialists. The basis of the system are parametric
BIM ‘intelligent’ objects that are not only visual
displays but also contain other information that is
required in the process of design and preparation of
technical documentation. Creating such elements is
a very complex task because it must take into account many factors to meet the quality criterion.
Consideration should be given to the visual representation relative to the type of display. The power
of the BIM system is its continuous rigorous automatic monitoring of the quantity of materials and
elements contained within the project. Interactive
tables allow access to and control of all elements
at all times. Quantity information is easily transferable to spreadsheets (Excel), which greatly facilitates the creation of price lists and other quantity
statements. The form and parameters of tables are
adapted to the needs of clients and local regulations
and standards. [7, 9]
6.1. Use of BIM in static load analysis
The BIM concept and its software allow various types of analyses of buildings and structures.
Beside allowing clear insight into the 3D structure of building and providing time and cost-related
information, it is also allows the making of a number of simulations for different analyses. What the
25
computer produces as analysis and testing results is
checked computationally to determine the reliability of the program by comparing the results.
are with s tanding compression and the rods tension. Steel is the kind of material that better tolerates tension, while concrete can better withstand
compress i on. It can be seen that the impact of
forces is high around the roof ridge. The forces are
the most negligible at the support points, increasing with the growing height of the structure.
In the upper parts the rods are also exposed to
wind loading. According to the diagram shown in
the figure (red), it is the slanted rods that take most of
the loading because they are directly exposed to the
impact of forces, transferring the load to the column
rods. This simulation was made using BIM software
to obtain the value of crosssectional forces based on
input parameters and values for the given structure.
Figure 1. Diagram of cross sectional forces
Architects design using special architectural
BIM software, construction engineers do their
calculations using special construction BIM software, mechanical engineers do energy modeling
using special mechanical engineering BIM software, thus, all engineers do their part of work on
the same model, but each using their own specialized BIM software. In this way, a high degree of
design reliability through various design phases
is enabled. A static load analysis was carried out
of the steel scaffolding designed in the UK by the
Layher design studio. BIM software was a perfect
medium between the design drawings and CAD
models and
analyses. Figures 2 and 3 show the results of the analyses that are obtained by entering
the values of the parameters of the structure.
Figure 1 shows a diagram of cross-sectional
forces, which clearly shows that the vertical rods
26
Figure 2. Diagram of tensile forces
Figure 2 is a diagram showing the tensile loading of crossbeams. The red color shows compression, expressed as positive values (+), which is also
the highest compressive load equaling 6.80 kN /
m², while dark blue shows tensile loading, which is
negative (-), amounting to -6.19 kN / m² as the highest value. Tensile stress is evidently the highest in the
area of the middle beams, i.e. the middle of the roof
truss, while compressive stress is highest at the places
where slanted rods support the beams. The rods were
dimensioned taking into account the highest permitted stresses for the particular type of steel used, while
making sure the structure was as light as possible to
minimize the tensile loading along the ridge.
7. Conclusion
The advancement of information technology
has also enabled the progress of technical science,
which has used IT as a tool to solve its problems
and issues. One such instance of ongoing advancement is the development of BIM technology, which
has wide applications in practice. BIM technology,
which was introduced to the AEC sector through
the front door, promotes an interdisciplinary approach to the life cycle of a structure, including the
design stage, building management and renovation
or adaptive reuse. Since BIM management is at an
early stage of development in most of Europe, the
time is right to define the related work model and
the role of experts. The concept is such that allows
collaboration and parallel data input by experts from
various technical areas, which is then processed by
the program to create a single database. Concrete examples of structures were presented to demonstrate
the application of BIM software, which creates a
clear picture by visualizing the static loading of the
analyzed building. The obtained values were used
to dimension the elements of the structure, as dictated by the output parameters and load values. The
results of the analysis shown in Figures 1 and 2 may
be used to monitor structural loading and, if necessary, resize parts of the structure to ensure greater
stability and safety. This is just one of many applications and possibilities provided by BIM software,
which is of great importance in practice, particularly
if simulations are carried out in the field using technology (tablets and other devices suitable for field
work). This paper presents a methodology of creating BIM models, i.e. static load analysis. In conclusion, it may be said that BIM is highly applicable.
BIM design is pretty simple as it allows the collection of variables and parameters, as well as their
better visualization and presentation, which are certainly very important factors that positively impact
the efficiency of BIM, especially when assessing the
current state of a building. Naturally, the implementation of this type of methodology and tools requires
considerable investment in hardware and software.
Most of all, staff training must be a number one priority, who will learn how to work in a challenging
software environment and thus be able to promote
new approaches and business models.
References
1. Bećirević D, Babić L, Cigrovski I. Od podataka
laserskog skeniranja do BIM modela postojećeg
stanja. Ekscentar , 2004; 17: 87-92
2. BIM – Projektovanje po standardima savremenog
građevinarstva. Dostupno na: www.buildmagazin.
com/pdf/build15.pdf
3. Kelly J, Morledge R, Wilkinson S. Best value in construction. First ed. Oxford, UK. 2002.
4. Eastman, Fisher. An Outline of the Building Reasrch
report. Pittsburg: Institute of Physical Planning.
Carnegie-Mellon University. 1974; 50.
5. Autodesk 2003, Building Information Modeling, San
Rafael, CA, Autodesk, Inc.
6. Vikipedija, elektronska enciklopedija.2011 January.
Dostupno na: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Building_information_modeling [Januar,2011].
7. Stojić M. Autodesk BIM: Revit alati za efikasniju
saradnju cijelog projektantskog tima. Poslovni softver, [Blog]. Dostupno na: http://www.blog.poslovnisoftver.net/?s=autocad+revit+architecture&x=23
&y=13 , decembar 2012.
8. buildmagazin.com [homepage na internetu].
Dostupno na: http://www.buildmagazin.com/index2.
aspx?fld=tekstovi&ime=bm1502.htm
9. Gray C, Hughes W. Building Design Menagement.
Depatrment of construction menagement and engineering, University of Reading, UK. 2001.
10. Sean C. Rush. Applied Management Engineering.
P.C. National Association of College and University
Business Officers, Coopers & Lybrand, 26: 42.
Tatjana Baros,
University “Union-Nikola Tesla“,
Faculty of Construction Management,
Belgrade,
Serbia,
27
Hindrances to the use of E-learning system
by architecture students
Bhzad Sidawi
University of Dammam, College of Architecture and Planning, Dammam, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Abstract
The significance of E-learning systems has been
long recognized by higher education institutes
around the world. It is proven that the success of use
largely depends on the user’s attitude and ability to
use the E-learning system. However, it was noticed
that students at the University of Dammam, College
of Architecture and Planning were reluctant to use
the E-learning system. So, a questionnaire survey
was launched in May 2014 and it aims to find out
why students do not utilize the E-learning system
and the utilization’s obstacles. The survey’s results
showed that many students relied heavily on the
Internet resources and online social networks, and
few of them have used the University’s E-learning
system and e-resources. The reason, as the students
pointed out that the E-learning system does not help
them in to undertake design studio’s activities, to
overcome difficult design situations, and produce
innovative projects. The students also highlighted
a number of personal and technical shortages that
limit the effective utilization of the E-learning system. This paper argues that potential shortages of
the E-learning system should be dealt with; otherwise, the present E-learning system, as it is, will not
respond to the architecture students’ needs and inspirations.
Key words: E-learning system, architectural
education, virtual design studio, innovation
1. Introduction
Higher education institutions have long recognized the importance of E-learning in providing a
flexible delivery of teachings and supporting the
learning needs of students. E-learning tools such
as Blackboard help tutors to manage virtual classes and communicate with students out of the class
hours. However, the potential of E-learning will be
realized if students possess positive attitudes and
28
have the ability to use them. On the other hand,
the design studio is the core of architectural education. Through the design studio, students learn
how to gain creative skills and produce innovative
solutions and this would be considered as the real
value of design studio’s education. This would
help them when they start practicing architecture,
to apply their creative problem-solving skills to
real life design problems and produce creative design solutions. At the University of Dammam, an
ambitious E-learning system plan was initiated in
2011. The students have been encouraged to use
the E-learning system for their daily academic
tasks. However, it was noticed that students are
reluctant to use E-learning tools and they prefer to
stick to the traditional face-to-face learning methodology and traditional communication tools. The
aim of the present research is to find out the reasons behind the negligence of E-learning tools by
students, and how to encourage students to adopt
and implement these E-learning tools in their daily
architectural learning process.
2. Features of the architectural education
The purpose of learning in and about architecture rely heavily on the notion that thinking consists
of mental images and principled manipulation of
mental images. This is based on what is known as
visuospatial thinking theories [1]. Appropriate visuospatial thinking during learning can enhance the
learner’s understanding, and multimedia presentation can be designed to prime appropriate visuospatial thinking during learning [1]. The education in
the design studio stimulates its’ characteristics from
the nature and process of architectural design. The
development of architectural project from initial
concept to the end product is an interactive social
and psychological process. Through the design process, the designer negotiates various solutions of
the design problem with oneself and communicates
ideas with colleagues and tutors [2, 3]. This would
help in exploring new solutions thus it would lead to
the discovery of creative solutions of a design problem. The architectural design studio offers a prime
example of a collaborative, multi-sensory, learnercentred, constructivist, experiential problem-based
teaching environment [2, 3]. Learning about how
to do architecture and how to ‘think’ architecture
requires a great deal of cognitive processing, the
manipulation of mental images, understanding of
complex cause and effect relationships, functional,
technical, performance, aesthetic, cultural and physical aspects [4]. Before a project begins, the tutor(s)
may establish the goals, expectations, general procedure, and assessment criteria he/she will employ
for the project. Architectural curriculum consists of
a number of theoretical, lab and design studio courses. Most of the colleges of Architecture in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) have ten design studio
courses (i.e. Design I to Design X) at undergraduate level. These courses are the core of architectural
education. The architectural curriculum is based on
the design studio model which focuses on “learning
by doing”. During each semester, tutors meet students either individually or in groups for design-related discussions and clarifications. Architects who
aim at producing innovative design products should
explore unfamiliar and unconventional design solutions and they should perceive the design problem
from unorthodox and innovative perspectives [5].
Lawson [6] indicated that designers should inspect
the underlying pattern and made connections in a
design situation (between design aspects) and also
make a connection with some precedent in the episodic memory. Gero and Maher [7] provided more
definite definition of innovation. They argue that
groundbreaking designs are those which possess innovative and creative qualities and provide solutions
that were previously unknown (innovative design)
or subsequently produce entirely new products (creative design).
3. The use of E-learning and other digital
systems in architectural education
There are a number of E-learning systems used
in higher education. Blackboard is a Learning Management System that supports online learning and
teaching. Blackboard provides an integrated enviVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
ronment for the learners to interact by using course.
Blackboard forms the core of the Virtual Learning
Environment (VLE). It integrates various components of the VLE, such as BB Mobile, Elluminate,
Tegrity and Elicitus to each other and it also integrates the VLE to the university systems such as the
library systems, university portal and student information system. Oracle’s PeopleSoft is used for student administration and it is a feature-rich student
information system. Architectural students and faculty usually use the University email, Blackboard,
and online social communication channels such as
Facebook, Academia and Twitter for communications. The use of E-learning pedagogies and methodologies is an area that is rapidly becoming core to
many teaching and learning institutions worldwide
such as Bartlett School of Architecture, UCL [8]
and Welsh school of Architecture, Cardiff University [9], in the effort to enhance their educational
provision and meet current professional demands.
Juvancic et al. [10] highlighted a number of
E-learning platforms or what so called Learning Management Systems (LMS). These systems
share common aspects and elements that are suitable for a cross-section of common E-learning
activities and tools for running and managing
(blended) courses. Moodle, for example, can be
applied to many levels of teaching and used for
different topics and in different settings [ibid]. Another E-learning system is VIPA which addresses
many relevant issues of E-learning in architecture,
using traditional LMS E-learning tools and integrating new ones [11].
Mizban, and Roberts [12] reviewed the use
of E-learning system in schools of architecture,
UK, and its implication on architectural education. They highlighted that schools of Architecture
could benefit from the use of E-learning system if
they do the followings:
– provide professional advanced technical
support for both staff and students;
– select appropriate technology;
– investigate how technology can best be
integrated into the traditional studio setting
and the curriculum; and
– assess the time and effort necessary to
introduce and maintain this mode of
learning.
29
On the other hand, virtual Environments can
support teaching in a single studio within an institution and bring together students from several
institutions [13, 14]. Virtual Environments present
an essential learning for practice of the future, exploiting technology in design teaching, researching the nature of design communication and processes, and searching for ways to improve the
educational experience of a student [15, 16]. The
advent of Virtual Design Studio (VDS) appears
to raise promising opportunities for reconsidering
the way we teach design [17]. Pioneering schools
of architecture, such as the University of Sydney,
Cornell University, Eidgenössische Technische
Hochschule (ETH), Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, the National University of Singapore
and the University of British Columbia have experimented the use of worldwide virtual design
studios. In these studios, students and tutors work
together on a design project. They discuss design
problems and try possible solutions. The virtual
design studio provides the students with an opportunity to practice their creative thinking skills
by sharing their concepts and ideas with a broader
spectrum of students and instructors from different cultural, educational, and even philosophical
backgrounds [17]. VDS provides a powerful communication and navigation environment where
users can collaboratively design in centralized or
distributed real-time virtual environments [16].
Regina et al. [18] highlighted the viability to
promote collaborative learning with the support of the electronic learning open source system TIDIA-Ae in distance education courses for
competent designers. However, the researchers
found this open source system falls short in the
support of collaborative design. Pinho et al. [19]
also found that the 3D collaborative environments mostly promote interaction in chat modes
whereas cooperative object manipulation is still
limited. Hodgson et al (2009) [20] reported their
use of E-learning materials for building measurement to undergraduate students in Loughborough
University, UK and the University of Newcastle,
Australia. One aspect of their E-learning delivery
aims to improve quantity surveying students’ understanding of construction drawings; thus, various 3D models using Google SketchUp and Camtasia Studio are utilised. An on-line survey (28
30
responses) was conducted among the on-campus
and distance learners in both the universities (i.e.
Loughborough and Newcastle) using the E-learning materials for building measurement. Most students (56%) from the survey responded that they
wanted online as well as face-to-face tutorials. It
was also reported that some students found it difficult to acquire the mix of skills and knowledge
within the timeframe allowed.
In Asia, Chung et al (2006) [21] indicated the
use of E-learning to deliver construction technology to undergraduate students in the Hong Kong
Polytechnic University. Their online mode is offered through the Hong Kong CyberU software.
Their on-line survey (185 responses) conclude that
E-learning is a practical method to deliver teaching in construction technology as it helps student
to improve their learning independence, learning
efficiency and, to a certain extent, learning effectiveness. It is however to be noted, these improvements would not necessarily result in achieving a
better examination result. Ramilo and Bin Embi
[22] found that Digital technologies such as parametric based tools (e.g. Autodesk Revit) and building performance simulation tools that are used
in architectural practices, have proven to initiate
digital innovations, and improve productivity and
design quality. However, there are some impediments to the use of these technologies and these
include: insufficient technical knowledge of the
team, lack of interest for digital innovation, poor
organization attitude to innovation, and lack of
empowerment and support to digital innovation.
Blended learning methodology has been recommended by researchers as it spans over faceto-face (f2f) and E-learning connecting them,
combining learning on site with distant learning
under the joint name of distributed learning [11].
Blended learning with f2f component can produce
a stronger sense of community among participants
than fully online course [11], socio-cultural context for learning environment and helps maintain
the link with traditional design studio practices in
the field of architecture [11]. So, it can be argued
that blended learning would enhance design studio
courses [23]. Blended learning would be a possible solution as it offers a great deal when used
to enhance teacher education programmes [24]. It
can bring together students from all locations and
a range of backgrounds and can provide a mediarich, collaborative, personalized and interactive
learning environment (ibid).
Previous research showed that university teaching staff and students have generally positive attitudes towards integrating technologies into teaching [25]. Alenezi [26] reported an overall positive
attitude toward the adoption of E-learning among
faculty members, students, and administrators [see
also 27]. Hussein [28] conducted a study in the
KSA on the attitude of faculty members toward
E-learning; it was found that faculty members in
Saudi universities have positive perceptions of Elearning. Al-Nuaimi and Aboukhatwa [24] conducted a survey on university tutors and they inspected the tutors’ views on blended learning. The
surveyed tutors said that blended learning can be
implemented in the subject of architectural design,
meanwhile they were concern about the efficiency
of such implementation and they said that they
would have a difficulty in teaching architectural
design using blended learning methodology.
Despite the benefits that the use of E-learning
system would provide to students and educators,
there is a considerable resistance of faculty including the architectural faculty to the use of Elearning. Recent research has shown limited use
of educational technologies in university teaching
[4, 29, 30]. Among various other concerns, there is
a common doubt that E-learning can be as equally
effective as traditional face-to-face architectural
studio teaching and culture [10, 31]. There is also
doubt on how and whether these systems would
develop the student’s competence in design courses [32, 33, 34]. There is a concern that some students who have negative attitude throughout the
traditional learning process, would have the same
attitude throughout the E-learning process [31].
Such negative attitudes towards technology would
be explained by the influence of a number of factors such as limitations in national and institutional policies and management practices [30]. Also,
poor Internet infrastructure, and a lack of distance
learning education, as well as lack of support are
still major barriers [26]. In the KSA, recent research on e- learning has indicated that despite the
importance and usefulness of E-learning, the most
apparent inhibiting factors are lack of knowledge
and skills [35].
However, the negative attitudes are not merely
influenced by the lack of technological knowledge
or poor infrastructure but the fact that the university teaching staff are more focused on institutional
issues and pedagogical applications of technologies, so they would choose to integrate technologies into their teaching if and when they see educational value in doing so [36]. Also, it can be
referred to the nature of academics’ beliefs about
what constitutes good teaching [37]. So, the staff
attitudes towards the use of technologies in higher
education are substantially influenced by their approach to teaching [ibid]. Abouchedid and Eid [38]
suggested that E-learning attitudes among faculty
members varied significantly depending upon the
level of perceived usefulness of E-learning technology in promoting job performance.
On the other hand, the strategic plan of for the
implementation of E-learning system on the University of Dammam and colleges’ level does not
support the whole E-learning process as it does not
have a financial, ethical, and administrative/ managerial framework to do so [31]. The E-learning
strategy did not take into account the possibility
of interdisciplinary, cross-disciplinary, multi-disciplinary education/ courses between the university’s departments and colleges. The strategy did
not consider how to provide an E-learning system
that integrates the professional training and Continuous Professional Development (CPD) with the
architectural education as in the case of the Western Universities [see for instance 8& 9]. The document suggested that a quantitative measurement of
the user’s performance (i.e. the student and the tutor) would be applied. However, the measurement
of user’s performance cannot be achieved by applying quantitative measures only as qualitative/
tangible issues should be considered. The matter
is not about the mere satisfaction of students, it is
rather about possible problematic issues such as
social and psychological issues surrounding the
utilization of the E-learning system [31].
4. The research design and methodology
The literature review has highlighted some of
the possible reasons behind the little use of Elearning technology by the students and their negative attitudes towards the emerging technologies.
31
At the University of Dammam, College of Architecture and planning, the E-learning committee
has noticed that the E-leaning system is of little
use by students. To find out the reasons behind the
little use, a field study was initiated at the College
of Architecture and the research objectives are:
– to find out the level of use of E-leaning system
by students in term of frequency of use;
– to find out whether the E-learning system
would help students to produce innovative
projects;
– to investigate possible present technical and
personal impediments to the use of E-learning
system; and
– to make recommendations on how to
improve the E-learning system to respond to
the students’ needs and inspirations.
The questionnaire survey was conducted in
May 2014 on students of the College of architecture and Planning, the University of Dammam
(UD). Prior to the initiation of the survey, a verbal consent was obtained from the heads of departments of College of architecture. The sample
was chosen from the third to fifth year students as
the first and second academic years are preparatory and joint year’s education. In May 2014, a
questionnaire survey was handed to the students at
the five departments of the College of Architecture
and Planning. The total number of the third to fifth
year students in the College of Architecture and
Planning, UD is 387 students. 150 students filled
in the questionnaire and handed back (see table 1).
This represents 39% of the total number of third
to fifth year students from College of architecture, UD. SPSS software was used to analyse the
results. The next section discusses results of the
questionnaire survey.
5. The survey results
5.1. The direct results
Students were asked to rate their level of experience in using online resources. Around 80%
said that they have novice to beginner experience
in using Blackboard, UD Library catalogue and
UD e-resources. On the other hand, around 60%
of students said that they have proficient to expert experience in using online intelligent search
engines and communication and social networks
whereas around the third of respondents said that
they have good experience in using online architectural resources. 41% of respondents said that
they never or rarely used PeopleSoft. Blackboard
is also less frequently used by around 70% of respondents. 76% of respondents less frequently
used UD library catalogue and 68% used UD’s eresources. On the other hand, more than 70% (i.e.
74-78%) used more frequently online intelligent
search engines, e-architectural resources, e- communication and online social networks. Students
were asked how far web tools would help them
in producing innovative design projects. Around
90% (i.e. 87%- 90%) of students said that Blackboard and UD’s Library catalogue are not helpful or somehow helpful. 70% of students said that
UD’s e-resources are not to somehow helpful. On
the other hand, 86% of students said that the online intelligent search engines are helpful to very
helpful. Around 70% (i.e. 66%-74%) said that online communication and social networking tools
and online architectural resources are helpful to
very helpful in producing innovative projects.
Students were asked how far the web tools that
they used, would help them overcoming challenging design situations. Around 50% (i.e. 49% to
52%) said that the tools that they used; are helpful
Table 1. The number of students at each department and the number of respondents who participated
in the survey
Department
Number of students Number of respondents Percentage of respondents
Architecture
126
53
% 42
Landscaping Architecture
59
19
% 32
Urban & Regional Planning
96
26
% 27
Building Technology
76
34
% 44
Interior Design
30
18
% 60
Total
387
150
% 39
32
or very helpful in sorting out the following troublesome design situations (table 2):
– low level of knowledge regarding the design
of one of the project aspects;
– uncertainty of how to design one of the
project aspects; and
– lack of the design skills required to design
the project
Around 75% of the students said that the absence or shortage of the UD’s Wi-Fi network hinder their use of UD’s E-learning tools. Around
60% (i.e. 56% to 66%) said that the following issues hinder their use of UD’s E-learning tools:
– slowness of the UD network;
– repeated network problems;
– lack of professional advanced technical
support; and
– Slowness of help provided by IT staff.
5.2. The study of factors that affect the Elearning system use
5.2.1. The relation between level of user’s
experience and frequency of use with
the level of help that web tools would
provide
The ANOVA test showed a number of significant relations between the user experience and frequency of use – as independent variables- with the
students’ views on the level of help that the web
tools would provide them. For example, the results showed that students, who have higher experience of using PeopleSoft, are the more frequent
users of PeopleSoft and Blackboard and these students pointed out that Blackboard provides more
support to the student in his attempt to produce
innovative design projects.
Students, who have higher experience in using
Blackboard, said that they more frequently used
Challenging/ troublesome design situations
Not helpful (%)
Somehow helpful (%)
Helpful (%)
Very helpful (%)
Table 2. The number of students at each department and the number of respondents who participated
in the survey
Stuckness
Hesitation to take the next step
Low level of knowledge regarding the design of one of the project aspects
Misunderstanding of some project requirements
following a wrong route during the design process
Uncertainty of how to design one of the project aspects
Misjudgement about the resulted design of one of project aspects
The attempt to change of the approach to the design solution during design process
The attempt to change the whole design solution during the design process
Confusion over the nature and context of the design process
Confusion over the context of the prospected design outcome
Lack of the design skills required to design the project
Misapplication of one of the design requirements
Stuckness
Hesitation to take the next step
Low level of knowledge regarding the design of one of the project aspects
Misunderstanding of some project requirements
following a wrong route during the design process
17
7
9
15
19
6
10
8
18
16
16
11
12
17
7
9
15
19
37
53
39
41
43
43
48
48
38
50
48
40
45
37
53
39
41
43
35
35
36
36
30
40
31
35
32
26
30
38
31
35
35
36
36
30
11
5
16
8
7
11
11
8
12
9
6
11
12
11
5
16
8
7
33
Blackboard, UD library catalogue and highlighted
that Blackboard provides more support to the student in his attempt to produce innovative projects.
These students also indicated that the web tools
that they used help them more in overcoming a
troublesome design situation i.e. misunderstanding of some project requirements. Students, who
have higher experience in using UD’s library resources, said that they more frequently used library catalogue and UD’s e-resources. These students also highlighted that Blackboard and UD’s
e-resources provide more support to student in his
attempt to produce innovative design projects.
UD library resources, said that:
– they more frequently used UD e-resources;
– Blackboard and UD Library catalogue and
UD e-resources provide more support to the
student to produce innovative projects; and
– the web tools that they used help them to
overcome a difficult design situation i.e.
misjudgment about the resulted design of
one of project aspects and confusion over
the nature and context of the design process.
online intelligent search engines, said that:
– they more frequently used Online intelligent
search engines;
– online intelligent search engines, online
Communication and social networking tools
and online architectural resources provide
more support to the student in his attempt
to produce innovative design projects; and
– the web tools that they used, help them more
to overcome the following challenging
design situations:
○ Stuckness;
○ Misunderstanding of some project
requirements;
○ Uncertainty of how to design one of the
project aspects.
– Students, who have higher experience in
using online communications and social
networking tools, said that:
– they more frequently used Online intelligent
search engines;
communication and social networking tools,
34
online architectural resources provide more
support to the student to produce innovative
design projects; and
– the web tools that they used, help them more to
overcome the following challenging design
situations: stuckness, misunderstanding
of some project requirements, following
a wrong route during the design process,
and the attempt of the student to change of
the approach to the design solution during
design process
online architectural resources, said that they more
frequently used online intelligent search engines,
and the web tools that they used, help them more
to overcome stuckness situation during the design
process.
Students, who more frequently used UD library
catalogue, said that Blackboard, UD’s Library
catalogue and UD’s e-resources provide more
support to the student in his attempt to produce
innovative design projects. Students who more
frequently used UD’s e-resources, said that UD’s
e-resources provide more support to the student
in his attempt to produce innovative design projects, and the web tools that they used, help more
in overcoming difficult design situation; namely:
misjudgment about the resulted design of one of
project aspects.
Students, who more frequently used online intelligent Search Engines, said that:
communication and social networking tools
more support to the student to produce
innovative design projects; and
– support the student to overcome a number
of troublesome design situations
Students, who more frequently used online communication and social networking tools, said that:
communication and social networking tools
more support to the student in his attempt
to produce innovative design projects; and
– support the student to overcome the
following troublesome design situations:
○ Stuckness
○ Low level of knowledge regarding one
of the design aspects; and
○ The attempt to change of the approach to
the design solution during design process
– Students, who more frequently used online
architectural resources, said that:
– online
Communication
and
social
networking tools and Online architectural
resources provide more support to the
student in his attempt to produce innovative
design projects; and
– support the student to overcome the
following troublesome design situations:
○ Stuckness;
○ hesitation to take the next step;
○ following a wrong route during the
design process;
○ uncertainty of how to design one of the
project aspects; and
○ the attempt to change of the approach to
the design solution during design process.
5.2.2. The relation between the level of help
that web tools provide in overcoming
troublesome design situations and in
producing innovative design projects
ANOVA results showed that students, who indicated that web tools they used, help them more
in overcoming stuckness situation, said that online
intelligent search engines, online communication
and social networking tools and online architectural
resources provide the student with more support in
his attempt to produce innovative design projects.
Students who pointed out that web tools they
used, help them more in overcoming hesitation to
take the next step during the design process, said
that online intelligent search engines, online communication and social networking tools and online
architectural resources provide the student with
more support in his attempt to produce innovative
design projects.
Students, who highlighted that web tools they
used, help them more in overcoming their low level of knowledge regarding one of the design aspect
situations, said that online intelligent search engines, online communication and social networking tools and online architectural resources proVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
vide the student with more support in his attempt
to produce innovative design projects. Students
who mentioned that web tools they used, help
them more in overcoming following of a wrong
route during the design process situation, said that
online intelligent search engines, online communication and social networking tools and online
architectural resources provide the student with
more support to produce innovative design projects. Students who pointed out that web tools they
used, help them more in overcoming the uncertainty of how to design one of the project aspects
situation, said that online communication and social networking tools and online architectural resources provide the student with more support in
his attempt to produce innovative design projects.
Students, who indicated web tools that they
used, help them more in overcoming their misunderstanding of some project requirements, said that
online intelligent search engines, online communication and social networking tools and online architectural resources provide the student with more
support in his attempt to produce innovative design projects. Students who pointed out web tools
that they used, help them more in overcoming the
misjudgment about the resulted design of one of
project aspects situation, said that online communication and social networking tools provide them
with more support in his attempt to produce innovative design projects. Students who pointed out web
tools that they used, help them more in their attempt
to change of the approach to the design solution
during design process, said that UD’s e-resources,
online communication and social networking tools
and online architectural resources provide them
with more support to the student in his attempt to
produce innovative design projects. Students who
pointed out web tools that they used, help them
more in overcoming the confusion over the nature
and context of the design process situation, said that
UD’s Library catalogue provide them with more
support to produce innovative design projects.
5.2.3. The impact of technical support on the
use experience, frequency of use and
student’s views
The regression test showed that frequent slowness of the UD’s network is associated with lower
35
level of student’s experience in using PeopleSoft
and infrequent use of PeopleSoft and UD library
catalogue, and vice versa (table 3). The inflexibility, non-interactivity and complexity of the use of
E-learning tools are associated with lower level of
student’s experience in using UD e-resources and
vice versa. The frequent lack of personal E-learning training is linked with lower level of student’s
experience in using online architectural resources
and vice versa. The frequent lack of professional
advanced technical support is associated with an
infrequent use of Blackboard and vice versa. The
frequent lack of personal interest to use the E-learning technology is associated with an infrequent use
of online intelligent search engines. The repeated
network problems are associated with an infrequent
(i.e. lesser) use of online architectural resources.
5.2.4. Differences between the study groups
The Kruskal Wallis Test showed significant
differences in opinions (i.e. P<0.05) between students of different departments and this is concerning the following aspects:
– the level of student’s experience in using
Blackboard; UD’s e-resources; online
architectural resources
– the frequency of use of PeopleSoft and
Blackboard
– the help that UD’s e-resources and online
architectural resources provide the student
in his attempt to produce innovative design
projects; and
– the support that web tools that are used,
provide support to the student in difficult
design situations, namely; hesitation to take
the next step and confusion over the context
of the prospected design outcome.
The Mean Rank results for the same test (i.e.
Kruskal Wallis) suggested that architecture students
have less experience in using Blackboard than other
students from other departments. Planning students
have less experience in using e-resources than students from other departments. Architecture students used PeopleSoft less frequently than students
from other departments. Interior design students
used Blackboard less frequently than students from
other departments. Planning students said that UD
36
e-resources and online architectural resources provide lesser help to the student to produce innovative
projects, in comparison with what students from
other departments have indicated. Building technology students said that web tools that they used
provide lesser support to the student to overcome
difficult design situations, in comparison with what
other students have indicated.
6. Discussion
The field survey, supported by research findings
of various researchers a number of problematic issues inhibiting the utilization of E-learning system
by the students at the College of Architecture and
why students are reluctant to use them [see also
4, 30, 31]. There is unclear and limited strategy
and policy concerning the implementation of Elearning system (see also [31]). One of the issues
is the weak infrastructure and technical support.
The previous research identified some technical
limitations of the virtual design studios such as the
limited cooperative object manipulation (see for
instance [19, 20]). Also, there is a problem in integrating architectural software such as 3D modelling, virtual environment, visualization and simulation systems with online learning systems.
The results showed many students have novice
level of experience in using E-learning tools such
as UD’s library catalogue and UD’s e-resources
whereas many of them have proficient to expert
experience in using online resources and communication tools. Students infrequently used UD’s
resources and E-learning system i.e. Blackboard
and PeopleSoft whereas many students used frequently online resources and utilize online communication and social networks. The majority of
students said that Blackboard and UD’s Library
catalogue do not help students in their attempt to
produce innovative projects. Also, many of them
regret that UD’s e-resources are not helpful. On
the other hand, many students said that online
resources, search engines, communication and
social networking tools help the student in his attempt to produce innovative design projects.
Half of the students said that the web/ tools that
they used help them in overcoming a number of
troublesome design situations such as low level
of knowledge regarding the design of one of the
project aspects; uncertainty of how to design one
of the project aspects; and lack of the design skills
required to design the project.
Students highlighted the personnel and technical problems that they have. They said that the
shortages in IT support, IT infrastructure, personal
training and lack of personal interest hinder their
use of UD’s E-learning tools.
The study showed significant relations between
the level of user’s experience and frequency of use
with the help that web tools provide to the student
in overcoming difficult design situations and in his
attempt to produce innovative projects. The higher
level of experience and frequent use of UD’s Elearning tools and e-resources are associated with
higher level of help that is provided by UD’s Elearning tools and e-resources tools and online
tools to the student in his attempt to sort out design
problems and produce innovative projects.
The higher level of experience of web/ online
tools and frequency of use of these tools are associated with the help that web tools provide to the student in overcoming difficult design situations and
in his attempt to produce innovative projects. For
instance, students, who more frequently used online
communication and social networking tools, said
that online intelligent search engines, online communication and social networking tools and online
architectural resources provide more support to the
student in his attempt to produce innovative design
projects; and support the student to overcome the
following troublesome design situations.
The study also found significant relations between the levels of help that web tools provide in
overcoming troublesome design situations and in
producing innovative design projects. Students
highlighted that web tools such as online intelligent search engines, online communication and
social networking tools and online architectural
resources, which they used enable them in overcoming a number of troublesome design situations
and produce innovative projects. Apart of two
links between the UD’s library catalogue and eresources with the student’s experience, the study
did not find any significant relations between the
use of UD’s tools and the help and support that
these tools would provide the student in overcoming the difficult design situations and producing
innovative design projects.
The study revealed significant impact of the technical and personnel support on the user’s experience,
frequency of use and how far web tools can be used
to support design activities. Student highlighted the
shortage in IT infrastructure and complexity of Elearning tools affect their experience and frequency
of use. The IT shortage i.e. repeated network problems also affect negatively the use of online architectural resources. The lack of professional IT support has also a negative impact on the student use of
UD’s E-learning tool and e-resources. The lack of
personal training plays a significant role in impacting student’s use of UD’s E–learning system. The
students however admitted that they have lack of
interest of E-learning technology and this is in turn
affects their use of web/online search engines. The
study indicated significant differences between students from different departments and this in regards
to the experience, frequency of use and the student’s
views concerning the help that web tools would offer to the student during the design process.
7. Recommendations
The following recommendations indicate how to
design, customize and structure the UD’s E-learning tools and e-resources so they would effectively
help architectural students, support innovative activities and thinking in the architectural education.
These recommendations are based on the findings
of this research supported by the literature review.
7.1. The student experience and use
The survey results indicated that the user’s
experience can be enhanced by the frequent use
of UD’s E-learning tools and UD resources. This
however, cannot be left to students to do it by
themselves, and the library’s affairs and IT deanships should set training programs for students on
how to use the E-learning tools and e-resources
and set online helpline that would instantly respond to the students’ enquiries.
7.2. The E-learning strategy, IT personnel and
infrastructure
A clear strategy and policy should be developed
concerning the implementation of online teaching
courses in the architectural education and a clear vi37
sion, mission and objectives should be set for the
online curriculum. The strategy should consider
possible integration between the professional training, the Continuous Professional Development
(CPD) schemes and the architectural education.
The study highlighted the negative impact of
the shortages of IT infrastructure on the user experience and frequency of use. Potential technical
problems should be identified and sorted out as
possible. Robust infrastructure should be implemented and advanced technical support should be
provided to the faculty and students. Sorting out
the IT shortages would give students more freedom/ flexibility to explore the UD’s E-learning
tools and e-resources and effectively use it. Professional training for the IT staff is essential as
it would enable them to deal with the students’
enquiries in a professional and delicate way. Accordingly, innovative synchronous communication and visualization tools should be designed,
specifically for architectural design users [11, 18].
Therefore, the future research should inspect how
new E-learning systems should be developed to
overcome the present shortages and meet architectural education requirements.
The previous research found that virtual design studio would offer real benefits to tutors and
students as it crosses the traditional design studio
boundaries, blends the traditional design studio
teaching with the virtual design teaching thus
would enhance the design studio teaching [16,
39]. So, the benefits of virtual design studio concept and approach should be demonstrated to the
faculty. Thus, the development of virtual design
courses can be discussed with the faculty and see
how it can be integrated into the traditional design
studio settings and the curriculum (see also [12])
taking into account how to overcome the present
technical, policy, and knowledge-wise barriers.
ing system is not neither flexible, nor integrated
with the architectural education system and tools.
The E-learning system should be customized so
it would respond effectively and dynamically to
the architectural students’ needs during the design
process and throughout the educational process.
One way to do so is to design innovative synchronous communication and visualization tools
for architectural design users. Possible problems
in integrating architectural software such as parametric 3D modelling (i.e. BIM software), virtual
environment, visualization, and simulation systems with online learning systems should be identified and sorted out.
On the other hand, the e-resources should be
structured according to the architecture students’
needs. This can be done by setting architectural
information on the library’s web site and listing
web links to important and innovative architectural resources and sites. The provision of digital
maps and innovative design precedents is essential for students. However, the structure of design
precedents should enable students to look for innovative architectural solutions, explore the innovative aspects of each case study, experiment with
possible links between innovative design aspects/
solutions and each dimension of the design problem, in line with expert designers’ usual practice.
It is essential to provide online Architecturewise system that can be integrated with e-education system and can be used by distant learners.
Such system would help them appreciating certain
design parameters and constraints. For example
Eco-spatial interface that enables the learner to
choose the spatial settings for the building and
choose the greenery around and apply external
finishing to the building. Another example is the
virtual design through virtual environment and
virtual Design Studios’ systems and tools.
7.3. E-learning tools, e-resources and architectural design
The study revealed the dissatisfaction of students with the support of UD’s E-learning tools
and e-resources to the student in his attempt to find
architectural information, overcome challenging
design situations and develop innovative design
projects. It is obvious that the present E-learn38
References
1. Mayer ER. Multimedia Learning: Guiding Visuospatial Thinking with Instructional Animation, In:
The Cambridge Handbook of Visuospatial Thinking,
P. Shah & A. Miyake, Cambridge University Press,
ISBN 978-0-521-00173-0, New York, 2005; 477-508.
2. Sidawi B. Hindrances to innovation in the design
studio. Design Research Society conference held
by Chulalongkorn University in collaboration with
DRS, Bangkok on 1-4 July 2012; 4: 1736-1747.
3. Sidawi B. The Impact of Social Interaction and
Communications on Innovation in the Architectural
Design Studio, Buildings journal; ISSN 2075-5309,,
http://www.mdpi.com/2075-5309/2/3/203. 2012;
2(3):203-217.
4. Juvancic M, Mullins M, Zupancic T. Characteristics
of the architectural education. E-learning in Architecture: Professional and Lifelong Learning Prospects.
Retrived from: http://cdn.intechopen.com/pdfs/28704/
InTech- E_learning_in_architecture_professional_
and_lifelong_learning_prospects.pdf, 2012.
5. Casakin H. Metaphors in design problem solving:
implications for creativity. International Journal of
Design, 2007; 1(2): 21-33.
6. Lawson BR. Schemata, Gambits and Precedent:
Some Factors in Design Expertise. Expertise in
Design.Design Thinking Research Symposium 6
hosted by Creativity and Cognition Studios, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia. Retrieved
from http://www.creativityandcognition.com/cc.../
cc03Design/.../13LawsonDTRS6.pdf. November
2003; 17-19.
7. Gero JS, Maher ML. Introduction. In J.S. Gero and
M. L. (Eds) Modeling Creativity and Knowledgebased Creative Design. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.Bartlett school of Architecture,
(2012), part-3-handbook-pdf. Retrived from: http://
www.bartlett.ucl.ac.uk/architecture/programmes/professional-studies/images/part-3-handbook-pdf. 1993.
8. MSc in Environmental Design of Buildings: Distance
learning option, Retrived from: http://www.cardiff.
ac.uk/archi/distantlearning.php. 2013.
9. Juvancic M, Mullins M, Zupancic T. E-learning in
Architecture: Professional and Lifelong Learning
Prospects, E-learning-Organizational Infrastructure and Tools for Specific Areas, Prof. Adilson
Guelfi (Ed.), ISBN: 978-953-51-0053-9, InTech,
DOI: 10.5772/30237. Retrived from: http://www.
intechopen.com/books/E-learning-organizational-infrastructure-and-tools-for-specific-areas/E-learningVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
in-architecture-professional-and-lifelong-learningprospects, 2012.
10. Kipcak O. The VIPA Project. What is VIPA? In:
VIPA virtual campus for virtual space design provided for european architects, Marek C. Edition
mono/monochrom, ISBN 3-9500731-8-3, Graz,
2007; 6-9.
11. Mizban N, Roberts A. A Review of Experiences of
the Implementation of E-learning in Architectural
Design Education. CEBE Working Paper,2008; 13.
12. Reffat R. Virtual Architectural Design Studio as a
Collaborative Architectural Education Platform. XXII
World Congress of Architects, UIA Istanbul. 2005.
13. Reffat R. Semantic-Based Virtual Design Environments for Architecture. eCAADe 2003, Graz, Austria, 2003; 133-140.
14. Kvan T. The Pedagogy of Virtual Design Studios.
Automation in Construction, 2001; 10(3): 345-353.
15. Kvan T. Teaching Architecture, Learning Architecture: Technology in Support of Design Learning, in B-K. Tan, and M. Tan and Y-C Wong (eds),
Proceedings of the Fifth Conference on Computer
Aided Architectural Design Research in Asia, Singapore, 2000; 181-190.
16. Reffat R. Collaborative digital architecture design
teaching within virtual environments, in Bhatt, A
(ed.), Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computer-Aided Architectural Design Research in Asia, New Delhi, India, 2007; 65-74.
17. Alraouf Ali A. To e or not to e: virtual design studios, the Impact of E-learning on Contemporary Architectural Education: A New Paradigmatic Trend.
The proceedings of First International Conference
of the E-learning Center, University of Bahrain.
Kingdom of Bahrain. April 17-19, 2006.
18. Regina R, Lúcia A, Harris S. Beyond Traditional CAAD:
E-learning supporting design thinking, ASCAAD 2009
conference, Bahrain. 11-12 May 2009; 71-87.
19. Pinho MS, Bowman DA, Freitas CMDS. Cooperative object manipulation in collaborative virtual
environments. Journal of the Brazilian Computer
Society, 2008; 2(4): 53-67.
20. Hodgson G, Mak M, Sher W. E-learning materials
for quantity surveying measurement. Fifth International Conference on Construction in the 21st
Century (CITC-V). “Collaboration and Integration
in Engineering, Management and Technology”. Istanbul, Turkey, May 20-22, 2009; 1072-1079.
39
21. Chung JKH, Shen GQP, Leung BYP, Hao JJL,
Hills MJ, Fox PW, Zou PXW. Using E-learning to
deliver construction technology for undergraduate
students: A case study in Hong Kong. Architectural
Engineering and Design Management. Mason R.
& Rennie F. (2006). E-learning: the Key Concepts.
Routledge, ISBN 0-415-37307-7, New York, 2006;
1: 295-308.
22. Embi R, Embi B. Key determinants and barriers in
digital innovation among small architectural organizations , ITcon . Special Issue Emerging digital
technologies and innovations . http://www.itcon.
org/2014/11, 2014;19: 188-209.
23. Mason R, Rennie F. E-learning: the Key Concepts.
Routledge, ISBN 0-415-37307-7, New York, 2006.
24. Al-Nuaimi, Saad Fawzi, Aboukhatwa, Abd-elMawla
E. Faculty-Staff Attitudes towards using Blended
Learning in Architectural Design Courses in Bahrain. International Journal of Instructional Technology and Distance Learning. January 2012; 9(1):
71-83.
25. Panda S, Mishra S. E-learning in a mega open
university: Faculty attitude, barriers and motivators. Educational Media International, 2007; 44(4):
323–338.
26. Alenezi AM. Ph. D thesis. Faculty members’ perception of E-learning in higher education in the Kingdom of ‎Saudi Arabia ‎‎(KSA). Texas Tech University.
Retrieved 28th July, 2013 from: https://repositories.tdl.org/ttu-ir/bitstream/handle/2346/45399/
Ahmed_Alenezi_Diss_Final_May2012%20.
pdf?sequence=4, 2012.
27. Alajmi M. Faculty members’ readiness for E-learning in the College of Basic Education in Kuwait
(Doctoral dissertation). University of North Texas.
Retrieved 28th July, 2013 from http://digital.library.
unt.edu/ark:/67531. 2010.
28. Hussein H. Attitudes of Saudi universities faculty
members towards using learning management system. The Turkish Online Journal of Educational
Technology, 2011; 10(2): 12-27.
29. Schoonenboom J, Roozen F, Sligte H, Klein T.
The state-of-the-art of ICT in higher education. In
ICT-onderwijsmonitor studiejaar 2002/2003. Amsterdam/Leiden: Universiteit van Amsterdam, SCOKohnstamm Instituut/Research vooor Beleid, 2004.
31. Sidawi B. The tutors’ views on the utilization of
e-learning system In architectural education. European Journal of Open, Distance and e-Learning ,
2013; 16(2).
32. Sidawi B . The relation between healthy social
interaction in design studios and the innovative utilization of CAAD , ITcon . Special Issue Emerging
digital technologies and innovations . http://www.
itcon.org/2014/15, 2014; 19: 270-280.
33. Sidawi B. Design Studio Education To Foster Creativity: Influential Factors Revealed by a Case Study
of the University of Dammam International Journal
of Architecture, Engineering and Construction.
http://www.iasdm.org/journals/index.php/ijaec/article/view/194/117 , December 2013; 2(4): 280-291.
34. Sidawi B. Fostering Innovation In Architectural
Education the Case of UD and KFUPM, Unpublished research report, University of Dammam,
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, 2014.
35. Al-Sarrani N. Concerns and professional development needs of science faculty at Taibah university
in adopting blended learning (Doctoral dissertation). Kansas State University. Retrieved May 28th
July, 2013 from: http://krex.kstate.edu/dspace/bitstream/2097/3887/1/NauafAl-Sarrani2010.2010.
36. Waycott J, Bennett S, Kennedy G, Dalgarno B,
Gray K. Digital divides? Student and staff perceptions of information and communication technologies, Computers & Education J., 2010; 54 (4):
1202-1211.
37. Foley J, Ojeda C. Teacher beliefs, best practice,
technology usage in the classroom: A problematic
relationship. In K. McFerrin et al. (Eds.), Proceedings of society for information technology and
teacher education international conference . Chesapeake, Virginia, USA: AACE. 2008 ; 4110–4117.
38. Bouchedid K, Eid GM. E-learning challenges in the
Arab world: Revelations from a case study profile,
Quality Assurance in Education J., 2004; 12(1):
15-27.
39. Bender Diane M., Vredevoogd Jon D. Using Online
Education Technologies to Support Studio Instruction. Journal of Educational Technology and Society. Published by International Forum of Educational Technology and Society, 9(4): 114-122.
30. Selwyn N. The use of computer technology in university teaching and learning: A critical perspective. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 2007;
23(2): 83–94.
40
Definitions
1. Virtual Learning Environment: is a system for delivering learning materials to students via the web.
These systems include assessment, student tracking,
collaboration and communication tools. (Source:
http://global.oup.com/uk/orc/learnvle/)
2. Virtual Design Studio: is a software platform currently under development in support of an integrated, coordinated and optimized design of buildings and their energy and environmental systems.
(Source: http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007%2
Fs12273-013-0110-2)
Bhzad Sidawi,
University of Dammam,
College of Architecture and Planning,
Dammam,
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia,
E-mail: [email protected]
41
Can Lean Six Sigma implementation
experiences from Slovenia help Bosnia?
Dusan Gosnik, Bojan Mevlja, Klemen Kavcic
University of Primorska, Faculty of Management, Koper, Slovenia.
Abstract
Slovenia and Bosnia are both transition economies with many similarities. The institutional
phase of the socio-political transition has been
concluded but the socio-economic transition has
not yet been completed. This article presents the
Six Sigma and Lean business strategies, and their
basics, integration and implementation. Six Sigma
improves the quality of value adding steps whereas Lean eliminates non-value adding steps. Lean
Six Sigma simultaneously drives quality, speed
and cost. Implementation of much needed organizational changes, such as Lean Six Sigma requires
time and support from top management. Research
has revealed the most common barriers and key
success factors (CSFs) to Lean Six Sigma implementation in Slovenian manufacturing companies.
The article presents some of the previous findings
of the authors in this field in Slovenia. The findings are supplemented with an analytical research
approach and the author’s experiences. Lessons
gained from Slovenia are presented as well as
benefits for Bosnian manufacturing companies
(geographically located in the territory of Bosnia
and Herzegovina). This topic has not yet been analysed by researchers and represents a unique study
in the field of Lean Six Sigma in transition countries such as Slovenia and Bosnia.
Key words: Six Sigma, Lean, manufacturing,
Slovenia, Bosnia.
1. Introduction
Increasing demand for high quality products and
the need for highly capable business processes have
encouraged organizations to include Six Sigma and
Lean in their business strategy. In the future, many
organizations and industries, including the Slovene
and Bosnian manufacturing industries, will focus
more on the following projects: globalisation management projects, research and sustainable develop42
ment projects, cost management-oriented projects,
production cost management projects, innovative
product development and brand management-related projects. [1] Thus, for a successful project selection and implementation, we need good product
management supported by Lean and Six Sigma and
customer benefit-oriented projects [1,2,3] In the
last decade, one very exposed and growing methodology in transition countries, including Slovenia
has been the Six Sigma and emerging Lean manufacturing methods and their integration, known as
Lean Six Sigma.
2. Six Sigma and Lean
2.1 Six Sigma
Six Sigma is a well-established approach that
seeks to identify and eliminate defects, mistakes or
failures in business processes or systems by focusing on those process performance characteristics
that are of critical importance to customers [4].
Schroeder [5] highlight four elements that are distinctive to Six Sigma with respect to quality: “the
focus on financial and business results is to some
extent unique”, “the use of a structured method for
process improvement or new product and service
introduction is also not entirely distinctive”, “the
use of specific metrics is also new with Six Sigma”,
and “the use of a significant number of full-time
improvement specialists in Six Sigma is new to
many organizations.” [6]. The development and application of Six Sigma performance measures that
cover both strategic and operational performance
measures lead to a more sustainable approach to
business improvement. [7] There are many aspects
of the Six Sigma management business strategy
which support development strategies [7]:
1. Six Sigma places a clear focus on the bottomline impact of costs and savings. The Six
Sigma project will be approved unless the
team determines the savings generated from it.
However, not all Six Sigma projects produce
direct large benefits, many produce only
local improvements and about 20 percent of
projects are cancelled [8].
2. Six Sigma has been very successful in
integrating both the human aspects (culture
change, training, customer focus, etc.) and
process aspects (process stability, variation
reduction, capability, etc.) of continuous
improvement. Every individual employee at
the different levels of an organization has to
execute their tasks in order to improve success
and efficiency.
3. Six Sigma methodology DMAIC (definemeasure-analyse-improve-control) links the
tools and techniques in a sequential manner.
4. Six Sigma creates a powerful infrastructure
for the training of champions, master black
belts, black belts, green belts and yellow belts.
5. On the other hand, other rapidly emerging
methodologies such as Lean manufacturing
have been gaining popularity in western
countries and abroad, which with the support
of Six
Sigma can increase process and company efficiency.
2.2 Lean
The source of the term lean production (or
Lean manufacturing), can be traced to the International Motor Vehicle Program (IMVP), and was
first used by Krafcik [9] and Holweg [10]. However, the just-in-time (JIT) system or Toyota pro-
duction system (TPS) was the forerunner of lean
manufacturing, with the works of Taiichi Ohno,
Shigeo Shingo and Yasuhiro Monden a notable
milestone in the rise of JIT/TPS/lean in the 1980s
[11] Later, Womack et al. [12] reported on the results from the IMVP study and coined the term
lean manufacturing as a synonym for the practices
pioneered by Toyota; the concepts and techniques
under the lean label were the same as those of
JIT a decade earlier [11]. Womack and Jones [13]
provided five lean principles: value, value stream,
flow, pull, and perfection, described in the following way: (1) value is defined by the ultimate customer; (2) value stream is the set of all specific activities required to push a specific product through
the internal value chain; (3) flow is about making
value-creating steps flow; (4) pull refers to using a
pull schedule; and (5) perfection is concerned with
making improvement a continuous effort.
The success of lean production is dependent
upon contextual factors such as the type of market, the dominant technology, and the supply chain
structure. The more successfully a firm applies
Lean principles, the less successfully it will engage
in general innovative activity. Lean production that
develops a value stream, helps eliminate all waste,
including time, and ensures a level schedule. A level schedule means that the manufacturing process
must be protected from uncertainty and variation.
This makes high-capacity utilization feasible, thus
leading to lower manufacturing costs. Lean manufacturing in this sense is a program aimed mainly at
increasing the efficiency of operations.
The integration of Six Sigma and Lean are presented below in Table 1 and Figure 1.
Table 1. Integration of Six Sigma and Lean
Customer quality
Six Sigma
Management Engagement
Dedicated Infrastructure/
People
Voice of the Customer
Statistical Process Control
Design of Experiment
Poka-Yoke
Gage R&R
Failure Modes Effect Analysis
Cause and Effect Analysis
Six Sigma Quality
Customer speed flexibility
Lean
Value stream mapping to identify the Non-Value
Adding Activities
Time Trap ID and removal
“Pull” from the Customer
Setup and queue reduction
Process flow improvement
Total Productive Maintenance
5S Foundations
Kaizen for rapid improvement
Lean enables process flow
43
Six Sigma improves the quality of value adding
steps. Lean reduces non-value adding steps. Lean
Six Sigma simultaneously drives quality, speed
and cost. So, today we speak of the Lean Six Sigma methodology.
feedback from the operational level which aids in
enhancing improvements within the process. From
the study, it has been concluded that Six Sigma
(DMAIC) with the integration of the SIPOC model
(supplier – input – process – output – customer)
been established as winning practice in improving the manufacturing process − the key entity in
the SC network. The success of the framework can
encourage the various stakeholders to use the presented methodology to improve and reduce losses
in their processes after identifying key performance
attributes related to process dimensions. [16]
3. Lean Six Sigma implementation
Figure 1. Lean in Six Sigma DMAIC phases
Both Lean and Six Sigma tools need to be used
concurrently to ensure effectiveness. The integration of these two paradigms enables the attainment
of common goals. [14]
2.3 Supply chain and Lean Six Sigma methodology
In today’s highly competitive environment,
supply chain (SC) performance is very vital for
the survival of firms because customers judge
the performance of firms based on their SC performance. Competition no longer exists between
firms, but between entire SCs. So, SC has become
an important dimension with firms forced to give
maximum attention to this area in order to excel
in a competitive environment. The field of supply chain management (SCM) is growing day by
day. SCM has become a key strategic factor/tool
for firms to improve their performance and secure
their competitiveness in the market place. In order
to successfully implement SCM, all firms within a
SC must reduce functional silos and adopt a process approach [15]. In recent years, SCM performance has become extremely vital for the survival
of firms for customers judge the performance of
firms based on their SC performance. [16]
The unified structure provided in the framework
encourages various SC players to support the improvement process, based on the P-D-C-A (plan –
do – check – act) cycle. Management can receive
44
The Lean Six Sigma initiative in many organizations has failed either due to a lack of understanding of how to get started or due to a failure
to link the initiative to strategic business goals and
measurable objectives. Lean Six Sigma deployment needs to be considered based on an organization’s available resources and skills base [17].
Additionally, Porter’s value chain analysis and
the five forces model could be applied to analyze
business processes prior to applying Lean Six
Sigma methodologies. [17] These models could
be used to provide strategic alignment to business
objectives as well as identify training needs and
project selection prioritisation. Snee and Hoerl [4]
suggest that the greatest barrier to implementation
in organizations to date has been the manner in
which major Lean Six Sigma training providers
have structured their offerings. Lean Six Sigma
can also be an effective methodology for small
and middle-sized organizations and plays a major role in continual improvement based on ISO
9001:2000 requirements. To make the framework
for Lean Six Sigma and also Lean more applicable
and suitable for organizations, critical success factors for implementing Lean Six Sigma have been
developed and include [17] : top management
leadership and commitment, a well-implemented customer management system, an education
and training system, a well-implemented process
management system, a well-developed strategic
planning system, a well-developed supplier management system and a well-developed human resource management system.
3.1 Implementation of Lean Six Sigma in
Slovenia
Research methodology
The bulk of the study is oriented at Lean Six
Sigma implementation in transition countries,
in this case Slovenia, so as to study the reasons
Slovenian manufacturing organizations are implementing the Lean Six Sigma methodology and the
role of top management in Lean Six Sigma implementation. In order to do this effectively, the general objective is further divided into a number of
specific research questions (RQ) as follows:
RQ1: To what extent are organizations in Slovenia implementing Lean Six Sigma?
RQ2: What are the common barriers and benefits in the implementation of Lean Six Sigma in
Slovenia?
RQ3: What are the essential factors for successful implementation of Lean
Six Sigma in transition countries similar to Slovenia?
The study was broken down into three phases:
1. A wide-ranging analysis was conducted of
existent literature on quality management
and especially regarding the Lean Six Sigma
methodology.
2. A questionnaire was designed to investigate
the quality management practice, which
was sent by mail to the quality managers
responsible for quality or those participating
in Lean Six Sigma projects. The items in
the questionnaire were designed in the form
of binary ‘yes’ or ‘no’ questions and Likert
scales, ranging from ‘strongly disagree’ to
‘strongly agree’.
3. Analysis of the survey research results with
directions for future work.
The main objective of this study is to research
Lean Six Sigma adoption in Slovenian manufacturing companies.
The questionnaire was e-mailed to 100 production companies in Slovenia in April 2012. Of the
100 questionnaires mailed, a total of 33 completed
questionnaires were returned in a 3-month period.
This represented a response rate of 33 per cent
which is similar to other studies worldwide using
this tool (survey). The questionnaire was designed
based on researchers’ experiences, taking into account similar studies [17]. The questionnaire was
e-mailed to the 100 largest manufacturing organizations in Slovenia. The e-mail addresses were
obtained from the database of the Slovenian Lean
Six Sigma academy and from available public databases. Because the extent of the Lean Six Sigma
methodology was not known in Slovenia prior to
this study, a broader number of organizations from
different branches was included in the study.
According to the data gathered, the questionnaires were completed by Lean Six Sigma’s master black belts (MBB), black belts (BB), green
belts (GB) and yellow belts (YB). In the organizations where no Lean Six Sigma methodologies
had yet been implemented, participants comprised
quality managers working in the field of quality
management in manufacturing organizations.
Of the one hundred targeted companies, the response rate was 33 % and included manufacturing
companies in the following industries: mechanical
(automotive) engineering (73 per cent), automotive (24 per cent) and chemical (3 per cent).
Data available from the Lean Six Sigma academy of Slovenia and the Lean Six Sigma Association of Slovenia was used for analysing companies. The companies and members of this association are active experts from various companies in
Slovenia and were also interested in this study. The
number of companies was limited by the number
that implemented Lean Six Sigma. Participants
were middle management experts and managers
working in the quality management field.
4. Results
4.1 Analysis of the reasons for not implementing Lean Six Sigma
Previous research in this field [1,3] shows us
that many of the big manufacturing organizations
in Slovenia have already implemented Lean Six
Sigma while quite a few have not. One of the
questions in this study dealt with the reasons that
manufacturing organizations in Slovenia are not
implementing Lean Six Sigma. A questionnaire
was designed and the issue researched. The most
important reason is that manufacturing organiza45
tions in Slovenia are satisfied with the existing
quality system they have in place (30.77 percent);
further results showed that top management is not
interested in implementing Lean Six Sigma (30.77
percent) while the third most common reason is
the lack of human resources in the organization
(15.38 percent) to support implementation. Only
7.69 percent of the organizations were not familiar
with Lean Six Sigma. [1,3]
4.2 Analysis of the reasons for implementing
Lean Six Sigma
Respondents from Slovenian manufacturing organizations which have already implemented Lean
Six Sigma methodology were asked which motivation the organization had for implementing Lean
Six Sigma. Factors which affect motivation were
defined based upon literature study and previous
research [18]. The results of the respondents can
be compared to the early stage of Lean Six Sigma
implementation in Slovenian organizations, where
analysis showed that 49 per cent of the organizations use Lean Six Sigma for up to one year and
87 per cent for a period of one to three years. In
this early stage of implementation, it is reasonable
that the initial projects (usually pilot projects) are
oriented at customer benefit, strategy and finance,
because they are usually used to demonstrate the
best effects for a later stage or further projects. In
addition, they are much more oriented at quick wins
that have a high probability of success. [19]
Today, organizations strive for an improved level of process capability and a reduced level of cost
of poor quality (COPQ). The bottom-line objective
is to generate a profitable margin and sustainable
competitiveness in the market. COPQ is the cost associated with poor quality of products and services.
For a manufacturing company, COPQ is the total
cost of repair, rework, scrap, service calls, warranty
claims and write-offs from obsolete finished goods.
The concept of COPQ connects the improvement
priorities of a company with its strategic objectives
of achieving improved financial performance and
greater customer satisfaction. [20]
The respondents were asked to rate the benefits
that Lean Six Sigma had brought to their organizations since its implementation. The areas that have
experienced the greatest benefits are reduction in
process variability, reduction in COPQ, increase
in profitability, reduction in operational costs, increase in productivity, etc. Overall, these scores
show us that participating organizations perceive
a benefit in their processes.
4.3 Critical success factors for Lean Six
Sigma implementation
The respondents were asked to rank pre-defined CSFs. The factors were defined based on
existing literature regarding TQM and Lean Six
Sigma and for large organizations. The 11 identified critical success factors were as follows
[17]: linking Lean Six Sigma to customers, linking Lean Six Sigma to business strategy, linking
Lean Six Sigma to employees, linking Lean Six
Sigma to suppliers, management involvement and
participation, organizational infrastructure, under-
Table 2. Motivation and objectives related to Six Sigma implementation in Slovenian manufacturing
companies
Motivation factor
To reduce variation in our processes.
To achieve positive financial effects.
To increase customer satisfaction.
To reduce all types of costs.
To change organizational culture and thinking.
To decrease the service call rate (SCR)
To increase market share.
To achieve further organizational growth.
Avg.
4.57 (1)
4.50 (2)
4.28 (3)
4.28 (3)
3.57
3.57
3.42
3.00
Std. Dev.
0.79
0.63
0.69
0.76
0.79
0.79
0.53
0.82
Note: Avg.…average according to five-stage Likert scale was used to evaluate each of the pre-defined motivation factors (1was not motivation at all, 5 – was very high motivating impact factor for Six Sigma implementation in the organization); Std.
Dev.…standard deviation.
46
standing Lean Six Sigma methodology, project
management skills, project prioritisation and selection and training and cultural change. Table 3
shows the ranking of essential success factors for
the successful implementation of Lean Six Sigma
in manufacturing organizations in Slovenia.
Table 3 shows that management involvement
and participation, Lean Six Sigma training, understanding Lean Six Sigma methodology and organizational infrastructure are the most important
factors for successful implementation. Following
those are cultural change, linking Lean Six Sigma
to employees, Lean Six Sigma prioritisation and
project selection, Lean Six Sigma management
skills and linking to business strategy.
The institutional phase of the socio-political
transition in Slovenia has been fully implemented
but the socio-economic transition has not yet been
completed. Implementation of much needed organizational changes, such as Lean Six Sigma, require
time and support from top management. This is
related to top management priorities and organizational long-term objectives. Many organizations in
transition have not yet consolidated their ownership,
thus management buy-outs are often a top priority.
The study is limited by the number of Lean Six
Sigma organizations in Slovenia. Additionally, the
number of educated Lean Six Sigma BGs, BBs and
MBBs is limited. The authors also believe that the
larger sample of the research might affect the results
of the study. The authors will take the results of the
survey into account for further research as well as
further periodical comparison studies. The study is
limited to industrial organizations in Slovenia, but
the results may be generalized for economies similar to that of Slovenia. The study does not present a
comparison between industrial and service sectors,
because not enough service organizations that have
already implemented Lean Six Sigma exist.
4.4 Recommendations for Bosnian manufacturing companies
The following recommendations can be given to
Bosnian managers based on Slovene experiences:
Our recommendation for Bosnia is that Lean
Six Sigma and Lean implementation should be
started at the top management level and a topdown approach used. Lean Six Sigma and Lean
represent a management philosophy, vision, methodology and religion which must first receive
the support of top management. A bottom-up approach can result in a lack of management support, low management commitment and definition
and selection of the wrong priorities and Lean Six
Sigma projects, failure of the business strategy and
can also result in employee and customer disappointment. On the other hand, the recommended
top-down strategy for Lean Six Sigma and Lean
implementation helps us define priority problems
and focus on them with top management support
and empowers employees to implement changes
in processes, optimisations and innovations in the
company with the support of top management.
Table 3. Critical success factors for the successful implementation of Lean Six Sigma in Slovenian manufacturing companies
Success factor
Top management participation
Lean Six Sigma training
Understanding Lean Six Sigma
Organizational infrastructure
Cultural change
Linking Lean Six Sigma to employees
Lean Six Sigma project prioritisation
Lean Six Sigma management skills
Linking Lean Six Sigma to business
Linking Lean Six Sigma to customers
Linking Lean Six Sigma to suppliers
Avg.
4.93 (1)
4.68 (2)
4.56 (3)
4.31
4.31
4.25
4.18
3.93
3.93
3.62
3.31
Std. Dev.
0.26
0.46
0.52
0.90
0.56
0.68
0.52
0.83
0.92
0.92
1.10
Note: Avg…average according to the Likert 5-stage scale (1…factor is not important, 2…factor is important, 3… factor is more
important, 4… factor is very important 5… factor is extremely important and crucial); Std. Dev…standard deviation
47
The use of ISO standards or TQM can also support Lean Six Sigma and Lean. Experience from
Slovenia has shown us that 100% of the companies which use Lean Six Sigma in Slovenia already
use ISO standards, project management or TQM.
Lean Six Sigma is merely an upgrade. Many improvements within the company can be achieved
with the use of ISO, TQM, 20 Keys and similar
tools. Lean Six Sigma is much more sophisticated
and represents an upgrade of all existing tools and
methods used in the company. Our recommendation is that companies in Bosnia that decide to
implement Lean Six Sigma should first implement
ISO standards and project management practices.
Once the objectives to be achieved with the
support of Lean Six Sigma have been carefully
planned, our suggestion for Bosnia is that top
management be the first and key facilitator of Lean
Six Sigma initiatives within the company. Their
understanding of Lean Six Sigma, Lean and thus
related objectives provide support to structures,
processes and rules within the company. Employees will appreciate the support of top management
as was also observed in the study of Slovenia presented in this paper.
Top management personnel need to first be
educated and professionally trained in the field of
Lean Six Sigma (champions, black belts and master
black belts) and also in the field of Lean. Lean Six
Sigma and Lean training has to be done by Lean Six
Sigma professionals. Trainings can be performed
within a single company or as open training on the
market, where future Lean Six Sigma experts can
meet other candidates and practices.
An additional recommendation is that companies in Bosnia first educate at least one Lean Six
Sigma master black belt, rather than train many
Lean Six Sigma yellow and green belts. The role
of a Lean Six Sigma master black belt can be crucial for the successful implementation of Lean
Six Sigma by providing know-how support and
consulting to Lean Six Sigma green and yellow
belts. It is also recommended that a Lean Master
be trained within the company.
It is strongly recommended that Lean Six
Sigma in Bosnia follow a well-prepared plan for
implementation which will integrate all levels of
management, including top, middle and operational managers. Lean Six Sigma does not begin
48
and conclude solely based on education, but also
requires the support of structures, systems and
rules for Lean Six Sigma project detection, selection and progress measurement.
Another recommendation is that companies in
Bosnia during Lean Six Sigma and Lean implementation establish a permanent structure or department of trained Lean Six Sigma experts within
the company. Many practices show that successful Lean Six Sigma implementation includes Lean
Six Sigma education in conjunction with practical
project implementation during Lean Six Sigma
and Lean training, something which requires time.
Therefore, personnel who attend trainings need
to be integrated within the company structure to
enable them to educate themselves and perform
Lean Six Sigma projects at the same time.
Lean Six Sigma will cross the boundaries of a
single company and will, for example, affect the
processes of its suppliers. Regarding the discussed
position of Slovenian and Bosnian manufacturing
companies within the supply chain, we strongly depend on our customers (companies), subcontractors
and suppliers. Lean Six Sigma and Lean implementation in the global environment must also include
suppliers and subcontractors by detecting common
interests, potential problems in future Lean Six Sigma processes and the Lean steps which will be performed. It needs to also consider cultural, political
and process barriers regarding the company’s cooperation with global customers and suppliers.
The aim of this chapter is to briefly present
several key consultant experiences in Slovenia
regarding the field of Lean Six Sigma implementation. We will focus on the most frequent problems and how we are dealing with them, which
can serve as a basis for a successful approach in
Bosnia, too.
Are we familiar with the power of Lean Six
Sigma? Management in many Slovenian manufacturing companies still do not use Six Sigma,
Lean or a combined approach. Management usually are not familiar with the possibilities of the
two tools, so many free workshops and free webinars are used to make these topics more recognizable. A possible approach to directing companies
to improve their processes with the support of
Lean Six Sigma, is to first perform value stream
map analysis (VSM) in the company. Thus, a very
detailed overview of the selected process is made
which clearly shows which improvements can be
made in the future. So consequently, management
usually becomes more enthusiastic about Lean Six
Sigma tools and quickly comes to understand the
meaning of Lean Six Sigma and lean tools. Once
process improvement opportunities have been detected, it is much easier to break through with Lean
Six Sigma, because the objective becomes more
visible and the tool becomes the second priority.
So the importance of the results comes before the
tool, and results always attract management.
Quality problems can decrease the power of
lean tools. Optimisation of the process can be efficient after key quality problems within the process
have been resolved. Lean Six Sigma tools are usually used before Lean tools. Another possibility
would be to use the VSM tool first to detect quality problems based on VSM. Lean Six Sigma can
be used afterwards, based on the quality problems
detected in the VSM analysis, or, for example,
following the measurement of overall equipment
efficiency (OEE) which provides data on quality
issues, exchanges and the like.
Do we have time for training? Employees in
companies usually do not have time to participate
in long-term trainings, so in-company trainings
are usually carried out. Companies, initially, are
extremely doubtful about such training and the
results thereof. So, the best way for introducing
these tools is to combine in-company training with
the Gemba strategy (on site) by studying direct
problems in the selected company with coaching
after training.
Doubts about the efficiency of Lean Six Sigma tools can be eliminated with a clear top-down
approach: first a Lean vision, than Lean objectives, followed by a Lean strategy.
A newly designed process will cause us more
problems than the one we currently have in
place, even if it is not that perfect. Management
often fears that a newly designed process will lead
to more unplanned production breaks − that it will
not work at the beginning. If we proceed in small
steps in a controlled way using an approach: pilot
project first, working place, cell, line, and finally
the entire plant, risks can be eliminated.
Some people and groups in the company defend their position and are not enthusiastic about
Lean Six Sigma. The solution is project approach,
communication and the walk&talk strategy. If we
once embark on a change to only give up later,
whatever the reason is, the change will not be efficient and possible any more (with the same team
of people). Lean Six Sigma requires from us that
we relate to processes in a way we have not before.
That requires that we define a person (for example a
lean manager), who will actually look at the “whole
picture” of the process and who will play the role
of the Lean Six Sigma manager and relate to different processes which support production beyond the
boundaries of traditional organizational structure.
Thus, a Lean Six Sigma manager is often employed.
Conclusion
Slovenia and Bosnia are both transition economies with many similarities. The institutional phase
of the socio-political transition has been concluded but the socio-economic transition has yet to be
completed. Implementation of much needed organizational changes, such as Lean Six Sigma requires time and the support from top management.
Slovenian and Bosnian manufacturing companies are also strongly characterized by their positions
in the supply chains of much larger EU companies.
Implementation of necessary organizational
changes, such as Six Sigma and Lean, requires
time and the support from top management. This
regards top management priorities and long-term
organizational objectives. Many organizations in
transition have not yet consolidated their ownership, and management buy-outs are often a top
priority. In this aspect, they have both experienced
similar challenges from the external environment
in their recent histories (in the last two decades)
such as: increased competition and globalisation,
changes in the national economy, deregulation of
the local market, changes in ownership structures
and the threat of bankruptcy. These facts represent
a strong basis for future company reactions and
opportunities for the transfer of knowledge and
experiences between companies in post-transition
countries such as Slovenia and Bosnia.
On the other hand, many previously successful organizations have closed because they were
not oriented towards the end customer, their business processes were not optimised at the time of
49
entering the global market and consequently, their
products failed to meet market expectations in a
highly competitive global market. Their growth
in the past was not based on research and the development of new innovative processes, products
and services, but rather on quick wins and a shortterm orientation. Many of these companies have
already faced the need for further growth based on
process innovations and the optimisation of different fields of business activities and are considering
growth by implementing Lean Six Sigma methodology, which can also be considered as a process
innovation. Slovenian and Bosnian manufacturing
companies are also strongly characterized by their
positions in the supply chain. Many Slovenian and
Bosnian manufacturing organizations are holding
onto their positions as suppliers of assembly parts
for automotive and other engineering companies.
They also often play the role of a parts and assembly manufacturer and to a large extent, do not
deal with final product research and development,
which is often an action taken by their customer
companies (for example: the automotive industry,
tool production industries, etc). From this aspect,
their success is still limited by the success of their
final products and the success of the end user.
In this regard, manufacturing companies in both
countries have a limited influence on the supply
chain and are often limited in achieving efficiency
in production processes where the Lean Six Sigma
methodology DMAIC takes place. Considering
the fact that Slovenian and Bosnian manufacturing
companies are often limited by low- and middlepositioned product brand names, and considering
the fact that they are often limited by the manufacture of low added value products, their only opportunity will lie in process optimisation and innovation, which can be aided by Lean Six Sigma.
Because of all the similarities between Slovenia and Bosnia, the case of Lean Six Sigma use in
Slovenia has some potential value for Bosnia, too.
All similarities and start up positions will lead to
a better understanding of the importance of this
study on Lean Six Sigma in Slovenia for Bosnia,
and help develop recommendations for Lean Six
Sigma implementation in Bosnian companies and
enable a proactive managerial approach and initiatives regarding Lean Six Sigma implementation.
50
References
1. Gošnik D, Hohnjec M. Selection criteria for Six Sigma projects in Slovenian manufacturing companies.
Organizacija, 2009; 42(4): 137-143.
2. Gošnik D, Hohnjec M, Mihić M, Petrović D,
Obradović V, Trajković N. Innovate or die! Six Sigma
as a step to innovation based sustainable production
processes. International Scientific Conference Management of Technology Step to Sustainable Production, MOTSP, 2-4 June, Rovinj, Croatia.2010.
3. Gošnik D, Vujica-Herzog N. Success factors for Six
Sigma implementation in Slovenian manufacturing
companies. Adv. produc. engineer. manag., 2010;
5(4): 205-216.
4. Snee RD, Hoerl R. Leading Lean six sigma, Upper
Saddle River, NJ, Prentice-Hall, 2003.
5. Schroeder RG. Linderman K, Liedtke C, Choo AS.
Six Sigma: definition and underlying theory. Journal
of Operations Management, 2008, 26(4): 536-554.
6. Monteiro de Carvalho M, M. Linda Lee Ho L, Boarin
Pinto SH. The Six Sigma program: an empirical study
of Brazilian companies. Journal of Manufacturing
Technology Management. 2014; 25(5): 602-630.
7. Gutierrez GLJ, Llorens-Montes FJ, Bustinza Sanchez
O. Department Lean six sigma: from a goal-theoretic
perspective to shared-vision development. International Journal of Operations & Production Management, 2008; 29(2): 151-169.
8. Banuelas R, Tennant C, Tuersley I, Tang S. Selection of Lean Six Sigma projects in the UK. The TQM
Magazine,2006; 18(5): 514.
9. Krafcik JF. Triumph of the lean production systems.
Sloan Management Review, 1988; 30(1): 41-52.
10. Holweg M. The genealogy of lean production.
Journal of Operations Management, 2007; 25(2):
420-37.
11. Schonberger RJ. Japanese management: an evolution – with mixed success. Journal of Operations
Management, 2007; 25(2): 403-19.
12. Womack JP, Jones DT, Roos D. The Machine that
Changed the World. Simon & Schuster, New York,
NY. http://www.qualitydigest.com/sept00/html/sixsigma.html, accessed 18.07.2014., 1990.
13. Womack JP, Jones DT. Lean Thinking: Banish
Waste and Create Wealth in Your Corporation, Simon & Schuster, NY, 1996.
14. Prasanna M, Vinodh S. Lean Six Sigma in SMEs:
an exploration through literature review. Journal of
Engineering, Design and Technology. DOI 10.1108/
JEDT-01-2011-0001. 2013;11(3): 224-250.
15. Mentzer TJ. Supply Chain Management, Sage Publication, London, 2001.
16. Mishra P, Sharma RK. A hybrid framework based
on SIPOC and Six Sigma DMAIC for improving
process dimensions in supply chain network. International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management. DOI 15.1108/IJQRM-06-2012-0089. 2014;
31(5): 522-546.
17. Kumar M, Madu CN. Lean six sigma in small and
medium sized UK manufacturing enterprises. International Journal of Quality & Reliability Management, 2005; 22(8): 860-874.
18. Antony J. Lean six sigma in the UK service organizations: results from a pilot survey. Managerial
Auditing Journal, 2004; 19(8): 1010.
19. Gošnik D. Ključne lastnosti vodij projektov : primerjava na področju izvajanja 6 sigma ne 6 sigma
projektov. Proj. mreža Slov., dec. 2009; 12(3): 19.
20. Prashar A. Adoption of Six Sigma DMAIC to reduce
cost of poor quality. International Journal of Productivity and Performance Management. DOI 10.1108/
IJPPM-01-2013-0018. 2014; 63(1): 103-126.
Dusan Gosnik,
University of Primorska,
Faculty of Management,
Koper,
Slovenia,
51
Proportion of the captain’s house dating from
1842.in Lepetani- the Bay of Kotor
Dusan Tomanovic, Julija Aleksic, Mirko Grbic
Faculty of Technical Sciences, Department of Architecture, University of Pristina, K. Mitrovica, Serbia
Abstract
The objective of this research is to establish
whether geometry rules were applied in the project of the captain´s house dating from 1842 situated in Lepetani in the Bay of Kotor.
The aim of the work is to attempt to determine
the existence of patterns in the application of certain geometry rules on this object. It was achieved
through graphical and numerical addenda based
on the original project (base, facades and details)
as well as on-site measurements. The goal was
also to determine the presence of certain aesthetic
rules on the facades through the analysis of the applied principles of aesthetic order (harmony, contrast, rhythm, etc.).
The main result of the research is confirmation
of the existence of geometry rules, reflected in the
application of certain proportion systems in architectural elements, as well as in structure as a part
of a unique system.
The golden ratio and some other proportion were
known to architects of that age. They used their
knowledge to skillfully make designs, and they left
it for us to learn to correctly understand them.
Key words: Proportions of the house, captain’s
house, architecture of the Bay of Kotor
Introduction
Basic principles of composition used for building various objects, during the development of mankind, have been symmetry and asymmetry, and subsequently different proportional systems, all of those
within an anthropometric system of measurements.
Length measurements the first civilizations
used were of anthropomorphic character (Greek
anthropos – man and morphe - shape), which allowed for this system of measurements, applicable
for measuring cottages, houses, as well as temples, to last for centuries. Elbow (pygmē), pace,
52
foot and thumb (inch) are prehistoric and modern
means people use for measuring [1].
Relations between units were constant, while
architects themselves chose a system of proportions, which was usually typical for a certain epoch, and varied the ratios to their liking.
Greek teachings about proportions defied the
mathematical static-mechanical and craft-conventional teaching of Egypt as elastic, dynamicorganic and aesthetically normative.Greek mathematicians discovered laws of arithmetic, geometric and harmonic proportions, they knew about
the “golden section”, and they applied modular
proportions [2].
The“golden section”, whose construction was
a strictly kept mathematical secret of Pythagorean
brotherhood, ruled not only the Greek but also
gothic architecture and biological morphology.
The existence of standard measurements could
be based only on some precise and constant unit.
Thus, in the Bay of Kotor, during the Venetian reign,
which lasted from 1684 to the mid-19th century, the
only units were a foot and a Venetian elbow. They
were in use simultaneously. Before this period, in
Kotor and the region, Kotor elbow had been used,
which was pushed out by the Venetian elbow at the
end of the 17th century. There is no exact data on
how big a Kotor elbow was. According to some
sources, it was the same as Dubrovnik elbow – 51,
189 cm (see the manuscript in Dubrovnik archives:
“Notizie storiche e statistishe del Circolo di Ragusa
compilate dall’ingegner circolare“).
A Venetian foot equaled 34, 773485cm or in short:
1’ = 34, 77 cm = 34, 8 cm and it was divided
into 12 unciae,
i.e. 1’’ = 2, 8975 cm,
(or shorter 1’’= 2, 9 cm) [3].
Venetian elbow corresponded to 20”:
1 br = 20’’ = 1’, 8’’ = 57, 95 cm = 58 cm, and it
was usually divided into halves and quarters [4].
Material and methods
The following will be analysed in these theses:
– Characteristics of the house
– Proportions of the house and its sections
Characteristics of the house
The object is located on the western slopes of
Vrmac peninsula in Lepetani in the Bay of Kotor.
The main facade is oriented towards southwest,
and the front side of the parcel, on which the house
is built, faces the sea. At the moment these groups
formed, the sea served as the main and only road
in the Bay of Kotor.
This palace was built according to the project
of an Italian architect Boriani, in the year 1842, for
Captain Spiridon Tomanović from Lepetani[5]. By
definition a palace is a “large and beautiful house”
or a building that stands out from its neighborhood
because of its size and luxury. The word “palatium”
in Latin stands for ‘imperial court’ and it comes
from the name of Palatine Hill in Ancient Rome,
where Emperor Augustus’ palace was situated and
where his descendants built their luxurious residences – palaces. Palaces in the Bay of Kotor during this
period were under the strong influence of representative palaces in Italy, and particularly in Venice.
Figure 2. Document OK.IX-169/2 – Original plan
of the house in Lepetani –arch. Boriani 1842.
Figure 1. Document OK. IX-169/0 – Resolution
of municipal authorities on issuing a building
permit to Spiridon Tomanovic
The base is rectangle-shaped and has an inner garden from the rear side, enclosed with a tall
stone wall and a separate entrance. The wall is
built as ‘‘double skin wall’’ with an inner middle
layer of smaller rubble stones and enormous quantities of lime[6].
In architectural sense, this type of house is one
of the finest examples of marine captain houses
(Palac) in the 19th century, a house with a ground
floor, first floor and a useful loft [7]. Similarly to the
other houses of the type, it retained the fundamental
functions distributed along the vertical axis.
The base of the object can be inscribed into a
rectangle with the approximate ratio of sides of 2:3.
It is defined by 3 modular units along the Y axis.
53
Figure 3. Present appearance of the captain’s
house in Lepetani
Figure 5. Rectangular base with an approximate
side ratio of 2:3
Through geometric partition of the given modular network at 1/2 m, 1/4 m and 1/8m, positions
of walls and stairways are found.
Figure 4. Document OK. IX-169/1 – The base of
the floor with linear scale expressed in Venetian
feet
Figure 6. It appears that the entire corpus of the
building with the loft was inscribed into a parallelogram in 1: x: y ratio.
54
The house proportions
Proportions of the “golden section” were applied for the projecting of the facade. The initial
‘golden rectangle’ was determined by constructing a square in the height of a skylight in the attic and it encompasses three windows on the first
floor and both windows on the ground floor.
Figure 7. Golden rectangle acquired by constructing a square in the height of the skylight. The ratio
12:7 is 1:√2 with the relative error of 1/1000
The golden rectangle bounded this way on the
central part of the facade becomes the proportional key from which proportions of the whole are
derived. Different sizes of facade sections are connected by this proportion and all other forms are
derived from it according to the law of similarity.
Analysing the facade of this object, we notice
the application of the following aesthetic principles:
- Harmony is achieved through the application
of the golden ratio, so that the front side of the
facade in its whole length stands in 12 : 17 proportion with its height, which is 1:√2 with the relative
error of 1/1000, i.e. √2=1, 414, whereas 17:12 =
1, 416.
- Contrast on the facade was achieved through
the application of stone but also through the use of
colors on the details of the exterior (window shutters “škure” and doors are green).
- Rhythm of windows on the first floor horizontally creates a symmetrical sequence. The loft part
of the facade was also composed in a symmetrical
fashion. Vertical rhythm of windows was achieved
by rhythmical lining up of the windows on the
front facade of the object. They are distributed in
a vertical sequence, one below another, in window
axes. This balance is broken by the asymmetrical
position of doors on the main facade on the ground
floor, which are set in between two windows on
the first floor. The position of the tavern door on
the ground floor is different from the position of
the door previously planned on the original drawing. That change was probably made by the owner
during the building.
Figure 8. Front side of the facade in its whole
length stands in proportion 12:17 with its height
Figure 9. Front facade (dimensions expressed in
centimeters)
The facade is split vertically into three fields.
Central facade field has a separate window group
(4 windows), and on both sides of the central field
there is a window group.
55
The proportional diagram of the quartile group
of window openings 4’6’’/3’6’’ is characterized by
axial distance from window to window of 8’6’’ and
floor height of 10’. For the opening width a=3’6’’,
for its height b=4’6’’, for the distance between openings c=4’6’’ and for the height between two parts of
the opening d=6’. Thus a: b: c: d, i.e. the mentioned
lengths are growing in arithmetic progression.
Measurement quotient of the facade element (floor
height to axial distance between windows ratio), K
= 10’ / 8’6’’ = 5:4 fits the quotient of the window
frame and is very close to the irrational ratio 2: F =
5:4, i.e. one of the classical ratios in the system of
continuous partitioning or “golden section”.
Figure 10. The length of the lateral facade stands
in approximately 1:1 ratio with the height of the
corpus (in cm)
Windows and doors are framed with stone
thresholds from the island of Korčula, made of
Korčula stone [8], with the module of 1/2 Venetian foot, which equals 17, 4cm (l’ Venetian foot =
34, 8cm), and above them is a frieze beam of the
same dimensions. All the windows have the same
dimensions and those are 4’6’’ / 3’6’’ (121, 6 / 86,
9cm). The mentioned module of 1/2 Venetian feet
is repeatedly seen on all buildings erected from the
late 17th century till the end of the 19th century.
Figure 12. Proportional diagram of four window
hatches, dimensions 4’6’’/3’6’’
Figure 11. Window opening dimensions 4’6’’/
3’6’’, which equals 121, 6 / 86, 9 cm.
56
All outer doors on the ground floor and on the
first floor are double, made of solid wood, with dimensions 2 x 57 / 192. On the main facade, on the
ground floor they are placed in between two windows. From the rear side of the house, the doors
appear on different spots, without any pattern. All
these doors have no fanlights and open towards
the inside. They are framed with thresholds made
of Korčula stone, 1/2 Venetian foot wide (17cm)
and above them is a relieving stone arch. From the
inside, the doors were secured by a special system
of devices and locks (as protection from pirates
and outlaws).
The proportional diagram of the doors of the
tavern (konoba) on the main facade, expressed in
Venetian feet, looks like this:
Figure 13. Proportional diagram of the tavern
door
Discussion
In our region only a few scientists engaged in
researching proportions and those are primarily
Prof. Arch. M. Zloković, Arch. M. Čanak - Medić,
Prof. Arch. B. Milenković, Arch. N. Spremo Petrović, Arch. Đ. Petrović and others.
M. Zloković was particularly dedicated to the
subject of proportional systems. He conducted some
research in the Bay of Kotor, together with some
collaborators. Numerous palaces were technically
recorded (Beskuća and Verona in Prčanj, Grgurina
in Kotor, as well as palaces Milošević in Dobrota).
He clearly defined the typical architectural concept
and characteristics of the captain’s house [9].
He was the founder of the area of modular shaping and composition. He points out in his research
the importance of appropriately laid construction
module in functional dependency on one starting
anthropomorphic architectural measurement unit,
which is based on a man’s dimensions. He advocated the adoption of an octal system (octal partition of the meter according to E. Neufert) and
modular unit of 1M = 12, 5cm [10].
In his work “The effect of reciprocal concatenation of harmonic ratios on the proportional set
of a certain facade system I and II”, Professor M.
Zloković points out the practical use of reciprocal concatenation of harmonic proportions, along
the middle geometric proportional line in many
architectural achievements in the past, stressing
that a similar way of concatenation was found during his research of stone architecture of the south
coast from the 16th to the 19th century [11]. He
believes that the appearance of reciprocal relations on many buildings is merely a consequence
of inherited and mechanical recipes, whose origin
should be sought in medieval circumstances and
composition methods of the antique.
He concludes that proper composition methods
in architecture demand a well thought choice of
certain composition elements and their conscious
connection into a whole will be doable only based
on some clearly predefined proportional law [12] .
In his next work “Anthropomorphic systems in
architecture”, M. Zloković claims that all earlier measurement systems were, without exception,based on
anthropomorphic elements. Integers as factors of a
certain measurement unit were the basis of achieving
proportional harmony among parts and between the
parts and the whole [13]. M. Čanak-Medić, an architect, in his work “Procedures of old masons in designing and erecting buildings” concludes that study
of old masons’ designing had several flaws, and that
studying old buildings helps improve the method of
contemporary architectural composition [14].
The problem of measurement and units also interested professor B. Milenković, who pointed out
the value of proportions as a means of understanding the design procedure. According to him, we
have three ways of establishing a set, and those
are: through analogy,through a priori determined
basic geometric form and through an adopted
measurement (module) [15].
57
Architect N. Spremo-Petrović engaged in researching the proportions and standard units. In her
book “Proportional relations in basilicas of Illyrian
prefecture” we find important data about the problem of measurements and numbers, application of
certain geometric figures and application of certain
arithmetic relations in the design process [16].
Đ. Petrović, in his work „Composition of architectural shapes“, first gives the study of processes
of creating the architectural morphology by stating
five general laws of composition (symmetry, harmony, module, rhythm and proportion). [17] By
analysing any architectural part, the author comes
to the reciprocity ratio and indivisibility of the
mentioned laws of composition, which take part
in the process of creating the first building ideas.
Conclusion
Every proportional relation connects a separate-specific artwork with a general law of geometry. Proportion of masses, according to the
“golden section”, or some other harmonic relation
doesn’t always result in harmony in each architectural composition. A good choice of proportions of parts of a building does not guarantee for
a good composition of the object as a whole. That
is achieved also by realisation of harmony of all
masses and surfaces that make up the composition. Thus it is important to coordinate all subparts, or to attain harmony of all proportions so
that the object appears harmonious.
Boka builders, who worked without previously
drawn schemes, did not know about the “golden section” neither had interest in it. What they
thought mattered was the choice of integers within
the measurement system of that age. That system
was the Venetian foot. That is how the proportions
of a house were adapted to proportions that the
Korčula stonemasons used, whose elements were
utilized to build this house. Thus the owner at that
time anticipated the measures of his future house
expressed in round numbers of Venetian feet. Today, observing the object with the metric system,
we find that certain ratios of the house are difficult
to understand and are very unclear.
However, the educated architects of that age,
including Boriani, knew about the “golden section” or some other proportion. They knowledge58
ably designed them, and the masons of that time
skillfully and precisely put them into practice.
The accent that was put on the central axis of
the object and multiple repetition of windows introduced order and strictness into the composition
of this house. The same goes for symmetry which
was and still remains one of the basic qualities of
architectural aesthetics of all times.
This peaceful and staid building, based on
a rectangular basis, with respect for order and
rhythm, today and for many years to come tends
to have an unforgettable impact on the beholder.
Architecture that grew out of nature is easy to
recognize. It appears as if it has always belonged
there, and stone houses are noticeable from afar in
the coastal landscape.
This old building managed to survive for almost 200 years, owing to good material, quality of
building techniques and a successful architectural
concept.
However, stone houses, even the one described
here, in its original shape don’t meet the needs of
present day. Every activity to renovate these houses is welcome. Homes of the future should be improved and adapted to contemporary needs.
It is very important that as many investors as
possible be acquainted with the great possibilities
of these houses. It is up to the architects of today to
give the municipalities the needed frame to renovate these old houses. Only on the condition that it
is about bringing a stone house to life and bringing
life back into a stone house, does this project make
sense. Unfortunately, that is currently not the case.
Photos and drawing sources
1. Figure 1, 2 and 4- Original drawings, the
State Archives of Montenegro- Kotor,
Documents: OK. IX-169/0, OK. IX-169/1,
OK. IX.-169/2
2. Figure 3- Panoramic photo of the house in
Lepetani, courtesy of www.anitaphoto.me
3. Figure 5-13_ Made by author of the article
Reference
1. Lisina J, Modulor, Nikšić, 2002;14.
2. Petrović Đ. Teoretičari proporcija.Vuk Karadžić,
Beograd, 1967; 36:57.
3. L’archivio di stato di Venezia, Principi d’Aritmetica,
Venezia, 1823;2: 78.
Dusan Tomanovic,
Faculty of Technical Sciences,
Department of Architecture,
University of Pristina,
Kosovska Mitrovica,
Serbia,
4. Alberti GA. Trattatod’Aritmeticapratica, Battista Recurti, Venezia, 1752;1:15.
5. Državni arhiv Crne Gore, Kotor, Dokument OK IX169/0, 169/1, 169/2.
6. Idrizbegović-Zgonić A. Mostar city icons- an insider’s view Karadjozbeg mosque and Old bridge
complex, TTEM, Sarajevo, 2011; 6(1).
7. Tomanović D. Magistarska teza ’’Stambena arhitektura
na poluostrvu Vrmac 18. i 19. veka’’, Beograd, 2004.
8. Zloković M. Spomenik S.A.N., Beograd, 1953; 134.
9. Zloković M. Građanska kuća i palata u Boki Kotorskoj, Jugoslavija, 1954; 56-58.
10.Zloković M. O problemu modularne koordinacije
mera u arhitektonskom projektovanju, Tehnika, Beograd, 1954; 2: 169 i 182.
11. Zloković M. Uticaj recipročnog zalančavanja harmonijskih razmera na proporcijski sklop izvesnog
fasadnog sistema, I i II, Tehnika, Beograd, 1954; 6-7.
12. Zloković M. Uticaj recipročnog zalančavanja harmonijskih razmera na proporcijski sklop izvesnog
fasadnog sistema, I i II, Tehnika, Beograd, 1954;
6-7: 1006.
13. Zloković M. Antropomorfni sistemi mera u arhitekturi. Publicistički- izdavački zavod ’’Jugoslavija’’,
Beograd, 1955: 182-183.
14. Čanak-Medić M. Postupci starih neimara pri projektovanju i izvođenju građevina, Zbirka radova sa
naučnog skupa: Razvoj nauke u oblasti geodezije i
građevinarstva u Srbiji, GF, Beograd, 1996; 29-50.
15. Milenković B. Uvod u arhitekturu 1, Građevinska
knjiga, Beograd, 1978; 22.
16. Spremo-Petrović N. Proporcijski odnosi u bazilikama
Ilirske prefekture, Arheološki institut, Beograd, 1971.
17. Petrović Đ. Kompozicija arhitektonskih oblika,
Naučna knjiga, 1972.
59
Evaluation of the parallel computing performances
based on the nVIDIA GeForce GPU
Mitko Bogdanoski1, Jelena Gjorgjev2
1
2
Military Academy “General Mihailo Apostolski”, Goce Delcev Univeristy, Skopje, R. Macedonia,
European University - Republic of Macedonia, Skopje, R. Macedonia.
Abstract
Parallel programming is a form of computation
in which the calculations are carried out simultaneously, operating on the principle where large
problems can be divided into smaller, which are
then solved in parallel.
Most common this programming is used in high
performance computing, but due to the physical
constraints which prevent frequency scaling the
interest is even higher. As computers consumption
has become a problem in the recent years, the parallel programming has grown into the dominant
paradigm in computer architecture, mainly in the
form of multicore processors.
The paper shows the process of designing parallel programs and it includes some results obtained
by testing the parallel programming performance
of different nVIDIA GeForce graphics cards. The
purpose of the test is to compare performance of
several types of GPUs for various applications. The
results of the test could not specifically say which
GPU is best due to the different features of the cards,
but they can be used to determine which card offers
better performances for different parts of the tests.
Key words: Parallel computing, GPU, CUDA,
GeForce, nVIDIA
Figure 1. Solving problem by serial computations and CPU
Contrary to this the parallel programming in order to solve this problem uses multiple processing
elements simultaneously. This is achieved by dividing the problem into independent parts so that
each processing element can execute its part of the
algorithm simultaneously with the others. [2]
1. Introduction
Computer software is traditionally written for
serial calculations. To solve a problem an algorithm implemented as a serial stream of instructions is created. These instructions are executed
in the computer’s Central Processing Unit (CPU).
Only one instruction can be executed at one time,
and after instruction is completed, it is followed
by the execution of the next instruction. [1]
Figure 2. Solving the problem by parallel computing
The processing elements can be different and
they can include resources such as a computer
60
with multiple processors, several networked computers, specialized hardware, or any combination
of the foregoing.
The solving problem should allow dividing into
several parts which will enable performing multiple program instructions at any time and speeding
up the processing time using multiple computer’s
resources rather than using a single computing resource.
Some of the reasons for the increased usage of
the parallel computing are the following:
– saving time and money,
– solving big problems,
– ensuring competitiveness,
– using non-local resources,
– limitations of the serial programming.
The rest of the paper is organized as follows.
The next section gives some basics about designing and building parallel programs. Moreover,
section 3 explains the limitations and expenses
related to the parallel computing. The next section gives a brief description of the experiment.
Section 5 explains used techniques and programs
during the experiment. The obtained results for
all tested applications, as well as a comparison of
these results are given in section 6. Finally, section
7 concludes our work.
2. Designing and Building Parallel Programs
Designing and building parallel programs is a
manual process where the programmer is responsible for parallelism identification and implementation. Very often manual development of parallel
code is time-consuming, and it is a complex, iterative process prone to errors. The tools that assist the
programmer in converting serial programs into parallel programs exist for a while. The most commonly used tool for automated parallelizing of the serial
program is paralleling compiler or pre-processor.
The parallelizing compiler works in two modes,
fully automatic and program managed.
2.1. Understanding the problem and program
ing to develop a parallel solution to the problem,
it should be determined whether the problem can
ever be parallelized.
The following example shows a problem that
can be solved in parallel.
This problem can be solved in parallel so that
each of the molecular conformation is independently determined. The calculation of the minimum energy conformation is also a problem that
can be parallelized.
2.2. Partitioning
One of the first steps in designing a parallel program is to break the problem into discrete pieces
that can then be distributed in multiple tasks. This
is known as decomposition or partitioning.
There are two basic ways of partitioning of the
calculating work between the parallel tasks: domain partitioning and functional partitioning. [3]
* Domain partitioning
In this type of partitioning the data related to
the problem are decomposed. Each parallel task
then work on part of the data.
Figure 3. Domain partitioning
There are different ways of data partitioning
(Figure 4) [1]
The first step in the parallel software development is to understand the problem which should
be solved in parallel. Before spending time tryVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
61
ly important because the loops are the most common target of the parallelism.
To deal with data dependencies we need:
– Distributed memory architectures - the necessary
data communicate in synchronized points.
– Shared memory architecture - synchronized
read / write operations between tasks.
2.4. Load balancing
Figure 4. Data partitioning
* Functional partitioning
The focus in this approach is on computation
and the problem is decomposed according to the
work that must be performed. Then each task executes part of the entire work (Fig. 5).
Load balancing refers to the practice of distributing work among tasks so that all tasks are kept busy
all the time. It can be considered as minimization of
the assignment idle time. Load balancing is important for parallel programs because of its efficiency.
For example, if all assignments are subject to
barrier synchronization, the smallest task will determine the overall performance.
Figure 5. Functional partitioning
2.3. Data dependencies
The data dependency is one of the key issues of
real time programming, and it includes sequential
and parallel processing. [4] The data dependencies
are the result of multiple use of the same location
in the warehouse of various tasks.
The dependencies are very important for parallel programming, because they are one of the main
inhibitors of parallelism. The analyses of data dependence are needed only for automatic detection of
parallelism, but they are also essential for many other
important compiler transformations, such as improving the memory location and load balancing. [5]
Although during parallel programs designing
process it is important to identify all data dependencies, the dependencies in the loop are especial62
Figure 6. Tasks balancing
In general the load balancing techniques fall into
two categories: centralized load balancing and distributed load balancing. Centralized scheme usually
has a main node that is responsible for load handling. As the cluster size increases, for a short time
the node becomes a bottleneck and causes significant performance degradation. To solve this scalability problem, the workload can be sent to multiple nodes in the cluster, and these emerging the
idea of distributed

dynamic load balancing. [6]
The load balancing can be achieved in the following way:
– Equal work partitioning for each received task:
○ For array / matrix operations where each
task performs similar work, the data set
is evenly distributed among the tasks.
○ For loop iterations where the work done
in each iteration is similar, the iterations
are equally distributed among the tasks.
○ If a heterogeneous mix of machines with
varying performance characteristics is
being used, performance analysis tools
need to be used in order to detect any
load imbalances.
– Use of dynamic work assignment:
○ Certain classes of problems result in
unequal load imbalances, even if the data
is evenly distributed among the tasks:
* Sparse arrays - some tasks will have
actual data to work with, while others
will usually have a “zeros”.
* Adaptive grid methods - some tasks
will have to rewrite their network.
* N-body simulations - some parts may
migrate to / from the original task
domain to another task domain, where
parts of some tasks require more work
than parts of other tasks.
○ When the workload that each task
will execute is variable, or is unable to
predict, then it would be useful to use a
planner - thread pool approach. As each
thread completes its work, it goes in the
row in order to get a new job.
○ It may be necessary to design an
algorithm which can detect and handle
load imbalances, as it will appear in the
code.
large amounts of computer calculations. This
parallelism implies a greater opportunity
for increased performance, and it is more
difficult to establish a load balancing.
The most efficient granularity depends on the algorithm and the hardware environment in which this
algorithm is executed. In most cases the overall costs
associated with communication and synchronization are in large proportion to the execution speed so
it is advantageous to have coarse granularity.
3. Limitations and Expenses of the Parallel
Programming
The Amdahl’s law states that the potential program speedup is defined by a fraction of the code
(P) which can be parallelized:
If none part of the code can be parallelized, P=0
and speedup=1 (no speedup). If all of the code is
parallelized, then P=1 and the speedup is infinite
(in theory).
If 50% of the code can be parallelized, then
maximum speedup =2, which means that the code
will run twice as fast. Introducing the number of
parallel processors, the ratio can be modeled by:
2.5. Granularity
The granularity of parallel programming is defined as a ratio of the time required for basic communication operation and the time required for
basic computer operation. [7] In short, granularity is a qualitative measure of the calculations and
communication ratio.
–– Fine-grain Parallelism means that
individual tasks are relatively small in terms
of code and execution time. Data is often
transmitted in a small amount of computer
calculations. It makes load balancing easier.
–– Coarse-grain Parallelism is reversed
process of the previously mentioned. Here
the data are transmitted less frequently after
Where P = parallel fraction, n = number of processors and S = serial fraction.
It is obvious that there are limits to the parallelism scalability. For example:
63
Problems that increase the percentage of parallel time with their size are more scalable than
problems with a fixed percentage of parallel time.
Figure 7. Parallel part of the code and acceleration (speedup)
4. Experiment Description
The purpose of testing and experiments was to
check the performance of several different nVIDIA GeForce GPUs (Graphical Processor Units), in
order to analyze the processing speed, the startup
time, the length of processing time, etc. Some of
the GPUs were part of the PC, and some part of the
portable computers (laptops). Moreover, some of
the machines worked on 32-bit and some of them
on 64 –bit operating system, so we were able to
check whether these differences also play a role in
getting different results during the tests. We must
also mention that 4 of the computers worked on
Windows 7 and one on Windows 8 Server operating system. We tested the same tests (Box Filter,
Bilateral Filter and Mandelbrot) on all 5 GPUs
that we used during the experiment:
– GeForce GTX 260 – PC – 64 bit Windows 7
– GeForce G105M – Laptop – 64 bit Windows 7
– GeForce GT 635M – Laptop – 64 bit Windows 7
– GeForce GTX 480 – Laptop – 64bit Windows 8
Server
– GeForce 9400M – Laptop – 32bit Windows 7.
During the experiment we obtained different
results, so that certain GPU in a particular part of
the test gives better results than the others.
Figure 8. Number of processors and acceleration (speedup)
3.1. Complexity
In general, the parallel applications are more
complex than the corresponding serial applications. They will not only have more instructions to
be executed simultaneously, but also there will be
a data flowing between them.
The costs of complexity are measured in programming time in every aspect of the software development cycle:
– Design,
– Codding,
– Debugging.
– Setup,
– Maintenance.
64
4.1. GPU features
GPUs on which the testing was performed are
of the same type, but they all have different features and offer a variety of options. Some of these
features are the CUDA cores, graphics and memory clock, memory bandwidth, memory interface,
supported technologies etc.
Table 1 shows the important features of the
used GPUs, as well as operating system and type
of computer.
5. Used techniques and programs
For the testing purposes CUDA platform
and nVIDIA Visual Profiler program were used.
CUDA platform is built on nVIDIA GPU processors, while nVIDIA Visual Profiler is a program in
which parallel applications were made and tested
on the GPUs.
Table 1. GPUs features: GeForce GTX 260, GeForce G105M, GeForce GT 635M, GeForce GTX 480,
GeForce 9400M
GPU Engine Specs
CUDA Cores:
Gigaflops:
Graphics Clock (MHz):
Texture Fill Rate
(billion/sec):
Processor Cores:
Memory Specs
Memory Clock:
Operating System
and Computer Type
GeForce
G105M
GeForce
GT 635M
96
396
8
38
1600 MHz
Up to 144
GeForce
GTX 480
GeForce
9400M
54
1100 MHz
Up to 675 MHz
Up to 16.2
18.7
3.6
16
Up to 2000MHz
Standard Memory
Config:
Memory Interface
Width:
Memory Bandwidth
(GB/sec):
Feature Support
OpenGL:
Supported
Technologies:
GeForce
GTX 260
500(DDR2)/
700(GDDR3)
MHz
DDR3
1200 MHz
DDR3 1066/
DDR2 800
64-bit
Up to 192bit
256-bit
128-bit
8 (DDR2)/11
(GDDR3)
Up to 43.2
76.8
21
Up to 512 MB
128-bit
2.1
2.1
CUDA, PhysX
CUDA
Windows 7,
64 bit
PC
Windows 7,
64 bit,
Laptop
4.1
3.2
3.3
CUDA, OpenCL,
SLI, CUDA, 3D
SLI, CUDA,
DirectCompute, 3D
Vision, DirectX
PhysX
Vision, DirectX 11,
11, PhysX
Optimus, PhysX
Windows 7,
Windows 8, Windows 7,
64 bit,
64 bit,
32 bit,
Laptop
Laptop
Laptop
5.1. CUDA (Compute Unified Device Architecture)
CUDA is a parallel programming platform created by nVIDIA and implemented in their processors (GPU). [8]
To understand CUDA, we must first know what
GPGPU (general-purpose computing on graphics
processing units) is. Simply put, it is the technique
in which the GPU is employed to handle and perform computations that were previously handled
only by the CPU. However, the GPU doesn’t have
the same flexibility and calculation precision as
the CPU that’s built for general purpose usage,
and this is where CUDA comes in.
Figure 9. A flowchart showing how CUDA allows the GPU to work in tandem with the CPU
65
CUDA allows developers access to the virtual
instruction and parallel computing elements memory in CUDA GPU. The GPUs have parallel architecture that allows execution of multiple segments
going slower rather the fast, and subsequently performing of the segments.
CUDA program executes serial code on the
CPU, which then calls a series of cores running on
the GPU. [9]
CUDA provides low and high level API (Application Programming Interface). It works with
all nVIDIA GPU G8x series onwards, including
GeForce, Quadro and Tesla and it is compatible
with most of the operating systems. There are several advantages that distinguish this platform compared to others:
– The code can read information from
arbitrary addresses in the memory,
– There is a large shared memory (up to 48KB
of multiprocessors) that can be used by all,
– Faster download from and to GPU,
– Full support for integer and bitwise,
including text searches. [10]
6.1. Bilateral Filter
Bilateral Filter is a nonlinear smoothing filter
that is implemented with CUDA and OpenGL rendering. It can be used for image recovery. [12]
Figure 10. Bilateral Filter application
Bilateral Filter has been tested on all five graphics cards. Table 2 gives the results for the startup
time, the test duration, the GPU throughput and the
number of instructions required to perform the test.
5.2. nVIDIA Visual
The program that we used to perform GPU tests
is nVIDIA Visual Profiler. This tool is a crossover
platform that allows developers to get vital feedback for optimizing CUDA C / C + + applications.
The tool displays a timeline for the CPU and
GPU activities while running the application and
it includes automated analysis to identify optimizing opportunities. [11]
6. Use of abbreviations
This section shows the obtained results for all
tested applications, as well as a comparison of
these results.
Figure 11. Results obtained by Bilateral Filter
testing
Figure 11 shows the graph of the results of
Bilateral Filter testing that has been done. From
the graph we see that there is a big difference in
the performance of these activities for all GPUs.
From the comparison of the startup time, it can be
noted that the GeForce 9400M (single computer
Table 2. Results from the Bilateral Filter testing.
GeForce G635M
GeForce GTX 480
GeForce G105M
GeForce 9400M
GeForce GTX 260
66
Startup time
115,12 ms
125,218 ms
136,604 ms
57,475 ms
229,229 ms
Duration
24,005 ms
3,211 ms
40,028 ms
60,899 ms
4,864 ms
Throughput
2856,96 MB/s
1320,96 MB/s
1269,76 MB/s
1617,92 MB/s
2160,64 MB/s
Instructions issued
14490459
63804424
18950424
18916815
15792211
with 32-bits OS) has a far better startup time than
other GPUs that have similar startup time. Furthermore, if we consider the time required to perform the test, it can be noticed that two of the five
considered GPUs have significantly less execution
time, which means that the GeForce GTX 480 and
GeForce GTX 260 have a better execution time
compared to the other graphics cards.
In terms of throughput, it is evident that it is approximately the same for almost all GPUs except
GeForce G635M which has higher throughput than
others. If we compare the values of the GPUs for
required instructions, it can be noticed that there is
a huge difference between the computer that has
Windows 8 operating system, and other computers
with Windows 7 operating system. GeForce GTX
480 (Windows 8) needs almost six times more instructions compared to all other graphics that need
nearly the same number of instructions.
6.2. Mandelbrot
This is the second test that we performed in order to compare the GPUs, and obtained results are
shown in Table 3. The principal activities which
were of our interest are the same as in Bilateral Filter testing (startup time, duration, throughput and
number of required instructions for execution).
Figure 13. Results obtained by Mandelbrot testing
The figure 13 shows the graph of the values obtained by Mandelbrot test. From the graph we can
see that the startup time of the GeForce 9400M
differs compared to the other GPU, but now this
time it is slower.
Regarding the execution duration, the graph
shows a huge difference in the results.
GeForce GTX 480 performs the test in less
than 1ms, and it has the shortest execution time.
Very similar results show the GeForce GTX 260,
but the other three GPUs need a significantly longer time to execute the test. Throughput is approximately same for the first two cards, and it is
about five times higher compared to the next three
GPUs. The instruction issued are higher for GeForce GTX 480, and half of this instructions are
enough for GeForce G105M, while the GeForce
GTX260 requires much less instructions.
6.3. Boxfilter
The last test is BoxFilter testing. As in previous
experiments, here we had compared the startup
time, execution duration, the throughput and instructions required for execution. Table 4 shows
the results of this testing, and it is followed by a
description of the resulting graph (Figure 15).
Figure 12. Mandelbrot application
Table 3. Results from the Mandelbrot testing
GeForce G635M
GeForce GTX 480
GeForce G105M
GeForce 9400M
GeForce GTX260
Startup time
496,506 ms
388,905 ms
458,15 ms
1968 ms
303,448 ms
Duration
4,448 ms
0,638 ms
15,692 ms
17,169 ms
1,393 ms
Throughput
4689,9 KB/s
4403,2 KB/s
700,88 KB/s
659,84 KB/s
943,49 KB/s
Instructions issued
4621752
20873774
10901919
10145804
560690
67
ing that the GeForce GTX480 has the shortest test
duration, and again, GeForce GTX260 is close to it,
while the other three cards need significantly more
time to execute the test. The throughput is similar
in all cards, and if we compare all results it can be
seen that GeForce G635M has highest throughput,
while GeForce 9400M shows worst results. For issued instructions we get data only for three of the
five GPUs, and according to the obtained results the
GeForce G105M needs most instructions.
6.4. Device Query
Device query lists the features of the CUDA devices in the system. We have tested four features:
the total amount of memory bytes per block, the
total amount of registers available per block, the
maximum number of threads per multiprocessors
and the maximum number of threads per block.
The obtained results are given in Table 5. The Figure 16 shows a comparison of the obtained results
for the different GPUs.
Figure 14. Boxfilter application
Figure 15. Results obtained by BoxFilter testing
For this test, GeForce GTX260 has the longest
startup, while the GeForce G635M and the GeForce
9400M have almost the same shortest startup time.
The situation with the execution duration is again
the same as with the previous two tests, confirm-
Figure 16. Results obtained from Device query
Table 4. Results from the BoxFilter testing
GeForce G635M
GeForce GTX 480
GeForce G105M
GeForce 9400M
GeForce GTX260
Startup Time
55,828 ms
82,955 ms
70,698 ms
55,694 ms
111,635 ms
Duration
2,397 ms
1,079 ms
6,467 ms
10,605 ms
1,709 ms
Throughput
1638,4 KB/s
1075,2 KB/s
921,65 KB/s
793,07 KB/s
1269,76 KB/s
Instructions Issued
516778
963511
120473
Table 5. Results from the Device query
GeForce G635M
GeForce GTX 480
GeForce G105M
GeForce 9400M
GeForce GTX260
68
Total amount of
shared memory
bytes
Total amount of
registers available
per block
49152 B
49152 B
16384 B
16384 B
16384 B
32768 B
32768 B
16384 B
8192 B
16384 B
Maximum number Maximum number
of threads per
of threads per
multiprocessor
block
1536
1536
1024
768
1024
1024
1024
512
512
512
From the results it can be noticed that the GeForce G635M and the GeForce GTX 480 have approximately the same results for all tested features,
and the other three GPUs are similar to each other,
but with slightly weaker features compared to the
GeForce G635M and the GeForce GTX 480.
6.5. Bandwidth Test
We also made a comparison of the information
bandwidth for the GPUs, for the cases of host to
device, device to host and device to device communication. The obtained results are shown in
Table 6 and Figures 17.
Figure 17. Results obtained by Bandwidth test
The results conclude that the highest bandwidth
for host to device and device to host connection
gives GeForce 635M, while during the device to
device information exchange GeForce GTX 480
has a significantly higher bandwidth.
In some of the cases, some of the obviously
weaker GPUs give better results than the GPUs
with better characteristics. The main reason for
this is that they skip some parts of the tests that are
not compatible due to the lack of some features of
these graphics, as for example less CUDA cores or
less bits on the memory interface.
7. Conclusion
The parallel programming requires systems with
good performances. From the obtained results during the experiments, it can be noted that the type of
the GPU and the type of the operating system play a
very important role in the parallel computing.
According to the tests on different GPUs for
multiple applications created with parallel programming, we came to the results in which we
cannot give the correct answer to the question
which is the best GPU. This is due to the different
graphics power, different number of CUDA cores,
and different operating systems. However, we can
see that every GPU is better than the others in different segments and in different parts of the test,
which depends on the:
– power,
– number of cores,
– poor performances (what was the reason
why all tests were not supported)
– bits of the memory interface
– memory bandwidth, etc..
Although the parallel programming requires
expensive machines, however the number of users of this type of computing continues to increase
due to performance for better and easier large
problems solving that cannot or are hard to be
solved by classic serial programming.
Table 6. Information Bandwidth
GeForce G635M
GeForce GTX 480
GeForce G105M
GeForce 9400M
GeForce GTX 260
Host to Device
Bandwidth
6128 MB/s
2612,4 MB/s
2635,2 MB/s
4257,3 MB/s
4494,9 MB/s
Device to Host
Bandwidth
6300,4 MB/s
3243,5 MB/s
3250,9 MB/s
4354,8 MB/s
4239,2 MB/s
Device to Device
Bandwidth
23489,1 MB/s
146736,2 MB/s
7983 MB/s
6842,3 MB/s
87432,8 MB/s
69
References
1. Barney B. Introduction to parallel computing. (Online), Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory,
https://computing.llnl.gov/tutorials/parallel_comp/.
2. Faxen KF, Albertsson L, Popov K, Janson S. EmblaData dependence profiling for parallel programming.
International Conference on Complex, Intelligent
and Software Intensive Systems, 2008. CISIS 2008.
3. Foster I. Designing and Building parallel programs.
(Online), http://www.mcs.anl.gov/~itf/dbpp/.
4. Hossain MA, Kabir U, Tokhi MO. Impact of data
dependencies in real-time high performance computing. Microprocessors and Microsystems, accepted 17
April 2002, 2002; 26: 253-261.
5. Peterson PM, Padua DA. Static and dynamic evaluation of data dependence analysis techniques. IEEE
transactions on parallel and distributed systems, November 1996; 7(11).
6. Kwiatkowski J. Evaluation of parallel programs by
measurement of its granularity. Computer Science Department, Wroclaw University of Technology, Poland.
7. Qin X, Jiang H, Manzanares A, Ruan X, Yin S.
Communication-Aware load balancing for parallel
applications on clusters. IEEE Transactions on computers, January 2010; 59(1).
8. CUDA Parallel Computing Platform, nVidia, http://
www.nvidia.com/object/cuda_home_new.html
9. Dehne F, Yogaratnam K. Exploring the limits of
GPUs with parallel graph algorithms. School of
Computer Science Carleton University, Ottawa,
Canada, February 24, 2010.
10.Sanders J, Kandrot E. CUDA by Example: An Introduction to General-Purpose GPU Programming.
11. nVIDIA, Profiler User’s Guide, DU-05982-001_
v5.5, http://docs.nvidia.com/cuda/pdf/CUDA_Profiler_Users_Guide.pdf, July 2013.
12. CUDA Toolkit Documentation, http://docs.nvidia.
com/cuda/cuda-samples/index.html#bilateral-filter
Mitko Bogdanoski,
Military Academy “General Mihailo Apostolski”,
Goce Delcev University,
Skopje,
R. Macedonia,
70
System for Quality and Risk Management
- Managing on-site Courses Using Online
Technology: A Study on Al Ain University of
Science and Technology
Loay Alnaji
Al Ain University of Science and Technology, Al Ain, United Arab Emirates.
Abstract
Managing quality in on-site courses means you
have to ensure that you need to provide quality education to all students regardless of who is teaching
which course. This tends to be difficult when you
have hundreds of teachers teaching hundreds of different topics using their own knowledge, skills, and
their individualized teaching material. To ensure
quality, universities use a set of program-learning
outcomes (PLOs) that are approved by the ministry of education and renewed every 4 years. These
PLOs are tied to course-learning outcomes (CLOs),
which are specified for each course. Due to the
different assessment techniques used (quizzes, examinations, projects, research paper, and presentations), it is becoming increasingly difficult to manage program learning outcomes and their effectiveness on students. In this paper, we shed light on the
effort made in Al Ain University for Science and
Technology to create a system that links, measures,
and tracks student performance based on how well
students score on assessment tools linked to CLOs
(and in turn to PLOs). The research describes the
process, findings, and improvements made from
implementing the SQRM system through surveying faculty participating in the study.
Key Words: Online learning, Quality, Total
Quality Management, Course Learning Outcome,
Program Learning Outcome
1. Introduction
The importance of quality is evident in almost
all organizations. Japanese managers focus on
commitment to make incremental but continuous improvement, placing them ahead of American companies [1] forcing U.S. managers to move
from short-term goals and fast profits to long-term
goals, such as reductions in customers’ complaints,
machine breakdowns, and defective products [2].
Many companies perceive total quality management (TQM) as a strategic advantage over competitors and a way to distinguish their products and services. Furthermore, many researchers and consultants persuaded organizations to focus on TQM to
compete in a volatile marketplace where customer
service is considered a competitive advantage [3].
Universities in the Gulf are no different. Providing top-quality service to their students as well
as being able to measure performance and improve
on it (the main definition of TQM) is key for their
survival in a world where the number of licensed
institutions in the United Arab Emirates alone
is 75. One way to ensure that students graduate
with the knowledge appropriate to enable them to
compete in the market, as well as ensure license
renewal from the department of accreditation, is
to direct education toward a fixed set of programlearning outcomes (PLOs) that are reviewed by
the ministry of education every 4 years.
2. Total Quality Management Definitions
TQM started with Shewhart in 1925. Since then,
many researchers such as [4, 5, 6] contributed to
it, making it a fundamental component in every organization. Since then, different researchers viewed
TQM as a change that can make all the difference in
an organization [8]. Other researchers viewed TQM
as an analysis conducted on a rational and politically neutral entity, hoping to improve product quality
and customer satisfaction [5, 9, 10].
The education field, like the industrial field,
initiated TQM concepts in hopes of improving
educational quality, beating competition, and
71
maintaining high standards. Developed countries
such as the United States, the UK, and Japan have
successfully implemented TQM principles. Many
researchers explored the role of TQM in the education sector. [11] pointed to increasing teaching
efficiency, reducing education costs, and strengthening the bond between institutions and students.
The researchers also focused on four dimensions
they believed support successful TQM in the educational field: students, faculty, employers, and
community. Furthermore, researchers explored
the use of TQM principles in schools in Yemen
[12], the United Arab Emirates [11, 13].
3. First Steps
When I arrived at Al Ain University of Science and Technology in August 2013, I found that
although the university had a strong engineering
program, and qualified IT staff, they lacked a systematic approach to monitor, track, and evaluate
students. More important, they did not have a
mechanism to measure or improve education and
faculty-performance quality. All systems were
paper based including tests, assignments, grading, and evaluating students and faculty. After
meeting with department deans and the university
president, all agreed a system should be in place to
properly measure faculty performance as well as
student performance in classes. The system needed
to provide services such as “student failing” alerts,
give real-time screenshots of faculty and student
performance in class, and generate “smart” reports
to enable management to make decisions and improve the school’s education quality.
To start this, knowledge about the process of
education in the Gulf was necessary, so time was
spent understanding the needs and requirements
of the Ministry of Education in the Gulf. Furthermore, the university had several departments applying for different international accreditations,
making it important to create a system that also
enabled faculty to provide reports needed by accreditation bodies.
4. Understanding the Current System
The system at that time consisted of paperbased forms filed at the end of every semester. The
72
paperwork included forms that tied course-learning outcomes (CLOs) to PLOs (see Appendices A
and B). Simply put, the form was a Matrix filled
out by faculty to link what they taught in class,
CLOs, to the department PLO. Because this was
done individually, different faculty members filed
the forms based on what they felt they did right,
making them inconsistent and difficult to support.
Furthermore, by the end of the semester, student final grades are statistically analyzed to determine student performance, weak points in
faculty performance, and suggest improvements
to the course and the syllabus. This system was
inefficient because courses offered in the second
semester are usually not offered in the first semester, making it difficult to apply any modifications
or improvements suggested in the meeting until a
year later. Furthermore, no one monitored if suggestions were later implemented.
5. Tools used
Table 1 lists the tools used in the current system
to assess the program learning outcomes. Table 2
demonstrates the link between the course learning
outcomes, the program learning outcomes and the
tools.
6. Problems with the Current System
The university operated like any traditional
face-to-face university, offering educational material, courses, and examinations in paper format,
conducting department meetings on a weekly basis as well as end-of-semester meetings to evaluate student performance and try to suggest improvements. This system was insufficient. In the
current age, a university needs to act fast, detecting problems before they occur. For example, if
more than 50% of students in a class are failing,
this needs to be caught early to prevent it, either
by providing more assignments, addressing weak
topics in the course, or reviewing faculty activities
in the course (how the material is being taught).
These adjustments must be made not by the end
of the semester (when it is too late), but at most
1 month after the course has started (courses are
3 months long). Furthermore, to stay competitive
as well as gain international accreditation, and to
Table 1. Tools used to assess PLOs
Program Learning Outcomes
1
2
3
4
5
Assessment tools (direct)
Demonstrate knowledge and skills of leadership required to
effectively and efficiently plan, organize, and control an organization
for a competitive advantage
1
Quizzes
2
Assignments
3
Midterm Exam
4
Computer assignments
5
Projects
6
Interview
7
Case studies
Demonstrate skills in the use of technology and computer software
8
Presentation
applications in business and industry
9
Term Papers
Demonstrate capabilities to apply ethical and environmental values to 10 Team Work (Group Discussion)
general business principles and practices
11
Final Exam
Demonstrate analytical and critical-thinking skills with direct
application to business environments
Demonstrate capability to apply global multidisciplinary concepts in
business and industry
Table 2. PLO/CLO Matrix
# CLOs
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
Program outcomes
2
3
4
5
1
2
implement a full-quality system, managers needs
to provide evidence that they evaluated their programs, made recommendations, and implemented
them. These steps can only be taken if modifications are documented and are easy to retrieve to
show as evidence. Finally, faculty needs to be able
to adapt to problems in the course, able to identify CLOs with which students are struggling, and
able to provide them with more exercises or extra
reading material to help boost their weaknesses.
Simply put, educators need to do the following:
– Track student performance in class
– Properly link CLOs to PLOs
– Properly evaluate student strengths and
weaknesses in CLOs
– Detect student-performance problems in
class and suggest solutions
7. The Birth of the System for Quality and
Risk Management (SQRM)
After the first semester ended, I realized a system was needed to facilitate the paperwork. Having more than 11 years of online teaching experiVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
3
4
Assessment tools
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ence, as well as more than 20 years of programming, I built a system to automate these processes.
The system is called System for Quality and Risk
Management (SQRM). The system is dedicated to
helping faculty manage and measure course quality as well as avoid (or detect) students at risk for
failure or high attrition. Building such a system
required three factors:
– Solid IT infrastructure including servers
with more than 99% up time.
– A system to enable students to enjoy the
learning experience without needing to
build a new environment.
– A reporting system to help generate digital
and paper-based reports.
To address the IT issue, the college purchased
a space on the cloud. Simply put, the cloud is an
emerging computing paradigm in which access
to hardware, software, and data is available on
demand over the Internet [7]. Next, the college
needed a system that created an online class environment for students to use. Moodle was the best
choice as it contained all necessary tools to create
73
online classrooms as well as full access to code
and database, enabling us to tap into it and create
our own reports. Finally, a reporting system was
manually built using PHP on the server side.
8. Implementation
To ensure reliability and ease of control, the
system was installed and implemented on a cloud
hosted by GatorHost.com. Moodle was installed
on the cloud, giving faculty all the online tools
they need. Course materials for five management courses were uploaded to Moodle. Students
were introduced to the new system to clarify how
to submit assignments, participate in discussion
threads, and download course materials. All interactions were conducted through the online system.
Students used discussion threads to answer questions and drop boxes to submit their assignments
and complete quizzes and tests.
As demonstrated in Figure 1, our system,
SQRM, runs in the background to monitor student performance, missing assignments, deadlines
missed, work submitted, and objectives met (or
not). All work was linked to course’s CLOs, which
in turn were linked to PLOs. On the server side,
the proper Standard Query Language commands
were places to generate reports, enabling faculty
to get real-time results on student performance.
Figure 2 shows a screenshot of the SQRM system. The system provides the following services:
– A digital means to connect CLO to PLO.
– Links all work, including examination
questions, assignments, and any other
measurement tools to CLOs.
– Tracks student performance and issues alerts
about students who are not performing well
in class
– Gives a clear overview of course performance
– Suggests improvements in certain weak
areas. For example, if a class is not
performing well under CLO 1, the system
would suggest extra material, reading
chapters, or assignments focused on that
learning outcome.
9. Implementation Challenges
Figure 1. Connection between SQRM, Moodle,
and the cloud.
Figure 2. SQRM Interface
74
Once the system was built, we held several
meetings with faculty to demonstrate the functionality and use of the system. Faculty were introduced to the concept of online environments
and given training exercises to engage them in the
system. Nevertheless, system implementation encountered several difficulties:
– Student willingness. When attending a
university, students get used to the way
process are implemented. Students had no
experience using the online environment
and were afraid it might cause them to
perform badly in class. To help resolve this
issue, we took several steps:
○ Course syllabi and materials were only
posted online. No paper copy was given
in class.
○ Students were taken to the laboratory
in the first two sessions to train them
on creating an account, logging in, and
updating their online portfolio.
○ Bonus assignments (students are
motivated by bonus assignments) were
given online to anyone who wanted to
participate in the online class.
Creating a social environment where a discussion thread was introduced in the online class
encouraged students to communicate with each
other, post fun information, and argue about topics not related to course material (called the FUN
thread).
– Faculty willingness. Although adequate
training was given to faculty, and although
many complained about the myriad required
paperwork and were eager for something
to help them focus more on teaching and
less on administrative work, many still
resisted change! To address these issues, the
following steps were taken:
○ University President Dr. Ghaleb Al-Refae
explained the benefits the university
could gain from using such a system.
University managers issued an order that
all courses needed to take advantage of
the online environment as well as move
course material to it.
○ A faculty community page was created
on SQRM with helpful tips, videos, and
tutorials on using the system, shared with
everyone.
○ Faculty preferred using one source of
information for the course: the book.
They did not like the idea of having to use
different resources to teach one course.
When informed that a book should
comprise about half of the teaching
material, and the rest needed to come
from external resources, faculty found it
difficult to implement.
10. The Study
This research aimed to answer the following
question: Can online technology be integrated
into an onsite course to help faculty better manage
the course? To answer the question, we created
a system that links online tools (e.g., discussion
threads, drop boxes, and online tests) to onsite
courses. The system enabled faculty to use online
tools to manage and measure course performance.
10.1 Study Environment
We created five business-management courses
on Moodle, linking SQRM to them to enable faculty to monitor student performance. Four faculty
members taught the four management courses; at
the end of the course, we asked them to complete
a short survey about their experience.
At the end of the course, we asked faculty who
participated in the study to complete a survey to
share their experiences. The survey asked them to
rank their experience from 1 to 5, 1 being highly
agree, and 5 being highly disagree. The questionnaire was divided into three sections:
– Faculty–technology interaction.
– Faculty–CLO interaction.
– Faculty–SQRM interaction.
– Comments and feedback
Survey results can be seen in Appendix D, Figures 1, 2 and 3.
10.2 Discussion
Figure 3. Faculty - Technology Interaction
When it comes to using technology in class,
none of the surveyed faculty used computers (before taking the survey) in class (see figure 3). Furthermore, 75% of the surveyed indicated having
little experience with technology! To avoid any
negative impact of faculty not using technology
on our study (since it’s based on using an online
system), the surveyed faculty were given training
courses and workshops on using the system.
As for faculty interaction with CLOs, Figure 4,
we were amazed by what we had taken for granted! Although it is very important for faculty to
work on linking course material to CLOs, and to
make sure CLOs are tied to PLOs, Figure 4 shows
that none of the faculty surveyed focused on the
75
CLOs in class before using the system. Furthermore, none of the faculty surveyed used the CLOs
as a measurement to evaluate their students. This
is mostly due to the feeling that faculty needed
to finish the book chapters in class, regardless of
whether the book related to the CLOs. Furthermore, course outcomes were created by previous
faculty with whom current faculty might not agree
or determined the CLOs were outdated.
Figure 4. Faculty–CLO interaction
education was the goal of the Gulf Ministry of
Education, enhancing the chances the student will
compete in the market after graduating.
The system not only enabled faculty to shift
their focus on CLOs but also enabled them to get
feedback and improve their course in real time,
aligned with the TQM systems that use feedback
to improve current systems. Real-time feedback
given by reports generated by SQRM enabled faculty to identify weaknesses in their classes and address them immediately.
A future study exploring the student side of
the study is being conducted to determine how
students assessed the shift from a book-focused
course to a more technology, CLO-focused course.
The study will measure student “trust” in the system and any positive or negative effects that might
have resulted.
References
1. Agarwal PK, Kumar P, Swati G, Tyagi AK. Implementing total quality management in professional
educational institutes in India. Advances in Management 2011; 4(4): 9–16.
Figure 5. Faculty-System (SQRM) Interaction
The benefits gained from using the system
can be seen in Figure 5. 75% of surveyed faculty
agreed that using the system enabled them to better manage their courses. Furthermore, the system
increased faculty focus on CLOs to measure student performance changing the percentage from
0% to 50%. With 75% of surveyed faculty having
minimal IT experience, we can see that 50% of
them found the system easy to use, this tells us
that more work needs to be made on the interface
in hopes to make it more user friendly in hopes to
increase this percentage.
11. Conclusion and Future Study
SQRM enabled participating faculty to overcome their technology fears as well as improve
course quality. Less dependence on one source
and thereby including multiple sources for student
76
2. Al Qsheori S. Activating performance of high school
teachers in Adan Province in strategic planning,
upon SWOT model (Unpublished master’s thesis) ,
Adan University, Yemen, 2007.
3. Al-Zboon MS, Hasan MS. Strategic School Planning
in Jordan Education 2012; 132(4): 809-825.
4. Crosby P. Quality is free. New York, NY: McGrawHill 1979.
5. Deming WE. Out of the crisis, Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press, 1982.
6. Deming WC. Out of the crisis, Cambridge, MA: MIT
Centre for Advanced Engineering Study, 1986.
7. Etro F. The economics of cloud computing. The IUP
Journal of Managerial Economics 2011; 9(2): 1–16.
8. Frost R. The road not taken. In E. C. Lathem (Ed.),
The poetry of Robert Frost. New York, NY: Henry
Holt, 1969; 105.
9. Grant RM. The resource based theory of competitive advantage: Implication for strategy formulation. California Management Review 1985; 63(2):
143–149.
10. Hendricks KB, Singhal VR. Firm characteristics,
total quality management, and financial performance. Journal of Operations ManagemenT.
doi:10.1016
/S0272-6963(00)00049-8, 2000; 19: 269–285.
11. Juran JM. Quality control handbook (3rd ed.) New
York, NY: McGraw-Hill, 1974.
12. Juran JJ. on Planning for Quality, Macmillan, London 1988.
13. Kanji GK, Asher M. Total quality management
process: A systematic approach. Total Quality Management 1993; 4: S1–144.
Loay Alnaji,
Al Ain University of Science and Technology,
Al Ain,
United Arab Emirates,
77
Expertise of nonmaterial damage due to
violation of bodily integrity
Haso Sefo1, Nedzad Korajlic2, Mustafa Sefo3, Muris Mujanovic4
1
2
3
4
General Hospital Sarajevo, Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina,
Faculty of Criminal Justice Sciences in Sarajevo, Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina,
Faculty of Political Sciences in Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina,
Faculty of Criminal Justice Sciences, Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina.
Introduction
The complication in socioeconomic relations,
the transition we are in, crime growth and the general crisis of the legal system led to deterioration
of interest among citizens and legal entities which
is resulting in a growing number of litigation and
various lawsuits.
It can be concluded that these lawsuits are getting more complex and require specific knowledge
and expertise. In all of legal proceedings and state
authorities, expertise has a special significance because it is used to determine facts, without them
the law is not applicable therefore appropriate legal protection is not provided.
Furthermore, it is hard to determine the significance of expertise considering that the legal nature
of it is still debated. There are different views on
expertise, some consider it to be one of the less
important tools, some see it as an immediate help
on Court and others find that it directly affects
the decision itself. We can say that none of these
views is completely accurate.
To a large degree the significance of expertise
and an expert witness depends on the quality of
their work but also on the official (or judge) who
is leading the proceeding and his judgement of the
expertise importance.
Key words: expertise, expert witness, nonmaterial damage, bodily integrity
1. Basic consideration on expertise and
expert witness
Violence as society phenomenon arises from the
very beginning of the original human communities
and along with it the need to suppress the same and
to punish the perpetrators of the attacks on human
life and bodily integrity. With the establishment of
the first forms of state there was a need for legal re78
solve of all forms of violence, especially attacks on
human life and bodily integrity. Thus, throughout
history we have a legally provided sentence (death
penalty) for all serious crimes, and for less serious
offenses a so called arbitrary punishment (imprisonment, fines, punishment by beating etc.). Due to
the classification of serious and minor bodily injuries and the imposition of sanctions prescribed,
there is a need for a subject who will conclude them
and by doing it help the Court.
In addition, during the course of criminal proceedings we often have to discuss matters on
which the prosecutor and the Court can not give
answers, or some relevant facts can not be determined because the authorities assigned to the case
have no special qualifications or knowledge.
Due to the fact that such questions need answers because of them depends a proper legal
solution on a criminal matter, in the course of
criminal proceedings persons with particular professional or scientific knowledge and are invited
to provide them [1].
An expert witness is a person who with the authority of their professional knowledge and skills
in the field of science or certain techniques, provides a written or oral report and opinion on the
existence or non-existence of the facts established
in the proceedings and who comes to a conclusion
based on those facts [2].
In addition, an expert witness is a qualified scientist, who performs work for the police and who
is being subpoenaed to give evidence in the form
of their opinion, which the Court has accepted by
the applicable legal procedure.
An expert in a broader sense is a secondary
subject who based on its expertise in a non-legal
field, provides professional assistance to primary
criminal procedural subjects, and whose activity
is associated with establishing the facts. A forensic
expert is a specialist doctor of forensic medicine
who is invited (Court, prosecutor or defence attorney) on the basis of their professional knowledge and skills in the field of forensic medicine
to provide testimony and opinion on the existence
of certain facts which can be determined only by
their knowledge and skills [3]. The testimony of a
forensic expert is considered as evidence on Court,
unlike other expertise which are only used to help
the Court determining certain facts. By the provisions of the law on expertise, an expert witness is
a person appointed to perform duties of expertise
in accordance with the provisions of the law [4].
In judicial, administrative or misdemeanors
proceedings, the expert witness is a neutral subject, and his impartiality is resolved by an institution exclusions and exemptions in the narrow
sense. Specifically, the expert is in accordance
with the same provisions like the disqualification
of judges. In particular, it is determined that the
expert can not be a person which can not be heard
as a witness or a person who is exempt from the
duty of testifying and if such person is still determined to be the expert witness a Court decision
can not be based on his findings and opinion. A
person who has been heard as a witness will not
be determined for an expert witness. Also a cause
for disqualification of an expert can be if that person is employed by the injured party or the defendant, or together with them, or if some of them
are employed by another employer [5]. We can
conclude that the expert is a disinterested person
who has special expertise and was called on by
the prosecutor or the Court to assist them in determining the important facts in criminal proceedings. In addition, the expert witness should assist
the authorities on the criminal proceedings only
in establishing the facts, and never when deciding on the application of legal norms. In addition
to the personal and professional characteristics, to
perform the duty of an expert is one needs to fulfill
other legal requirements [5]:
– to be a citizen of Bosnia & Herzegovina,
– to have the appropriate experience and
expertise in a particular area,
– to own an appropriate school degree,
– to have proven professional skills, a
reputation of a careful, objective and
expeditious expert in a particular field,
– and to be characterized with integrity and
high moral qualities.
On the other hand, expert testimony is a procedural action within the framework of the expert, a
person who has special scientific or professional
knowledge, skills and methods and applies them
to facts constituting the subject of his testimony.
Expert testimony consists of two parts: findings
and opinions. Findings (visum repertum) is a direct sensory observation or observation of subject of expertise. Opinion (Avis parere) is drawing conclusions in accordance to the rules of the
profession or science from the established facts.
In descriptive terms expertise is used to obtain
an expert testimony as a source of finding out essential facts which are the subject of establishing
in criminal proceedings, respectively expertise is
used to obtain findings and opinion which can be
used as evidence in criminal proceedings [10].
The process expertise goes through three phases:
–– introductory phase, which is characterized
by resolving procedural issues and the
preparations for the expertise, and to which
a reference is made to the expert to carefully
study the expertise and accurately present
everything he knows and finds, as well as
to present his opinion without bias and in
accordance with the rules of science [6].
–– operational phase in which the expertise
is conducted and managed by the authority
that ordered the expertise and the expertise
is conducted by the expert using his
knowledge and methods but complying
with the commands that the prosecutor or
the Court ordered. During the expertise
the expert may be given clarifications,
may also be allowed examination of the
files or questions during the crime scene
investigation or reconstruction of events,
but the expert may propose that evidence
be presented or articles and data acquisition
that could be of importance for his findings
and opinion [6].
–– final phase relates to the opinions and
findings, along with the expert report and
opinion, submitted worksheets, drawings,
and notes to the authority who ordered the
expertise. In addition, it should be noted
79
that the written findings and opinion will be
admitted as evidence if the expert witness
testified at the trial, and if he was crossexamined by the opposing party and the
defense counsel [7].
Expert evaluation for the purposes of criminal
proceedings are diverse, whereby legal provisions
are more broad about certain types of expertise,
which are the most common, the most important
and most complex in practice. Mandatory types of
expertise are expertise in case of:
– suspicion that the death was caused by
criminal offense,
– suspected poisoning,
– bodily injury,
– suspicion that the accountability of the
suspect or the accused is excluded or
diminished [8].
– The Criminal Procedure Code deals with
the following special cases of expertise:
– expertise in case of suspicious death or
forensic medical expertise (čl.117-120 CPC
FBiH),
– toxicological expertise or expertise in the
case of suspected poisoning (Art. 121 of
CPC FBiH),
– expertise of bodily injury (Art. 122 of CPC
FBiH),
– physical examination and other actions (Art.
123 of CPC FBiH),
– psychiatric examination in case of doubt
on the exclusion or reduction of mental
capacity (Art. 124 FBiH CPC),
– accounting expertise or expertise of the
business books (Art. 125 of CPC FBiH),
– DNA analysis of art. 126-129 FBiH CPC).
In addition to this division of expertise, there
are cases in which the legislator specifically addresses the distribution of expertise on the basis of
the case and exhaustively itemizes all instances of
expertise [5].
2. The concept of physical integrity and
nonmaterial damage
Physical fitness is not only the absence of disease, but rather a set of physical resources and
80
activities with which a human provides numerous
and varied pleasures to himself. Thus, the body is
(or it should be) a source of satisfaction and confirmation of its own values. Mental health is not
only the absence of psychological problems and
disorders, it is, above all, a collection of mental
abilities that enable individuals to create spiritual
growth and have a rich life experience. Finally, social welfare implies the establishment of a variety
of communication between people, the possibility of meeting vital and social instincts, and equal
rights and freedoms for all. Human health (physical, mental or social spheres) can be, in whole or
in part, affected by the stress that comes from the
outside. If the stressor affects the body, it causes
damage to the tissue and thereby damage to the
integrity of the organism. Due to the fact that humans are unique biopsychological systems, such
lesions will also have psychological repercussions
and possible social consequences. However, if the
stressor acted only on the mental sphere of ones
personality, then the physical damage will be absent. Physical and mental injuries inevitably disturb the biological and mental balance of a human
being. Each lesion of tissue (especially if it is in a
larger scale) causes physical pain, which is often
accompanied by fear. Fear can persist even after
the injury, during the treatment and rehabilitation.
In addition, after the injury there can be difficulties in terms of mental pain and suffering. If the
stressor is of psychological nature, there will be
no physical pain, while fear and psychological
distress may remain. Just mentioned categories physical pain, fear and psychological suffering –
make a medical substrate of nonmaterial damage.
3. Expert evaluation of nonmaterial damage
Expert evaluation of a nonmaterial damage
requires a great knowledge in the area of medicine and a good professional foundation, as well
as knowledge of medical facts about the course
of treatment and rehabilitation. The expert needs
to have an extensive experience in assessing the
occurrence of permanent and temporary organic
and psychological consequences, and their most
common forms. In all of this, it is particularly important to provide a good analysis of specific circumstances in individual cases and avoid all unVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
necessary patterns and generalizations. Expert testimony begins by examining the available medical
and other documents in the case file, and continues
with the history of illness and a clinical examination of the injured party, so based upon those the
consequences of injuries are established. The local findings describe the current consequences of
health damage, anatomically and functionally. In a
nonmaterial damage case the subject of a forensic
evaluation is not the weight of the bodily injury,
but the kind, intensity and duration of the consequences that the injured party suffered, also the
volume and intensity of physical, mental pain and
fear, taking into account the individual characteristics of the injured party and the circumstances
the injury occurred. The consequence of the injury is necessarily contained in the character of
the injury itself. Unlike the result of the injury, a
complication is a process which may, or may not
derive from the injury itself, and it is not necessarily contained in the character of the injury and it
also does not exist in all cases. The course and the
development of complications can significantly
be affected by the characteristics of an individual,
among other things. The forensic analysis should
explain that one and the same type of injury in the
medical sense, does not have, to cause the same
effects on two different individuals. Individual
characteristics, overall health, mental constitution,
intensity and duration of harmful agents, can be
quite different to express with different people.
Expert evaluation of nonmaterial damage is a very
responsible task for the expert to asses because of
the great variety of health damage and permanent
consequences of injuries and illnesses and their
impact on the habits with different people, also
how subjective the manifestation of pain is, fear,
impairment of life dynamics and damage of the
aesthetic appearance, and to assess the severity of
mental suffering of an injured person. Nonmaterial damage includes all the unpleasant subjective
symptoms and dysfunctions caused to the body of
the victim as a consequence of an injury or disease
incurred. These consequences can be of a temporary or permanent nature and have a broad scope.
For forensic expertise a vast professional experience of the expert witness is needed because of
the following reasons: It is a phenomenon which
the injured person is subjectively experiencing
with all the specifics related to the previous and the
new status of their health in relation to sustained
injuries, or occurring disease, age, mental status,
lifestyle habits, status in society, profession, level
of education, sea life, favorite hobbies, etc. There
is no possibility to objectively consider the above
mentioned types of damage due to lack of appropriate parameters, there is a frequent possibility
that the injured party makes a false representation
of subjective symptoms influenced by the expected profit; incomplete and inadequate medical records; ignorance about the essence of the problems
with this kind of expertise, both by the authority
conducting the procedure, and by the expert, with
inadequate plea about the consequences for certain types of damages. Given the legally defined
concepts “mental pain due to reduced life activities” and “mental pain because of disfigurement”
it should be noted that the mental pain for these
types of nonmaterial damages makes a substantial
difference in relation to disability. However, the
use of colloquial name “reduced life activity” and
“disfigurement ‘’, can frequently be seen in practice. Thus abbreviated use could not be justified
by the fact that this discharges the essential definition of legal provisions “mental pain”. One of the
main issues for compensation of these forms of
nonmaterial damage is to determine if the injured
party suffered emotional distress due to reduced
life activities and disfigurement, the extent and the
impact of suffering to the mental health of the injured party?
Failure of the Court to state the full name of legal provisions “mental pain ...” has the effect that
the assessment of these forms of nonmaterial damage includes only experts with surgical specialty or
forensic medicine, who are not fully competent to
speak out on all the important elements, like mental pain. This gives cause for a legal complaint, on
the basis of expertise competence. This does not
mean that the experts of somatic specialty should
not be determined for these forms of nonmaterial
damage, moreover it is necessary because they are
best qualified to assess the structural consequences
of bodily injury and determine current functional
state of organs and body. However, it is essential
that an expert is included on the analysis of this
kind to assess the mental anguish (psychiatrist and
/ or clinical psychologist).
81
Until a few years ago, doctors of physical medicine use to evaluate the fear suffered. This kind of
expertise should be conducted by psychiatrists and
/ or psychologists. However, it remains the case that
the courts entrust the expertise of fear suffered to
experts of surgical disciplines. So we have cases
that an orthopaedist by the decision of the Court,
provides an assessment of the intensity and duration of the fear. An experienced expert with surgical
specialties can declare a suffered primary and secondary fear, but has no knowledge whether the fear
effected the injured party on a mental sphere and
the percentage of reduced life activities. Therefore,
it can be considered that when this type of nonmaterial damage is evaluated by experts in surgical
branches, expertise does not meet the requirements
of the Court. For the doctor-expert it is necessary
to have additional education for the composition
of findings and opinions in civil proceedings more
than in criminal proceedings. Therefore, their further education comes into question, and so does the
organizational form of such education.
Specialists in forensic medicine and forensic
psychiatry, are educated in the course of specialization to obtain opinions as experts. However,
they do not have the clinical knowledge. It would
be necessary to provide additional education for
clinical experts so they can deal with medical expertise. The current program of study in medical
school does not provide the post-graduates to obtain training in this field. The initiative for such
education would have to come from the justice department. Forensic expertise requires of a doctorexpert to be familiar with the legal regulations in
this field, a high level of expertise and absolute
respect for high principles and professional ethics,
human dignity, integrity, freedom and personal
rights and also keeping medical secrets. Due to
lack of organized education for experts, the lack
of standards, and lack of knowledge of elementary rules in procedural law and other legal norms,
the courts have been displeased with the role of
experts for a long time. In determining the nonmaterial damage in the lawsuit an expertise in medicine is needed which the Court lacks. The role of
a medical expert is that through their findings and
opinions provide the Court the necessary explanation. Medical expertise is such an action in which
the medical terms and regulations are translated
82
into rules and categories set by law. It is a place of
two different sciences - legal and medical.
4. Medical and legal approach to the expertise of nonmaterial damage
For reasons that when forensic evaluation can
have certain irregularities and errors (whether intentional or not) the legislator has regulated that
there is a three-level expertise:
–– Trial expertise is performed by a doctor,
usually a non-specialists in forensic
medicine. In the trial expertise minor
omissions are possible, so the assigned
expert or a different one is required to add
corrections or additions of disputed facts.
– The expertise on appeal is made, when there
are substantial errors in the original trial
expertise, whether that expertise was wrong,
or even false, thereby making it unacceptable
on Court, the Court requests the expertise on
appeal. At this level of expertise, which can
be done on a subject or on the basis of the
case file, two experts are required, specialists
in forensic medicine [9].
–– tertiary expertise or supervised expertise
is conducted by the Board of Medicine,
determined by the Court. This kind of
expert testimony is set in all dubious cases,
incompletely established or misinterpreted
facts, or, when there is a large difference
between the trial and appellate expertise, so
the expertise on appeal itself can not clarify
some crucial facts. Tertiary expertise is
irrevocable and, as such, final.
The Court requires from an expert an active approach to the quality of medical expertise.
Therefore, the expert has to present important
facts, such as: qualifications of bodily injury, a
cause and harm of the injury, the impact of the previous injuries of the injured party, the impact of
the treatment method applied, then perform an objectification of the permanent consequences and in
the end apply all the data to the forms of the nonmaterial damage required. An examination of the
injured party is mandatory in civil proceedings.
It is performed to learn the time when the injury
occurred, the type and severity of the injury, the
method of treatment, the completion of treatment
and the evaluation of the consequences caused to
general health, anatomically and functionally. It
can be indicated to the injured party to conduct
additional tests (X-ray, ultrasound, EMG, laboratory evaluation, etc.) before the expert evaluation
which can be of importance to have a clear insight
into the state after injury or disease. The examination of the patient should be done in a room that is
intended for it, not in counselor’s office or in the
apartment of an expert. An expert physician must
have knowledge of the anatomy and function of all
organs in the skeletal and muscular systems, blood
circulation, nervous system and sense organs. All
of this is a starting point for finding, identifying
and understanding the acceptable medical criteria.
After reviewing the medical history, the subjective symptoms and data on the current condition are described. On completion of the medical examination, a short status of general physical and mental condition of the victim is given,
with the assessment of: whether the calendar and
biological age are balanced, whether the posture
and movements are striking or not, with or without the use of orthopedic devices; entries on other
special observations are made, and then the findings system by system. The local medical findings
describe the current consequences of health damage in anatomical and functional sense, all in the
context of expertise: the suffering of fear and its
consequences, suffering of physical pain, aesthetic changes, ie. disfigurement, impairment of daily
activities, suffering because of the severe disability of another person close to them and other.
The cause and effect connection between the
injury and the resulting consequences must be established in all the injuries in which the subjective
symptoms prevail and are difficult to medically
objectify. It is not seldom for medical records that
are not authentic to appear, also a long duration
of sick leave for a light bodily injury, subjective
symptoms that are not proven by objective methods, as well as other unreliable data in the files.
The duty of an expert is to truthfully and completely answer whether the consequences of the
injury are in a direct cause-effect connection with
the present infringement.
The existence of an injury is a medical fact. For
a medical fact to have probative value in Court,
it must reflect in complete and equitable management of medical records. Probative value depends
on all elements in the findings of the doctor: exactly specified type of injury, description of the injury, stating the location, size, shape, number, etc.
If these rules are not followed, then the medical
fact has no probative value.
Previous injuries and diseases, ie. poor health
condition before the injury in question should always be described in detail. Each person enters
the harmful situation with their personal condition
and possible previous injuries that need to be determined in civil proceedings, in order to separate
the influence of the trauma, specific health condition or previous injuries in a different time before
that. In practice this is carried out by reviewing
the injured party and examining their medical records. If there were previous injuries of the same
body part or organ an expert should determine the
impact of those injuries and their lasting effect, all
in relation to the new event. Also, all congenital
pathology, acquired degenerative and inflammatory diseases, as well as metabolic and neoplastic
diseases need to be excluded [10].
An illustrative example of this practice is an injury of the cervical spine, where the expert has to
determine the degree of degenerative changes that
the injured had before the traffic accident. At the
request of the Court, expert neurosurgeons and orthopedic surgeons, can reliably determine the degree of degenerative changes of the cervical spine
based on X-rays, and their share of lasting consequences. The injuries of ligaments and joints that
occurred in a different time before the incident can
be identified in the same way. Thus, with the expert testimony we can get reliable data on existing
degenerative changes and separate them from the
influence of the trauma that occurred.
It is very important to establish the data on
curing of the injuries during the proceedings. An
expert should explain whether the treatment was
conducted under the rules of medical profession,
does the length of the treatment have a medical
reason, were the modern methods of treatment
applied, were there any complications during the
treatment and is the treatment completed?
Furthermore, it is necessary to determine how
long after the injury did the injured party report
for the examination, which injuries have been re83
ceived and whether or not they denied a proposed
medical intervention or procedure, contributing to
lasting consequences.
Expert testimony must be clear on whether the
diagnosis was established by an objective medical
method or on the basis of subjective symptoms. An
expert should give information about the number of
surgical procedures, the length of immobilization,
and their physiological needs, development and
intensity of the clinical picture and to chronologically list all the important healing data of the person injured. Therefore you should cite the doctor’s
findings so the Court can follow the healing process, and then review the facts above. This way, the
Court could explain its assessment of the compensation with much more objective data. In practice,
the courts pay little attention to the presentation of
evidence by an expert testimony and facts related to
the treatment. This can lead to wrong conclusions
about the length of the hospital treatment due to
poor doctor – patient cooperation.
Figure 1. The content of findings and opinion of
an expert witness
Objectification of permanent consequences
due to injury is conducted with detailed clinical
examination of the damaged party. With objective
findings we establish the state of the organs and/
84
or body parts in structural and functional terms.
Expert assessments are often not based with an
objective condition of the damaged party. There is
a great need to find solutions and criteria to ensure
equal medical evaluation of injury, and thus the
irreversible effects that are normally expressed in
the degree of disability.
Objectification of permanent consequences due
to injuries can be used from the conclusions in the
specialist’s findings who did the measurements of
permanent consequences through application of
modern medical and physiological methods. Such
objective measurements conducted without the influence of an expert, are a sound foundation for
the expert and courts so they can above all else
describe in detail, the disfigurement of the body
and reduced life activities. Logically, the role of
an expert is to clarify to the Court all the measurement results from medical records.
Thus, for example, the condition of the knee can
be objectified after the treatment using computerized dynamometer which measures the function of
the joint, such as mobility, endurance and muscle
fatigue. You must always compare the same two
joints on paired limbs, ie. the healthy and the hurt
joint, which is always an important part of the objective findings in explaining the consequences of
the injury (range of motion, joint volume, etc.).
Also, measuring the mobility of the joint protractor
is a commonly used method in the objective findings. If we do not measure the result and objectify
the consequence, how can we know that we did not
damage the person who has suffered the injury.
Modern medicine at this stage can objectify almost all lasting effects, especially the most common injuries in traffic accidents, such as injuries
to the bones, joints and muscles. As an example
the magnetic resonance imaging, can serve as a
diagnostic method for injuries of the cruciate knee
ligament, and can also be applied in the process of
objectifying the success of the treatment, or an operation of these ligaments. The advantage of this
approach is in the objectivity, it is not harmful, and
it gives more information about the actual function of the injured body part.
All of these ways of objectifying the consequences of injuries are a Court polygraph that
does not show the Court who has committed the
violation, but the amount of damage caused to the
victim. Very rarely experts suggest an objectification of the injured parties health status with a new
diagnostic method.
Application of objectifying method speeds up
the process of expertise. In practice we are often
faced with a variety of subjective assessments
and findings of experts, which makes the work of
courts very difficult. It is not rare for experts to
superficially understand their role as helpers of the
Court, or emphasize their academic position.
In civil proceedings an expert occasionally faces simulation (pretending) and aggravation (exaggeration), which represent an intentional presentation of false or exaggerated physical and psychological symptoms that are most often motivated be
financial gain.
5. Types of nonmaterial damage
For harmful events that have a nonmaterial
damage, we consider those who are referred to
as physical pain, psychological pain (sorrow,
sadness, melancholy, depression, gloom, and, directly caused by psychogenic factors) and fear.
The emergence and / or intensification of such
unpleasant feelings cause certain emotional disorders that doctors have to objectively analyze, describe and measure. In the health damage caused
by an injury or disease an injured party suffers
nonmaterial damage, which can not directly be
compensated because it implies suffering related
to the subjective feeling of pain, fear, various psychological discomforts to the level of mental suffering, change of life activities and the occurrence
of impairment in aesthetic appearance.
It should be emphasized that the above mentioned concept and forms of nonmaterial damage
can be the same or different. Thus, due to occurrence of some injuries all the mentioned types of
nonmaterial damage can occur in a continuous
chain (a serious body injury obtained in a traffic
accident causes severe physical pain and mental
anguish due to inability to achieve certain goals in
life and also fear caused by circumstances mentioned). On the other hand, these forms of nonmaterial damage can be independent, in a specific
case, the mental pain and fear can arise without
somatic injuries, and some diseases can be a an
expression of deep psychological changes (psyVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
chosomatic diseases - diabetes, angina pectoris,
myocardial infarction, cerebral insult, etc.) at a
later stage.
In assessing the consequences of injuries on
which we determine mental pain, we start from
the definition of the World Health Organization
that health is a state of physical, mental and social
well-being. In this regard, mental pain from the
aspect of nonmaterial damage can be expressed in
four categories:
1. The condition and function of internal
organs, and thus the denial of satisfaction
related to the function of these organs;
2. psychomotor skills that include ease of
movement of body or limbs within the
common needs and desires;
3. psycho-sensory function, used for the
realization of the common life necessities
and satisfaction;
4. psychosocial activities, by which is meant
the ability to satisfy different needs at the
micro and macro levels of social groups,
which is appropriate to the individual
characteristics of the victim.
In determining the mental pain in forms of nonmaterial damage experts in psychiatric-psychological profession should determine all the consequences because of which a normal activity of the
injured party is limited or is difficult and why he
is suffering mentally. This means that in the findings and opinion of an expert is not sufficient to
state only the percentage of reduced life activities
but is necessary to specify the circumstances in
which the stated percentage of mental suffering is
manifested. Also, it is not sufficient to indicate the
degree of disfigurement, but to give its description
and location, as well as the individual traits of the
victim (gender, age, occupation etc.).
The consequences of injuries often do not manifest externally, but internally, subjective suffering
of the victim (eg. suffered physical and psychological pain, a feeling of violation of honor, etc.)
and they could not be measured with a full certainty and accuracy.
Therefore, a compensation for nonmaterial damage as a result of light injury comes to question. It
is irrelevant how the injury is qualified (light or
heavy), because it is important to mark the crimi85
nal act and criminal responsibility, and not to set
the conditions for fee ad judgment. Here, the emphasis is on the duration of the physical and mental
pain or fear and the intensity of suffering which led
to mental balance disorder. Any suffering will not
cause disturbances to the mental balance. It is believed that strong and medium physical pain with
light bodily injuries, lasting for 4-5 days can cause
disturbance in mental balance. Will there be a disturbance of balance depends primarily on the personality, age, health status and a number of other
factors. Nonmaterial damage is in essence a violation of personal property of a human being, such as:
life, physical integrity, health, mental and physical
abilities, honor, name, shame, sexual integrity, freedom, personal and family peace and other personal
goods. It is characteristic for these injuries that the
subject feels them as damage, although they do not
directly affect its property.
Expert testimony should explain the type of
consequences of bodily injuries and its impact in
terms of basic life functions.
The term end of treatment involves the treatment and medical rehabilitation when further
non-invasive methods and procedures can not
achieve a greater degree of health then the one already achieved. The assessment is possible based
on the findings obtained by a control diagnostic
treatment that is carried out at least three months
after the completion of treatment, or when the
condition is stabilized i.e. when according to the
doctor’s prediction the condition will not worsen
or improve. If this condition does not occur even
after three years from the date of injury, the final
condition after the expiry of that period is taken
into account and then all the forms of nonmaterial damage are determined. For the evaluation of
overall consequences of the injure or disease it is
necessary to assess, on one hand, the anatomical
or functional disorders, which can objectively be
proven and quantified and, on the other hand, the
consequences in psychological sense that manifest
through mental pain or suffering because of the inability or limitations of satisfying basic needs and
the denial of life joys. Psychological effects are
subjective in nature, individually dependent and
there is no reliable indicator for them.
The complexity of expertise actually comes
from the fact that the effects of the bodily injury
86
or disease are individually assessed in relation to
earlier physical and psychological characteristics
and the activity of the injured party.
The job of the expert doctor is to determine the
extent of disorders occurred to the organism solely
as a result of the injuries or disease due to which
the common life activities have been disabled,
limited or difficult. Then, to estimate the impact
of the disorder on the injured party’s ability to perform ordinary life activities and consider the emotional pain the damaged party is dealing with.
Reduced life activity includes all limitation of
activities which the damaged party achieved, or
would certainly achieve in the future. Under limitation is performing activities with increased efforts
or under special conditions is also considered.
Types of nonmaterial damage, for which the injured party may receive compensation, and which
the law recognizes are:
1. incurred and future physical pain;
2. incurred and future mental pain due to
reduced life activities;
3. incurred and future mental pain because of
disfigurement;
violation of reputation and honor;
violation of freedom;
violation of individual rights;
7. incurred and future mental pain over the
death of a close person;
severe disability of a close person;
9. incurred and future mental pain because
of the criminal offense, against the sexual
integrity, dignity or morals;
10. incurred and future fear.
Expertise of the above mentioned forms of nonmaterial damage is done on the basis of the Court
records, the data obtained from the injured party,
access to medical records, examination of the injured party and the data obtained during a hearing.
Various problems in the forensic analysis about
the reducement of life activities are mainly due to
lack of knowledge of basic principles in organizing and conducting expertise, both by the civil
Court, as well as by the expert doctor. They are
also caused because of the practical problems related to this kind of expertise.
On the complexity of the problem indicates
the fact that even in the countries of the European
Union there is no unique criteria on this issue and
that the law differs from country to country. In order of future harmonization of regulations, among
the member countries, in the field of tort law an
adoption of a single method for evaluating the degree of damage to health and its impact is being
made. In this sense, a European integrative table
for assessing impairment of mental and physical
integrity was made on 2003.
6. Conclusion
It is obvious that expertise as evidentiary action in a variety of legal proceedings has a special
importance, because without it we could not solve
some decisive questions in evidentiary proceedings. Starting from this and from the fact that the
expertise is one of the most common reasons for
a long duration of criminal proceedings, there is
a need for legislative intervention in this field of
criminal procedure towards a faster and more efficient implementation of these actions, and in a
practical application, leaving the former uncritical
attitude towards evidentiary actions and expectations that the expert testimony can solve all even
those unsolvable questions.
With the development of science, application
of its achievements through expertise makes the
job easier to determine the disputed facts in the
criminal procedure, because of which all the existing obstacles must be removed, such as, inadequate criteria of evaluation of experts, inadequate
way of collecting and providing the expertise material, omissions in practical management of expertise, uncritically and carelessly led evaluations,
for is needed, not only in procedural law, but also
in practical treatment of all bodies whose work
has an impact on the quality of expert testimony.
For participants in the proceedings to achieve
their rights within a reasonable time, and for the
judiciary to achieve efficiency, it is necessary that
the evidence in the expert testimony was found
within a reasonable time by an expert, who will
give its full contribution in judicial proceedings.
In order for this to happen, it is necessary that exVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
perts have the full ability to exercise their rights,
but on the other side also to fulfill their obligations. Only by creating conditions that will allow
the achievement of equal rights and obligations,
and that judicial, legislative and executive authority, each in its domain achieve prerequisites for the
fulfillment of obligations in relation to the experts,
judicial authority to bring adequate solutions in a
reasonable time, legislative authority to ensure effective laws, and the executive branch to provide
a sufficient budget, and on the other side that experts fulfill their obligations within a reasonable
time and with required quality, only then will the
full efficiency and quality required for making a
proper Court decision be made.
When reporting, the expert on one hand has
an obligation to keep the professional secrecy,
but on the other hand, the law has prescribed the
use of their expertise in the field of medicine for
answering disputable questions in front of the
Court. In addition to the findings and opinion, an
expert usually encloses the medical documentation. Bearing in mind that the participants in the
proceedings, and third parties have the right to inspect the files, except when the public is excluded,
or the files are marked as government or official
secret, inadequate storage of medical records can
certainly present a violation of the right to respect
a private life of a person, whose documentation is
supplied by the expert. Therefore, it is obligated
that all medical records relating to the party or
other participants in the process, and can be made
available to participants in the process or a third
party be handed the Court in a sealed envelope, to
ensure conditions that the right to privacies maintained. This also has to be taken into account by
the Court. In preparing the material for opinions
and findings, and in order to respect the right to
private life, and to safeguard medical secrets, the
Court expert will be legitimated in a medical institution designated by the Court in which he will
obtain the necessary information.
To perform the work of expert witness, in addition to holding certain high degree of expertise
and technical knowledge, it is essential that they
meet other conditions and circumstances. First of
all, a person engaged in an expert testimony must
meet high personal and professional criteria, such
as conscientiousness, responsibility, incorruptibil87
ity, safety, and lastly honesty and ethics. Taking
into account that the activities of an expert witness are done primarily because of the fact that in
this way certain evidence materials are provided,
it is certain that for the quality of this activity one
has to have a certain tendency and affinity. All this
makes one person, conditionally speaking, capable of being an expert.
Moreover, bearing in mind the objective that
needs to be achieved in the conduct of Court proceedings, national courts should respect the content
of the recommendation. R (81) 7, the Committee
of Ministers of member states on measures that facilitate access to Court (Recommendation adopted
by the Committee of Ministers May, 14th 1981. At
the 68th session). In the act entitled “simplifying”
in Chapter 7 it is provided that measures should
be taken that the number of Court experts who
are placed at the request of the Court be reduced
to a minimum. This is consistent with the desired
aim to make Court proceedings more flexible and
efficient, and considering the increasing number
of expertise that are required in civil and criminal
cases, the number of expert witnesses should be
kept to a minimum, in order to come to the opinion that requires the expertise of an expert witness,
but in the most efficient and fastest way. In order
to ensure the efficiency of Court proceedings and
a reasonable timeline, without which there is no
right to a fair trial, and as provided by the Article
6 of the European Convention on Human Rights,
expert witnesses as specific participants in the process have provided obligations and rights. Therefore, national systems must by law determine the
true measure of liability of an expert, and to determine their rights, so the Court with an appropriate
application of these provisions can provide that
expertise, as an evidence, contributes to quality of
trial and achievement of reasonable time.
88
References
1. Sijercic-Colic H. Criminal Procedure Law: The
Criminal Subjects and Criminal Procedure Acts,
book 1. Sarajevo: Faculty of Law, 2005.
2. Modly D, Korajlic N. Crime Dictionary. Sarajevo:
Faculty of Criminal Justice Studies, 2002.
3. Zecevic D. Expertise on Weight of Bodily Injuries in the
Criminal Procedure Code. Zagreb: Informator, 1985.
4. Law of Experts, Official Gazzette of the Federation
of BiH, 49/05(2).
5. Milosevic M, Dautbegovic A. Criminal Procedure Law.
Belgrade: Faculty of Business Studies and Law, 2014.
6. Criminal Procedure Code of the FBiH, Official Gazzette, no. 35/03, 37/03, 56/03.
7. Grubac M. Criminal Procedure Law, Introduction
and General. Belgrade, 2004.
8. Pavisic B. Comment on Code of Criminal Procedure.
Rijeka, 2005.
9. Modly D. Criminal Methodology. Sarajevo: Faculty
of Criminal Justice Studies, 1998.
10. Modly D. Criminal Offenses Against the Dignity of
Persons and Morals to the Detriment of Children
and Minors, internal edition. Sarajevo: Faculty of
Criminal justice Studies, 1999.
Bibliography
1. Law of Experts, Official Gazzette of the Federation
of BiH, no. 49/05(3).
Korajlic Nedzad,
Faculty of Criminal Justice,
Criminology and Security Studies,
University of Sarajevo,
Sarajevo,
Bosnia and Herzegovina,
Contribution to structural analysis of
bailey bridges according to contemporary
regulations in Bosnia and Herzegovina
Besim Demirovic, Zijad Pozegic
University of Tuzla, Faculty of Mining, Geology and Civil Engineering, Tuzla, Bosnia and Herzegovina.
Abstract
This study presents structural analysis of Bailey brigdes consisting of different-spans-simple
beams and different grid configurations. Combination of construction , needed to be used in order
to make it compatible with transom spans, loaded
in accordance with contemporary regulations for
II category of bridges, is presented by tables. The
procedure is conducted according to both analytical and numerical method, whereas results have
been controlled in practise. Analytical and numerical results are presented by both tables and
diagrams. Procedure of Bailey bridges analysis
according to nonlinear contiguous load theory is
presented by numerical example.
Key words: Bailey bridge, combination of construction types, plastic axial hinge, contiguous load.
1. Introduction
Bailey construction is mainly used for bridges
in order to fastly overcome obstacles or because
of temporary detour during building of a bridge.
It was designed as a truss bridge by foreign engineer Donald C. Bailey in 1939 for the needs of the
English army. The advantage of this construction
is that it is easily and quickly produced in large
batches, and easy to assemble for overcoming
the obstacles. Both road and rail bridges can be
mounted from Bailey constructions. Additionally,
Bailey structures can be used as auxiliary structures in the construction of large buildings. The
main purpose of this construction is that the road
bridges can be built ranging up to 60.9 m, depending on the application of a combination of types
of construction for loads up to 600 kN [1]. The
design is most economical for medium loads up
to 350 kN and spans from 30 to 50 m. Effective
width of the bridge depends on the application of
standard construction (S) which is a useful width
of 3.277 m, the extended structure (P) with a useful width of 3.810 m or wide structure (W) with a
useful width of 4.190 m. The literature describing
the Bailey bridges of structural elements is given
in tables in the span bridge function. Structural
analysis that applies to the adoption of the structural elements of the bridge was made for loads of
3x90 kN if we have two transoms in the field of
grid and load 3x160 kN if we have four transoms
in the grid field.
Load of Bailey bridges to be endured is significantly less than the load that define the valid
regulations in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Design of
structures is based on the regulations for the load
in defining the types and intensities of individual
action. If we use the data from the available literature Bailey bridges would not satisfy the conditions required by applicable regulations. Thus
scaling and adoption of the structural elements of
the bridge needs to be adjusted to legal regulations
in Bosnia and Herzegovina. The existing regulation in BiH bridge load is the Ordinance on technical standards for determining the size of bridge
load (Official Gazette 001/1991) [2].
2. Basic installation structure parts and
principal dimensions of bailey bridge
The Bailey bridge is a type of portable, prefabricated, truss bridge, which parts are assembled
on the site of the bridge construction. Installation
parts of the bridge are classified into main and other parts of the bridge. The main parts of the bridge
consists of lattice girders with rhombic filling,
transoms, bracings and stiffening elements.
89
Table 1 shows some of the dimensions in crosssection [5].
Table 1. Dimensions of the cross section of the
bridge
Construction
Type
Standard(S)
Extended (P)
Wide (W)
A
[mm]
5486
6096
6096
B
[mm]
3277
3810
4190
C
[mm]
3759
4343
4775
D
[mm]
1448
1448
1448
Extension of the grid in length forms the bridge
structure of L = 3.048 to 60.96 m.
Figure 1. The main parts of the structure Bailey
Other parts of the bridge to be used for installation are [3]: pins for grid, bracing frame, bracing
bolt, ribband bolt, clip, plain roller, rocking roller,
wooden chess and launching- nose link. By the
combination of these parts can be obtained different dimensions of the bridge along the length,
height and width. Thus, single, double, triple and
quadruple spans of bridges are formed. Abbreviations for combinations of the Bailey briges are:
SS – single-truss single-story,
DS – double-truss single-story,
TS – triple-truss single-story
QS – quadruple-truss single-story,
DD – double-truss double-story,
TD – triple-truss double-story,
QD – quadruple-truss double story.
Effective width of the bridge depends on the
application of standard construction (S) which is
a useful width of 3.277 m, the extended structure
(P) with a useful width of 3.810 m or wide structure (W) with a useful width of 4.190 m, Figure 2.
Figure 2. The size of the cross section [4]
90
Figure 3. Longitudinal section of the bridge
3. Load and adoption of structural elemnts
of the bridge according to literature
For static analysis Bailey bridge construction,
it is necessary to calculate the impacts, bending
moment and ultimate response only from the useful load. Construction Type calculated for maximum impact adopts the tables. Table 2 shows the
permitted static size of Bailey bridges [1].
Table 2. Permitted static values of Bailey bridges
Construction
Type
JJ
DJ
DSO
TS
TSO
QS
QSO
DD
DDO
TD
TDO
QD
QDO
M
[kNm]
1550
3100
6200
4650
9300
6200
12400
6200
12400
9200
18600
12400
24800
Width
S
P
W
Reactions [kN]
305
305
305
610
610
610
610
610
610
813
813
915
813
813
915
1067
1067
1016
1016
1016
1016
1016
1016
1372
1372
1524
1372
1372
1524
1728
1728
Bridges that have two transoms in the field are
designed for vehicle traffic which double axle has
a maximum load of 180 kN, and the distance between the axles of not less than 1.22 m, single axle
with a maximum weight of 90 kN which distance
is not less than 1.52 m.
The bridges that have four transoms in the field
are designed for vehicle traffic which double axle
has a maximum load of 320 kN, and the distance
between the axles of not less than 1.22 m single
axle with four wheels with a maximum weight of
160 kN which is far from the double of not less
than 1.52 m.
In recent literature, loads are divided by class
4-150 tons with designs of loads. According to
these classes are made nomograms and tables spans
for each combination of types of construction [5].
K d =1, 40 − 0,008 ⋅ L ....................... (1)
where L is the span in which the vehicle is located. If there are impacts for two or more directions L is the smallest span. If the minimum span
of 0.7 from the largest span of L is required as the
arithmetic mean of the span. Area of August off
the main strip is loaded surface load p2 = 3.00 kN
/ m2 without dynamic coefficient. At your local
budget hiking trails, plates, crossbeams are done
with traction p3 = 5.00 kN / m2.
4. Effective load of bridges by applicable
law in bih and adoption of constructive
elements
The bridges on the roads are classified according to the importance of roads in three categories.
Useful load consists of the typical load vehicles
and surface pressure in the main and sub bands.
Table 3 shows the computational load patterns for
the three categories of bridges [6].
Table 3. Calculation load patterns for individual
categories of bridges
Bridge Category
I
II
III
Highways
Main, Regional and
Municipal Roads
Roadway
Width>6 m
Other
Roads
Roadway
Width<6 m
Calculation load
patterns
W600+W300
W600
W300+W300
W300
The main strip load patterns with the main typical vehicle is located in the most unfavorable position for the calculation of certain elements of the
structure. In front of and behind the vehicle main
strip is loaded surface load p1 = 5.00 kN / m2. In
the main bar all loads are multiplied by the dynamic coefficient, which is calculated according
to the formula:
Figure 4. Type-vehicle W600
From these loads can be concluded that the burden of bridges according to the regulations in force
in Bosnia and Herzegovina is greater in intensity
than the load at which they performed static calculations Bailey bridges. In order to compare the results of the calculations should be carried out structural analysis of the bridge on the example of the
simple transom with load according to the literature
and according to current regulations. Dimensions
cross-section has been taken for a wide bridge type.
The results of calculations of static impacts and
selection of a combination of the bridge structure to
load the type W600 vehicle are shown in Table 4,
vehicle 2x90 kN + 90 kN in Table 5 and the vehicle
2x160 + kN to 160 kN in Table 7. Table 4 shows that
the maximum span of the bridge according to the
regulations in force in Bosnia and Herzegovina L =
48,768 m, ie. to the main roads can not apply data
from the literature that describes Bailey bridges.
91
increased significantly, as can be seen from the
comparison of the calculation results. Comparison
of the results obtained from the linear theory is
shown in Figure 7.
Figure 7. Comparison of bending moments in the
function of the bridge span
Figure 5. Load of Influential Line Vehicles W600
For the justification of the analysis is an example to break down one Bailey bridge on the R467
regional road Zavidovići-Lead in Podkamensko
shown in Figure 8.
Figure 6. Load of Influential Line Vehicles 2x90
kN + 90 kN or 2x160 + kN to 160 kN
Existing data can be used for approximate
measures and combinations of the bridge structure, and for each different case width and span
bridges should carry out a structural analysis of
the same. Tables 5 and 6 specified loads for two
four transoms in the field of grid data from literature agree that spans and bridges can be increased
up to L = 60.96 m. From the time when patented
Bailey structures until now loading bridges are
92
Figure 8. Ruined bridge, span L = 36,576 m on
the regional road R467 in Podkamensko
Table 5. The results of calculations for vehicle LOAD 2x90kN + 90kN for two transoms in the field of
grid [8]
Table 6. The results of calculations for vehicle load 2x160kN + 160 kn for four transoms in the field of
grid [1]
Combination of the construction of this bridge
is made of two transoms in the field of grid. Thus
to select combinations of structural elements (grid)
worth Table 5. From Table 5, number 10 for the load
vehicle 2x90kN + 90kN tells that it is the combination of DD – doble-truss double-story. It is obvious
that in this case such a structure, using the selected
literature for Bailey bridges, could satisfy the existing load. Collapsed bridge was removed and in the
same location the new Bailey bridge of span L =
30.48 m was mounted. The new bridge was made
in structural analysis according to the regulations in
force in Bosnia and Herzegovina for the II category
bridges (regional), vehicle load W600.
From Table 4 under number 8 for the new span
of the bridge is read to require a combination of
TD – triple-truss double-story. At this location the
bridge with three rows and two floors with four
transverse beam in the field grid which is shown
in Figure 9.
93
Figure 9. The new bridge of the span L = 30.48
m on the regional road R467 in Podkamensko
5. Mechanism of conduct of axial load section
One of the basic assumptions of the theory of
linear structure is linear elastic behavior of the material. However, most of the material does not act
in accordance with the assumptions of linear theory. The behavior of materials is generally non-linear, which is necessary to know the nonlinear relationships stress and strain. Non-linear stress-strain
relations in the design of structures introduce material or physical nonlinearity. In the calculation
of material nonlinearity actual diagram of material
behavior approximateS computation diagram for
more simple calculation. Figure 10 shows the actual and approximated diagram of steel; behavior.
The simplest design of structures’ analysis according to plasticity theory is if the diagram of
material behavior is approximated as a bilinear
elastic and ideal plastic part. In the area before the
yield point, the material behaves as in the linear
theory (ε <abs). After the voltage of yield remains
constant and the deformation increases fracture
section. In the axial deformation of structural elements in the intersection of force at which performances give material can be calculated on the
basis of the expression:
F=
σ y ⋅ A ............................... (2)
y
where σy is the voltage at the yield point, A crosssectional area. The distribution of forces and strain
in axially tensioned element is shown in Figure 11.
94
Figure 10. a) actual diagram of steel behavior s;
b) approximated diagram of steel behavior as the
elastic-ideally plastic
Figure 11. a) axial toned element; b) force- displacement sectional element; c) Axial plastic hinge
Shifting on the borders of release is calculated as:
δy = εy ⋅ L =
σy
E
L=
Fy ⋅ L
EA
..................... (3)
The force required to element length L stretched
to the unit’s rigidity which follows from the expression (4) when δy is equal to one, in the form [7]:
k=
EA
L
.................................. (4)
After reaching powers the yield section (Figure
11b) in the element is formed plastic hinge in which
it appears force Fy (Figure 11.c) no matter what the
load increases. This calculation method is called the
method of plastic hinges. According to the method,
the plastic hinge analysis of structures is carried out
by first-order theory of plasticity. Advantages budget by plasticity theory are the following:
– Reasonable capacity of the structure;
– Cost-effective scaling;
– Knowledge of structural behavior at load limit;
– Ease budget.
Figure 12. The curves of buckling in plastic field [8]
When calculating according to the theory of
plasticity is necessary to find the stress level for
that structure remains stable kinematic free. This
means that for kinematic simply fixed systems after the occurrence of only one plastic hinge occurs
fracture of structures.
The force Fy will be constant in the εy <ε <εgr,
since within these limits is provided ductility section. After reaching the limit deformation εgr in
plastic joint is necessary to put that Fy = 0th Limit
strain is calculated using the formula:
ε gr =
δ gr
Lzgloba
............................... (5)
where δgr-border movement in the direction of
the axial hinge, L hinge ≈ (1/3) L -Length hinge
is approximately equal to one-third the length of
the rod. For Centrally pressed rods with calculated
forces of yield of materials it is necessary to take
into account the slenderness. In reference [8] are
given the various curves buckling elastic and plastic range which are plots of the critical buckling
stress, slimness shown in Figure 12.
In practice, the European buckling curves (Figure 13) resulting from many years of theoretical
and experimental research are used. These curves
buckling over dimensionless coefficient χ define
the resistance element buckling as a function of
the relative slenderness of the rod and the rod imperfections.
Figure 13. The curves of buckling [8]
When pressed structural elements force in the
intersection at which the performances give the
material can be calculated from the expression:
............................ (6)
The relative slenderness is calculated on the
basis of the expression:
λ=
λ .................................. (7)
λ1
where λ1 slenderness is at the border of yield
material forms:
Fy , p = σ y ⋅ A ⋅ χ
 E
λ1 = π 
σ
 y
1
2


.............................. (8)
95
6. Numerical Example
For Bailey bridge DD (double-truss doublestory) span L = 36,576 m do budget by plasticity
theory and make a comparison with the load under current regulations. In this example, the bridge
was analyzed with the same geometric and material characteristics as specified collapsed bridge.
For the purposes of the budget by the theory of
plasticity is used diagram of steel behavior shown
in Figure 14 [9]. Diagram is obtained by testing
samples of steel truss of the Bailey bridge.
From the diagram, behavior of materials, the
voltage value σy = 41.46 kN / cm2, the marginal
deformation εgr = 11.81% and secant modulus E
= 2,47x108 kN / m2.
Based on the voltage force σy the yield:
Tightening:
Cross section 100 2U (cord members):
=
Fy 41, 46 ⋅ 13,5=
⋅ 2 1119, 42kN
Cross-section and 80 (diagonal bars):
Fy = 41, 46 ⋅ 7,57 = 313,85kN
Cross section 100 2U (cord members),
χ = 0, 7949
λ = 0,681
buckling curve B:
Fy =−41, 46 ⋅ 13,5 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 0, 7949 =−889,83kN
Cross-section and 80 (diagonal bars),
χ = 0, 4300
buckling curve A0: λ = 1, 434
Fy =
−41, 46 ⋅ 7,57 ⋅ 0, 43 =
−134, 96kN
When the force of 1119.42 (-889.83) kN suffers from the axial plastic hinge in the band sticks
to the truss, while the power of 313, 85 (-134.96)
kN plastic hinge appears to fill members.
Load corresponding to regulations is:
– On the place of vehicles W 600:
FW600 = 1.11 * 600/4 = 166.50 kN
– on the other parts:
Fq = (1.11 * 5 * 2 + 3 * 1.69) * 1.44 = 23.28 kN
Figure 14. Diagram of behavior of materials [9]
Calculation of bridge span L = 36,576 m was
made by the theory of plasticity. The loads are reduced to act as concentric load on the main carrier
and gradually inflicted to the threshold. An analy-
Figure 15. Scheme of the load of the bridge [10]
Table 7. Results of calculation of a grid in Figure 15
96
sis of limit load in linear elements carrier in which
open plastic joints respectively.
The combination of DD grids for span L =
36.576 m bridge under current regulations do not
meet the limit state design and usability. The load
to which the analysis of the Fq = 18.00 kN and
FW600 = 156,78kN (Table 7), while the load corresponding regulations significantly higher of Fq
= 23.28 kN and FW600 = 166.50 kN.
7. Conclusion
Figure 16. Path of balance and order of formation of plastic hinges
Figure 17. a) The ratio of power-deformation of
the lower belt
Figure 18. a) The ratio of power-deformation of
the upper belt
Structural analysis and building of bridges is a
complex problem that requires some understanding of the broad subject matter of the construction,
building materials, hydraulic engineering, geotechnical engineering, construction technology,
organization and construction of roads. Bridges
are expected to be long life in a variety of settings
and effects of static and dynamic loads. Such complex objects is not easy to build because obstacles
to be overcomed are usually demanding. Use the
Bailey bridge structure is very easy to install onsite, and so for a short time overcomes obstacles.
Bailey bridges are mainly used as a temporary
structure for the transition of military materiel and
technical equipment in the military actions and the
reconstruction and repair of existing bridges, and
as permanent structures with certain modifications
and finishing construction.
In Bosnia and Herzegovina, many bridges were
destroyed and worn out because they were built
over decades. The useof Bailey bridges as temporary structures is justified. But since 1939, this
type of bridges were increased in traffic load, so
the structure necessary had adapt to today’s regulations for bridge construction.
In this paper, such an attempt has been made in
the allocation of a small administration referential
combination of various spans, as well as limitations in terms of passing over an obstacle. Load is
taken for Category II bridges because usually this
type of construction is used as temporary or permanent structures on the main and regional roads.
From the calculation results can be concluded
that the existing literature that describes Bailey
bridges is not adequate for the use of these bridges
in order to meet existing regulations that are stricter than the former regulations. Therefore, preliminary structural analysis of the useful load for the
various spans of bridge of simple transom, and in
97
Table 4 below shows the approximate combinations of a type of construction which is required
for bridging the specified span of the bridge.
In emergency situations in temporary structures
data in Table 4 can be used. For each concrete barrier and span, as in the case of permanent bridges
is necessary to make a detailed static-dynamic
analysis, local and global check of all components
of the bridge. For a concrete example of such a
shortened analysis is done, as well as the results
of such calculations. For justification of this approach to calculations of Bailey bridges is given
specific case of collapsing bridge under load. Be
sure that the bridge is not adequately dimensioned
to the actual load for a specified period tolerate
such a burden and that after more than fifteen
years collapsed, opening new questions about the
durability of these structures. The above calculation procedure of Bailey bridge is a contribution
towards harmonization of literature on this subject
with the applicable regulations and guidelines for
designers who will deal with this area.
References
1. Tehničar-Građevinski priručnik. Građevinska knjiga,
Beograd, 1978.
2. Pravilnik o tehničkim normativima za određivanje
veličine opterećenja mostova. Službeni list SFRJ broj
001/91, Beograd, 1991.
3. Batstone S. Pool’s Island Bailey Bridge, Faculty of
Engineering and Applied Science, Memorial University, St. John’s, Canada March, 2013; 2-4.
4. Zuk W. Kinetic Bridges. Virginija Highway and Transportation Research Council, Charlottesville USA,
1980; 982-985.
5. Bridge B. Headquarters department of the Army,
Vashington DC, 1986.
6. Radić J, Mandić A, Puž G. Konstruiranje mostova.
Građevinski fakultet Zagreb, Zagreb, 2005.
7. Đurić M. Statika konstrukcija. Građevinska knjiga,
Beograd, 1999.
8. Buđevac D. Metalne konstrukcije. Građevinski fakultet, Beograd, 1999.
9. Lončarić D. Elaborat o ispitivanju čeličnog materijala za most Bailey. Građevinski fakultet, Sarajevo,
2011.
10. http://www.radimpex.co.yu: „Tower 6“.
Besim Demirovic,
University of Tuzla,
Faculty of Mining,
Geology and Civil Engineering,
Tuzla,
98
Postural Quality Analyzes for Children Recorded
in Kinematic 2D and 3D Contemplas Method
Sinisa Kovac¹, Safet Kapo¹, Haris Alic¹, Gordana Manic2
¹ University of Sarajevo, Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina,
² University of Sarajevo, Faculty of Health Science, Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina.
Abstract
The aim of the study was to analyze testing
results of posture status recorded with different
kinematic methods and with different assessment
methods to create a matrix. Posture status of respondents, for both methods, is estimated for the
same group of children, aged 5-11 years, during
the IPA “SpineLab” project implementation granted by the European Commission.
The samples of 12 variables are 2D – one camera view for frontal and sagittal position, calculates
higher mean values for variables: legs frontal 2.88
/ 3D =1.51, Lorenz’s triangle asymmetry 1,85 / 3D
= -1.49 and shoulders displacements 1,83 / 3D =
-0.79 as well as spine frontal view for girls 1,93 /
3D = -0.45 (all negative score value). 2D method
is used like controlling variables set in research.
The samples of 17 variables are the main
method in research with ‘’Contemplas 3D posture
compact’’ variables recorded by following a precise protocol. According to the deviation result in
correlation to vertical zero line, an displacement
of the mean values for most variables is noticeable, which is making the situation in a researched
groups worse, except for the thoracic part of the
spine in sagittal plane, which according to the
physiological curve in this part indicates that
from the fifth to the eleventh year of age, number
of children with kyphotic deviation is more than
50%. In addition to the status of the spine there is
a very common in the shape deviation of legs in
correlation to the zero line value, which is a noticeable bad result in children with compromised
leg angle, thigh and lower part of leg with a noticeable incline towards valgus position, as well as
the knee joint hyperextension.
Key words: Posture screening, Body deformities, Human pose estimation
Introduction
Contemporary civilisation is characterised by
a specific lifestyle. From ecological and kinesiological perspective, living in cities is not a favourable circumstance. It is a generally known fact
that young people still at an early adolescent age
start accepting contemporary lifestyle imposed
upon them. Contemporary life styles result in
an increase of irregular body posture in children
and youth. The problem of today is hypokinesia
(decreased bodily movement) which leads to unbalanced development of certain muscle groups
[1]. Deformities and the present illnesses- overweight and nervous tension are frequent occurrence among the children and youth, who use their
free time for the activities which require little or
no muscular effort [2]. Computerisation and the
growing impact of internet have taken their toll on
the health status of every individual. Childhood
and adolescence has been recognised as the critical age for adopting and maintaining the habits of
performing physical exercise [3].
Present generations live their lives in a virtual
world which affects their health (mental and physical) negatively. Imagination and Virtual Reality is
formulated so as to respond to the needs of mass
application, it decreases the possibilities of personal creativity and separates an individual from
real life and personal initiative by developing unified mentality stereotypes [4].
Posture is a descriptive term for the relative
position of the body segments during rest or activity. The maintenance of good posture is a compromise between minimizing the load on the
spine and minimizing the muscle work required
[5]. Muscles of the leg, pelvis, abdomen and back
along with bones, ankles and ligaments participate
in maintaining proper posture. If the muscles are
strong enough to overcome Earth’s gravitational
force than the body will remain in the upright posi99
tion, however if the muscles are not strong enough
one would experience fatigue and the body would
relax. In regards to the aforementioned, positive
impact of any physical activity along with other
healthy life habits, first and foremost adequate nutrition should be promoted through the physical
and health education classes in schools.
If one wants to significantly affect the anthropological dimensions of younger school-aged
children it is necessary to select physical exercising modes characterised as general, and their application should run with optimum intensity [6].
The results of annual medical examinations indicate the unsatisfactory status, especially regarding the data attesting to the status of feet, spine,
frequent bad posture and increasing percentage
of overweight children. At the same time, expert
analysis and the results of numerous numbers of
research papers demonstrate growing preferences
in children practicing sedentary way of life and
lacking the habit of performing regular physical
exercise. Skeletal system in this age, especially
spine and feet demand special attention during education: straightening of the spine, insufficiently
developed musculature, irregular sitting position
in school benches, easily lead to premature deformations which should be treated on time [7, 8].
Human upright position is conditioned by
maintaining constant balance between paravertebal muscles and gravity’s centripetal force. This
game in maintaining the upright position during
the human evolution has contributed to the following physiological characteristics: lordosis of
the cervical and lumbar region of the spine and
kyphosis in thoracic spine section. If these curvatures appear within physiological norms, they
are considered regular feature, however if their
increase or decrease is noticed, that is regarded to
be abnormal [9]. Postural deformities are frequent
in children and adolescents. In preschool and early
school-aged children functional postural disorders
are most common, while in adolescent age structural deformities of spinal column are a characteristic feature [10, 11]. The influence of internal
and external factors the musculoskeletal system
of children in development is susceptible to deformities. The most common deformities during
children’s development are: kyphosis, scoliosis,
lordosis, protuberant and sunken chest, flat feet,
100
winged scapula, “x“ (genua valga) and “o“ (genua
vara) legs.
During one’s lifetime there are three significant stages when different samples may lead to
posture deformities: Pre-school stage – during the
first year a child gradually takes the upright posture and forms physiological spinal curves. If this
phase occurs earlier, postural deformity might occur. School stage – starting school a child undergoes great changes, spending a lot of time sitting,
carrying heavy school bags may lead to posture
deformities. Some of the factors which can contribute to postural disorders are: school bag which
weights more than 10 % of child’s body weight,
carrying school bags over one shoulder, irregularly placed schools bag, etc.
Connection between growth and progression of
the spinal curve is the most common starting point
when describing the occurrence and development
of spinal abnormality. Between the ages of 5 and
10 when the growth slows down there is a less
occurrence of postural problems, but when they
enter the puberty stage, a rapid deterioration of
existing postural characteristics is to be expected,
along with the detection of new cases. Therefore,
it is very important to detect postural problems
and keep them under control in early years [12].
The aim of this work is to compare different
posture status, recorded for 3D analysis, in regards
to a relatively heterogeneous group of children
with trend projection of physical deformities development between the ages of five and twelve.
Methods
Sample
Sample consisted of children from 5 to 11 years
of age selected from kindergartens and primary
schools located in Sarajevo Canton. The sample
group comprised of n=480 boys and girls, recorded for 2D and 3D kinematic analyzes.
Variable sample
First group of variables used for the purposes of
this research provide main information regarding
the posture status, Contemplas 3D posture compact
mode. Variable sample consists of 17 variables acquired by ‘’3D posture compact’’ testing protocol.
The parameters indicate possible offsets from the
zero posture value for all three levels, in which case
the deviations of the neutral axis are expressed in
centimetres and degrees. Higher values of provided
displacements, whether negative or positive, represent the higher level of deformities in subjects.
3D Variables description:
Variable expressed in centimetres indicates elevation/depression of the left/right frontal plane.
Results with the positive values are in regard to the right shoulder elevation, while the negative
values indicate a left shoulder elevation.
Variable expressed in centimetres displays elevated/lowered left/right pelvic side in frontal plane.
Pelvic obliquity Results with positive values indicate the elevation of right pelvic side, and results with negative
value indicate the elevation of left pelvic side.
Shoulder
displacement
Shoulder
rotation
Pelvic rotation
Trochanter
rotation
Condylus
rotation
Malleolus
rotation*
Sag. Distance
cervical spine –
sacrum*
Sag. Distance
thoracic spine –
sacrum*
Sag. Distance
lumbar spine –
sacrum*
Varus/Valgus
left
Varus/Valgus
right
Flexion/
Extension left
Variable expressed in degrees indicates the rotation in longitudinal axis (transversal plane) of the
left/right shoulder. If the results are positive it indicates a rotation of the upper body in which case
the right shoulder is placed forward, while negative results indicate a rotation of the upper body
in which case the left shoulder is placed forward.
Variable expressed in degrees indicates rotation in longitudinal axis (transversal plane) of the left/
right pelvic side. If the results are positive it indicates the rotation in which case the right side of
the pelvis is placed forward, while in negative results the rotation of the left side of the pelvis is
placed forward.
Variable expressed in degrees indicates rotation of the left/right tronchanter in longitudinal axis
(transversal plane). If the result is positive it indicates the rotation of the lower body in which
case the right side of pelvis is rotated towards front, while the negative results indicate the front
rotation of the left side of pelvis.
Variable expressed in degrees indicates the knee rotation in longitudinal axis (transversal plane).
If the results are positive, it indicates the front rotation of lateral condylus of the right leg, while
the negative results indicate the front rotation of the left lateral condylus.
Variable expressed in degrees indicates the rotation of the axis which runs through malleolus
of ankle joint. If the result is positive it indicates the front rotation of the lateral malleoulus of
the right foot, while the negative result indicates the opposite rotation. *All the results are 0
according to proper screening position at the calibrated space.
Variable expressed in centimetres indicates the distance of the most protruded cervical (neck)
vertebra in regards to the vertical line projection of the sacrum (bone at the bottom of the spine)
in the sagittal plane. Positive result indicates the increased flexion of the cervical spine, while the
negative results indicate the increased extension of the cervical spine.
Variable expressed in centimetres indicates the distance of the thoracic spine in regards to vertical
line projections of the sacrum (bone at the bottom of the spine) in sagittal plane. Positive results
indicate an increase of flexion in thoracic spine, while the negative results indicate an increase in
other extension of the thoracic spine .
*Higher values in the positive and negative offset do not apply for the variables “Sag. distance
cervical, thoracic, lumbar – sacrum”
Variable expressed in centimetres indicates the distance of the lumbar (lower) spine in regards to
the vertical line projection of sacrum (bone at the bottom of the spine) in sagittal plane. Positive
result indicates an increase in lumbar spine flexion, while negative results indicate increase in the
lumbar spine extension.
Variable expressed in degrees indicates the Varus-Valgus alignment angle of the left leg (medial/
lateral) at the knee joint.
Variable expressed in degrees indicates the Varus/Valgus alignment angle of the right leg (medial/
lateral) at the knee joint.
Variable expressed in degrees indicates the hyperextension and flexion of the left leg at the knee
joint (sagittal plane). Positive result indicates the left leg flexion, while negative result indicates
hyperextension of the left leg.
101
Variable expressed in degrees indicates the hyperextension or the flexion of the right leg at knee
Flexion/
joint (sagittal plane). Positive result indicates the right leg flexion, while the negative result
Extension right
indicates the hyperextension of the right leg.
Variable expressed in centimetres indicates the distance of the cervical spine in frontal plane in
Frontal
relation to the vertical line projection of the sacrum. If the result is positive it indicates the right
Cervical spine
displacement of the cervical spine, and the negative result indicates the left side displacement.
Variable expressed in centimetres indicates the distance of the thoracic spine in frontal plane in
Frontal
relations to vertical line projection of the sacrum. If the result is positive it indicates the right
Thoracic spine
displacement of the thoracic spine, while the negative result indicates the left side displacement.
Variable expressed in centimetres indicates the distance of the lumbar spine in frontal
Frontal Lumbar plane in relation to vertical line projection of sacrum. If the result is positive it indicates the
spine
right displacement of the lumbar spine, but if the result is negative it indicates the left side
displacement.
Second part of variables used for the purposes
of this research provides secondary information
regarding the posture status is 2D – one camera
view variables for frontal and sagittal position.
Posture status is estimated by modified method of
lattice projection with 2D snapshots (one camera)
and valorisation according modified Wolanski
method graded form 1 to 5 negative score, measured displacements from “ideal” posture.
Body posture constitutes a motor habit that is
typical for an individual. For that reason, it is difficult to specify only one pattern of body posture, especially if it is change through ontogeny. Researchers are still looking for a pattern of correct body
posture, and the first typologies were introduced
at the end of the 19th century [13]. At present, the
size of physiological spinal curvatures, as well as
abnormalities along the cephalocaudal axis, can
be assessed by means of visual inspection, used as
Wolanski method and improved by use of camera
and added horizontal and vertical lines on screen.
Testing protocol is modified for mobile laboratory
assembled in those primary schools and kindergartens whose children were tested.
2D variables are:
– Head – one estimation by two views;
– Shoulders – one estimation by two views;
– Scapulas – one estimation by two views;
– Stomach – one estimation by two views;
– Chests – one estimation by two views;
– Spine frontal – one estimation by one view;
– Spine sagittal – one estimation by one view;
– Lorenz’s triangle asymmetry – one
estimation by one view;
– Hips – one estimation by one view;
102
– Spine frontal in bend position – one
estimation by one view;
– Legs frontal view – one estimation by one
view;
– Foot status – estimation by foot print.
Testing protocol for 3D Contemplas compact
mode
Mobile laboratory was assembled in those primary schools and kindergartens whose children
were tested. In regards to the testing protocol the
Contemplas testing equipment required and ideally flat surface. After acquiring an adequate surface Contemplas testing instrument was position
on top of it and fixed to the surface so as to avoid
displacement during children positioning and to
avoid additional space calibration.
3D calibrator was placed on the surface with
fluorescent markers attached to it. 3D Calibrator
must be exactly placed in the centre of the measuring board (figure 1) and its upper and lower beams
along with the vertical beam must be ideally
aligned and levelled by the spirit level. The next
step is to position a “V” frame supporting three
cameras enabling 3D analysis. The camera’s distance from the centre of the measuring board must
be at least 2 metres and 15 centimetres (figure 2).
Next is the preparation and placement of fluorescent spherical markers (3D) and point markers
(2D) on the subjects. Markers are placed on specific points of the subject’s body which only need to
wear their underwear. Considering that this testing
protocol was the one specified by the „3D Posture
Compact“, it was necessary to apply 14 markers
for each subject (figure 3).
(lordosis), crista iliaca posterior superior (left and
right), sacrum, trochanter major (left and right),
condylus laterallis (left and right), malleolus laterallis (left and right). The subject is placed on the
measurement board so as to have his/her back to
the cameras, with feet placed parallel and in hip
width apart, where the axis along the centre of the
malleoulus must be paralleled with the horizontal
line at the measuring board (frontal plane). One
can emphasise that the removal of ambiguous 3D
poses related to a single image is the main focus
of posture analyses [14]. The process of assembly and testing instrument calibration is repeated
every time the location is changed, specifically
with each new schools and kindergarten where the
testing is to take place.
Figure 1. Calibration frame
Figure 3. „V“ Camera Frame
Data analysis method
Figure 2. Screening surface
The following represent the body points of
marker placement: acromion (left and right), cervical spine, thoracic spine (kyphosis), lumbar spine
Results were processed in „SPSS 22“ software
package. Descriptive indicators were calculated
for the separated groups 2D boys and 2D girls as
well as 3D boys and 3D girls. In order to determine the difference of each variable for the observed children groups, ANOVA test was applied,
103
according the different methods in posture screening. At the final was calculated a mean value for
all 480 kids in 2D as well as 3D screening, so the
results can be compared.
Results
Each group is assigned with an individual mean
value of results. The parameters indicate a posture
image offset from zero value for which purposes
the horizontal, vertical and rotational offsets represented in centimetres were valorised and illustrated in degrees as offsets from the neutral axes
in the observed plane. Considering frontal plane
only, analysis reveals no differences between
groups but ‘3D deformity’. On the contrary, transversal plane analysis, which combines sagittal and
frontal information, delivers more relevant information than only an analysis of sagittal plane [15].
Higher negative and positive offset values assume
a higher degree of deformities in subjects given by
2D and 3D screening. The samples of 12 variables
are 2D – one camera view for frontal and sagittal position, calculates higher mean values for variables:
legs frontal 2.88 / 3D =1.51, Lorenz’s triangle asymmetry 1,85 / 3D = -1.49 and shoulders displacements
1,83 / 3D = -0.79 as well as spine frontal view for
girls 1,93 / 3D = -0.45 (all negative score value).
The sagittal values are conditioned by the physiological curves of the cervical, thoracic and lumbar
spine in regards to the distance from the most protruded part of the sacrum. Results for this posture
are observed separately along with the designated
criteria attesting to the spinal status in sagittal plane.
According to the statistical result analysis, a status of
physical deformities facts was projected for children
between the ages of five and eleven. Concerning the
identifiable indicators „0“ vertical line offsets for all
segments are in regards to the frontal plane.
Discussion
Analyses of offsets and rotations which are expressed in centimetres for offsets and degrees for
rotations, did not reveal high degree result if compared to the physical height of the subjects. In the
screening records all the segments include offsets,
indicating that all the kids have offsets in relation
to the proper posture status.
104
Entire research was conducted focusing on the
spinal column and leg status of the subjects, for that
reason the results emphasize the frontal and sagittal perception of the spine. If we follow the increase
trend of zero vertical offset, the increase of mean
values is noticeable for all the variables, apart from
sagittal perspective of the thoracic spine, which according to physiological curve in that spinal section
indicates that the number of children with kyphotic
offset between the ages of five and eleven is more
than 50%. The Scoliosis Research Society has recommended annual screening of all children age
10–14 years; the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons has recommended screening girls at
the ages of 11 and 13 years and boys age 13 or 14;
and the American Academy of Paediatrics has recommended routine screening at ages 10, 12, 14, and
16 years. The Bright Futures guidelines recommend
noting the presence of scoliosis during the physical
examination of adolescents and children who are at
least 8-years-old [16]. This research was conducted
with children of younger age (5 – 11 years) since in
their case it is possible to greatly affect the postural
status corrections. The calculated trend projection
of postural deformities development increases as
the subjects are older, regardless of the growth of
negative or positive offset values in regards to zero
values. The analysis results regarding the scoliosis
of the spinal column are particularly important. Scoliosis is a complex three-dimensional (3D) deformation of the spine and rib cage that produces cosmetic
asymmetries of the trunk, which represent the main
complaints of patients [17]. Apart from the spinal
column status, there is a significant offset increase
in regards to zero value of leg shape, with an big
number of subjects with a disturbed relationship
angle between upper leg and lower leg, in which
case there is an incline towards the valgus position,
as well as hyperextension in the knee joint. Children
with such diagnosis have potential difficulties when
walking and that segment is very important for the
overall postural analysis. Scoliosis patients and patients with valgus legs deformities showed significant but slight modifications in gait, even in cases
of mild scoliosis. With the naked eye, one could not
see any difference from controls, but with powerful
gait analysis technology, the pelvic frontal motion
(right–left tilting) was reduced, as was the motion in
the hips and shoulder. [18].
Once the matrix consisting of all research data
was created, it became evident that the applied
testing protocol consisting of computer outputs if
reversed for the purposes of explaining someone’s
posture status excluding specific physical deformities by data valorisation, would not produce a
precise insight in all the deformities from the sagittal perspective. For that reason 3D result outputs
consisting of rotations and offsets were discussed
along with necessary insight into the posture result
imagery, clustered as numerical data. That is the
reason for rescreening using 2D protocol in exact
calibrated space with different data valorisation.
Conclusion
It is evident that the result projection of body
deformities status is significant for the parameters
of the spinal column results in relations to scoliosis, kyphosis and lordosis with a big number in
offset from the “proper” posture for children 5-11
years of age. In addition, such score was recorded
for the angle status of upper leg in relation to the
lower leg, reflecting in big number of children
with “x” legs. When a child /parents, starts attending first to fifth grade primary school his/her posture status can become a bad posture status.
Therefore, the scientific contribution of the research conducted in Sarajevo schools and kindergartens made possible due to European Commission
funding, is reflected in the possibility of clear and
concise physical deformity valorisation, assisted by
modern kinematic 2D and 3D procedures with the
purpose of designing the total results matrix indicating the postural status of the assigned population.
The possibility of future predicting the deformity
occurrence trend, represent the baseline for gaining
direct benefits in a form of potential, individual programmes for treating or decreasing registered physical deformities. Application of technological solution for assessing the posture status (“Contemplas
3D posture compact“ and ”Modified Wolanski 2D
screening”), for examines is extremely adequate for
obtaining the individual analysis results which will
serve as a baseline for planning and programming
corrective procedures for the purpose of treating and
decreasing physical deformities. More data is offered by 3D screening and more precise is measuring in one plane of recording at the time.
Reference
1. Paušić J. Konstrukcija i vrednovanje mjernih postupaka za procjenu tjelesnog držanja u dječaka od 10
do 13 godina. Doktorska disertacija, Kineziološki
fakultet Sveučilišta u Zagrebu. (Construction and
Value Determination of Measurement Procedures in
Regards to Postural Status Assessment in Boys from
10 to 13 Years of Age. Doctor Dissertation, Faculty
of Kinesiology, University of Zagreb.) 2007.
2. Prskalo I, Barić A, Badrić M. Kineziološki sadržaji
i slobodno vrijeme mladih, U: Andrijašević M. (ur.):
Kineziološki sadržaji i društveni život mladih, Zagreb, Kineziološki fakultet Sveučilišta u Zagrebu;
(Kinesiology Content and Youth Free Time, Faculty
of Kinesiology, University of Zagreb), 2010; 65-71.
3. Andrijašević M. Upravljanje slobodnim vremenom
sadržajima sporta i rekreacije, Upravljanje slobodnim vremenom, sadržajima sporta i rekreacije /
Andrijašević, M., (ur.). Zagreb: Kineziološki fakultet
Sveučilišta u Zagrebu. (Leisure Time Management
with Sport and Recreational Content, Zagreb: Faculty of Kinesiology, University of Zagreb), 2009; 3-15.
4. Standring S. Gray ́ s Anatomy-The Anatomical Basis
of Clinical Practice. Elsevier Churchill Livingstone.
U.K. 2005.
5. Aleksić D. Efekti primene gimnastičkih sadržaja u
nastavi fizičkog vaspitanja na transformaciju nekih
antropoloških sposobnosti i karakteristika kod
učenica mlađeg školskog uzrasta, Gazette of Anthropological society of Serbia.
6. (The Effects of Gymnastic Teaching Content Application in the Physical Education Class on Transformation of Certain Anthropological Abilities and Characteristics in Younger Female Students), 2010.
7. Ilić D, Drašković V, Eminović F, Višnjić S. Uticaj
sportske edukacije u formiranju posturalnog statusa dece mlađeg školskog uzrasta. Tuzla: Zbornik
naučnih i stručnih radova „Sport i zdravlje“. (Effect of Sport Education Classes in the Formation of
Postural Status of Younger- School-Aged Children.
Tuzla: Collection of Scientific Papers), 2009.
8. Bogdanović Z, Milenković S. Prisustvo lošeg držanja
tela kod mlađeg školskog uzrasta u zavisnosti od nivoa
informisanosti o načinu sedenja. Glasnik Antropološkog
društva Srbije. (Presence of Bad Posture in YoungSchool-Age Children Depending on Level of Information in Regards to Sitting Position, Gazette of Anthropological society of Serbia), 2008; 43: 365-367.
9. Gajić D. Kineziterapija kod deformiteta kičmenog
stuba. Specijalistički/diplomski rad, Fakultet zdravst105
vene njege Panevropskog univerziteta, Banja Luka.
(Kinesiotherapy in Spinal Column Deformities,
Specialist/final paper, Faculty of Health Care PanEuropean University, Banja Luka), 2009; 5.
10. Adar BZ. Risk Factors of Prolonged Sitting and Lack
of Physical Activity in Relate to Postural Deformities, Muscles Tension and Backache Among Israeli
Children. A clinical cross sectional research. Doctoral Thesis, Semmelweis University Budapest, 2004.
Sinisa Kovac,
Faculty of Sport and Physical Education,
Sarajevo,
11. Demeši Č. Antigravitaciona muskulatura kod posturalnog statusa dece uzrasta 7 i 13 godina. Magistarski rad, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad. (Antigravity Musculature in Postural Status of Children 7 and
13 Years of Age, Master paper, Faculty of Medicine
Novi Sad), 2007.
12. Kosinac Z, Banović I. Povezanost između nekih pokazatelja nepravilnoga tjelesnoga držanja i skolioze
u djece juvenilne dobi. Život i škola. (Correlation
between Certain Indicators of Irregular Body Posture and Scoliosis in Juvenile Age Children. Life
and School), 2007; 19: 9-10.
13. Wolański N. Biological Development of Men. Podstawy auksologii, gerontologii i promocji zdrowia.
PWN, ISBN 830114422X, Warszawa, Poland, 2005;
49-67.
14. Dihl L, Raupp Musse S. Recovering 3D human
pose based on biomechanical constraints, postures
comfort and image shading, Expert Systems with
Applications 41 6305–6314, 2014.
15. Steffen JS, Obeid I, Aurorer N, Hauger O, Vital JM,
Dubousset J, Skalli W. 3D postural balance with
regard to gravity line: an evaluation in the transversal plane on 93 patients and 23 asymptomatic
volunteers, Eur Spine J 19: 760–767, DOI 10.1007/
s00586-009-1249-5, 2010.
16. Seung-Woo S, Hitesh NM, Yang JH, Hong JY. Idiopathic scoliosis in Korean schoolchildren: a prospective screening study of over 1 million children,
Eur Spine J 0: 1087–1094 DOI 10.1007/s00586011-1695-8, 2011.
17. Gignac D, Aubin CÉ, Dansereau J, Labelle H.
Optimization method for 3D bracing correction of
scoliosis using a finite element model. Eur Spine J,
Springer-Verlag, 2000; 9: 185–190.
18. Mahaudens PX, Banse M, Mousny C, Detrembleur
C. Gait in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis: kinematics and electromyographic analysis, Eur Spine J
18:512–521DOI 10.1007/s00586-009-0899-7, 2009.
106
Investigation of original stone fragments used for
the construction of the Aladza Mosque in Foca
Nedjo Djuric1, Kristina Saric2, Dijana Djuric1
1
2
Technical Institute Bijeljina, Bijeljina, Bosnia and Herzegovina,
Faculty of Mining and Geology in Belgrade, Belgrade, Serbia.
Abstract
The Aladza Mosque in Foca was built in the
middle of the sixteenth century and it was destroyed
during the war in Bosnia and Herzegovina. Considering that it is a monument protected by the state
and included in the World Heritage by UNESCO,
it is necessary to carry out its rehabilitation. It is
essential to construct this religious building of the
same materials, dimensions and exterior form.
With the destruction of the object in its entirety, there has been damage to some original stone
fragments that the mosque was built of. Therefore,
it is necessary to provide new supplies of the stone
matching the original.
For the purpose of examining new borrow pits
of the stone, it was necessary to determine mineralogical-petrological and geomechanical properties of the original fragments. All stone types built
in the former Aladza Mosque were examined thus
providing the guidelines for the investigation of
new borrow pits.
Key words: the Aladza Mosque, original stone
fragments, mineralogical – petrological analyses
1. Introduction
The Aladza Mosque in Foca was built in the
middle of the sixteenth century and belongs to the
category of objects of cultural heritage of Bosnia
and Herzegovina. The mosque has been included in
the World
Heritage List by UNESCO. It is characte-rized
by an Ottoman style of the construction that was later reflected in building of new mosques. It was built
of materials resistant to the passage of time, and a
manner of the construction and settings of the structure are interesting even for contemporary builders.
During the war in Bosnia and Herzegovina this
religion building was demolished whereby a part
of its construction material was damaged, part
missing and the most of it remained close to the
object.
Initiation of the activities on rehabilitation of
the Aladza Mosque required the assessment of an
actual situation in the field. The object was built
of several types of rocks applying specific methods for foundation and construction. Within preparatory works, a listing of all types of original
fragments of stones located near the mosque was
made. It was followed by a conclusion that a certain part of material needed for the construction of
the object in its previous form, was missing.
In order to be able to search for borrow pits in
immediate vicinity, all types of stones built in the
Aladza Mosque [1, 2] were tested.
Mineralogical-petrological and geomechanical properties were determined, which presented
a basis for exploration of new stone deposits.
2. Review of original fragments – stones at
the site of the mosque
The presence of original fragments of the structure elements provided the opportunity to overview
their characteristics starting from mineralogical-petrographic to physical-mechanical properties.
Six (6) original samples were selected from
typical structural elements for the purpose of laboratory examination of mineralogical-petrographic
to physical-mechanical properties, Table 1. The
appearance of samples is given in Figure 1.
Samples were transported to the laboratory of
the Technical Institute Bijeljina for determination of physical-mechanical properties. Part of the
original fragments samples was sent to the Faculty
of Mining and Geology in Belgrade for determination of mineralogical-petrographic properties.
107
Table 1. Sites where original samples were taken
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Sample
label
T–1
T–2
T–3
T–4
T–5
T–6
Structural element of
the building
Minaret
Wall
Wall
Foundation
Minaret
Corona
Figure 2. Appearance of the samples observed
macroscopically
Figure 1. Original samples taken from the site
Mineralogical – petrographic investiga-tions
included:
– Macroscopic examinations with the
use of magnifier, cold and diluted (1:3)
hydrochloric acid and photographing
– Microscopic examinations of petrographic
items prepared by using polarized
microscope for passed light, type Leica
DMLSP, with a digital camera Leica DC 300
and a software Leica IM 50, thus enabling
the image to be displayed on a monitor and
photographing of the samples too[3].
All samples were previously photographed,
and photos were taken also during the microscopic
examinations. Their appearance is shown in figures 2 and 3.
108
Figure 3. Appearance of the samples observed
microscopically
Macroscopic examination defined the external
appearance of each rock noticing the color, structure and texture, degree of homogeneity, the presence of porosity and reaction to HCl [4]. Microscopic examinations have more clearly defined
the presence of particular minerals, their crystalline form, the presence of porosity in a certain percentage as well as large pores, possible presence
of various oxides and hydroxides occurring in different colors [2]. Results of the examinations are
presented in Table 2.
Table 2. Results of laboratory testing of rock samples
Structural
Sample
element of the
label
building
1 T–1
minaret
2 T–2
wall
3 T–3
wall
No
4
T–4
foundation
5
6
T–5
T–6
minaret
corona
The name of the
rock
limestone
tufa
tufa
micriticorganogenic
limestone
micritic limestone
micritic limestone
Physical-mechanical examinations were carried out with the same samples, Figure 4.
Figure 4. Samples prepared for laboratory testing
Results of the examination of mineralogicalpetrographic and physical-mechanical properties
of rocks are presented in Table 3.
Based on the field investigation of samples and
laboratory testing of mineralogical, petrographical [5, 6], and physical-mechanical properties of
original fragments [7, 8], types of rocks used for
the mosque construction were determined.
Sample no. T – 1 – Minaret
It is an ocher-colored rock of crystalline structure and massive texture.
Macroscopically, the rock mass shows a large
degree of homogeneity and is made up of grains of
relatively uniform size. The structure of the rock
comprises calcite that expresses anisotropy and is
present in crystalline forms that are, by their size,
between the grains of micrite and sparite charac-
teristics. Aggregations of fine grains of iron hydroxides and oxides are noticed. Significant place
in the rock structure is taken by the porosity; pores
occupy up to 30%. According to the characteristics of the complex and mineral composition, investigated rock is limestone.
Sample no. T – 2 – The wall
It is a light-ocher-colored rock, of cryptocrystalline structure and porous texture. It is characterized by the presence of numerous caverns of irregular shapes and various dimensions. It is built
of aggregates of cryptocrystalline to microcrystalline calcite. Some of them are of tabular form with
a diameter up to 1 mm. Coarser crystals clearly
express pseudopolychroism and traces of two
cleavages. A clastic form in the shape of isolated
grains is rarely observed. Rock porosity is up to
45% and the size of pores fluctuates widely from
submillimeters dimensions to the cavities whose
length reaches 2-3 cm. Banded structure of calcite
aggregates can be noticed around individual cavities due to different grain sizes in some areas. Hydroxide and oxide membranes of iron often occur
on the edges of cavities. According to the characteristics of the complex and mineral composition,
the examined rock is tufa – travertine [9, 10].
Sample no. T – 3 – Wall
According to its macroscopic characteristics,
the sample is very similar to the sample no. T–2.
The rock is of light ochercolor, cryptocrystalline
structure and highly porous texture. It is built of
calcite and has more distinctive stripes wedging
Table 3. Mineralogical-petrographic and physical-mechanical properties of rocks
Sample Structural
label element
T–1
T–2
T–3
Mineralogicalpetrographic
provision
minaret
wall
wall
limestone
tufa-travertine
tufa-travertine
micriticorganogenic
T – 4 foundation
limestone
T–5
minaret
micritic limestone
T–6
corona
micritic limestone
Volumetric weight
Water
absorption
Uniaxial compressive
strength
with no
with
pores γv pores γs
uv
in dry state
σz
in watersaturated
conditionσz
kN/m3
27.77
17.80
17.10
kN/m3
29.20
20.05
20.01
%
5.02
15
17.10
kN/m2
54 777
5 095
5 095
kN/m2
43 949
3 821
3 821
34.10
34.15
0.19
80 254
76 430
25.10
28.20
26.10
29.60
7.57
4.97
30 573
42 675
28 025
39 490
109
out and coating the cavities than the sample T–2.
In accordance with the properties of the complex
and its mineral composition, the examined rock is
tufa-travertine.
Sample T – 4 – Foundation
The rock is grey, having crystalline structure
and massive texture. The composition comprises
micritic calcite components, fossil remains and
crystalline calcites. Cracks that extend in two directions are present, containing deposited coarsegrained calcite. The rock mass contain tiny brown
dolomite crystals of less than 0.1 mm in diameter,
then sections of different types of microorganisms
shells. Properties of this complex reveal that the
examined rock is micriticorganogenic limestone.
Sample no. T – 5 – Minaret
The rock is of grey-ochercolor, crystalline
structure and massive homogeneous texture, and
appears homogeneous in color and the size of ingredients. According to its microscopic properties
the rock resembles the sample T–1, it is built of
micritic calcite of uniform size and porosity. In accordance with the properties of the complex and
its mineral composition, the examined rock is a
micritic limestone.
Sample no. T – 6 – Corona
The sample highly resembles the sample no.
T–1. The rock is ocher, of crystalline structure and
massive texture, homogeneous with slightly observable elements of banded texture, cryptocrystalline structure and porous texture. The bas of the
rock is presented by micritic component with tiny
pores that are less common. Properties of the compound and its mineral composition show that the
examined rock is a micritic limestone.
For these type of rocks it was necessary to find
smaller deposits in immediate vicinity, in order to
build the object entirely of stones which had previously been used for its construction. Detailed
investigation of the field were performed in the
surrounding and a number of rock samples matching the original fragments were analysed. Considering that the quantity of rocks needed for the
completion of the construction of the mosque is
small, only samples approachable for the exploitation were analysed, namely the places where the
exploitation can be carried out without special
preparations. In order to provide the most original
fragments, additional investigation of rock characteristics will be performed during the exploitation
phase, that is the selection of certain parts of rocks
for the construction.
4. Conclusion
Investigation of original fragments – stones at
the location of destroyed Aladza Mosque in Foca
were carried out in order to determine their mineralogical – petrological and geomechanical properties. By these investigations, it was observed that
for the construction of previous object two types
of rocks were used. These are: tufa –travertine and
limestone of different varieties.
3. Discussion
For the construction of the Aladza Moscue, two
types of rocks were used:
– tufa – travertine,used for walls
– limestone varieties
○ micritic limestone, used for minaret and
corona
○ micriticorganogenic limestone, used for
the foundation.
110
References
1. Djuric N. Study on Geological and Geotechnical
Investigation of the Field for Rehabilitation of the
“Aladza Mosque“ in Foca. Bijeljina. Fund of Professional Documents, Technical Institute Bijeljina, 2010.
2. Cvetkovic V, Saric K. Report on Mineralogical and
Petrological Analyses of Rock Samples for Rehabilitation of the “Aladza Mosque” in Foca. Belgrade.
Faculty of Mining and Geology. Fund of Professional Documents, Technical Institute Bijeljina, 2010.
3. Leica DMLSP & DLMP. System Microscopes for
Palarisation Techniques in Transmitted and Incident
Light. www.leica.com
4. Grubic A, Obradovic J. Sedimentology. Belgrade.
Gradjevinska knjiga, 1975.
5. Dimitrijevic MD. Geological Mapping. Belgrade.
Students’ Publishing and Information Centre, 1978.
6. Hrvatovic H. Geological Mappping. Sarajevo. Graficar promet, 2009.
7. Djukic D. Geotechnical Classification for Surface
Works in Mining and Construction Industry. Tuzla.
Mining Institute, 2004.
8. Stevic M. Soil and Rocks Mechanics. Tuzla. Faculty
of Mining and Geology, 1999.
9. Trubelja F, Ristic P. Mineralogy. Sarajevo. Svetlost –
Institute for Textbooks and Teaching Aids, 1970.
10. Djuric N. Fundamentals of Geology and Engineering Geology. Subotica, Bijeljina. Faculty of Civil
Engineering, Technical Institute, 2009.
Nedjo Djuric,
Technical Institute Bijeljina,
Bijeljina,
111
Strikes and social problems as a consequence
of the applied model of the privatization of the
public companies in the Republic of Serbia
Mehmed Avdagic¹, Slobodan Devic, Desnica Radivojevic², Dzenan Golic, Maja Radic1
¹ Univerzitet „Union – Nikola Tesla“, Fakultet za poslovne studije i pravo, Belgrade, Serbia,
² Ministarstvo prostornog uređenja Federacije BiH, Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina.
Abstract
One of the most important moments of the total economic reforms in the Republic of Serbia is
based on the privatization process of the social
and state capital and assets. The main objectives
of the privatization as the major reform process
have been set as the targeted increase in the overall business efficiency and competitiveness of the
economy, as well as the harmonization of its structure to the world market condition.
Instead of the private property, as was clearly ungroundedly expected in the concrete case,
showing all of its references in the field of supposed benefits over the social and state capital
through the ownership transformation, in Serbia, it
resulted in the drastic reduction in production, the
shutting down of a large number of business entities, constantly rising unemployment, the culmination of the worker discontent expressed through
strikes and road blockades, the violation of the
basic rights of the employees, growing poverty,
which is just the opposite of the set objectives of
this entire transition process.
Objectively perceived, the complete failure of
the privatization in Serbia, among other things, is
reflected in a large number of terminations of the
sales contracts in order to abuse and disrespect the
assumed obligations; in the fact that the primary
goal of the investor – buyer in the privatization
was most commonly to obtain the ownership over
the construction land and buildings for their future
resale; in the shutting down of the mass production, even in those fields where it had the sustainable potential; in a great number of strikes in the
privatized enterprises; in the fact that the restructuring of business entities in the privatization process for the purpose of the obstruction of the processes lasts for unreasonably long time followed
112
by great abuse, which shows that the privatization
was not, nor it ever will be “a magic machine for
creating profit, driven by an invisible hand of the
market as its regulator”, and therefore there is
no doubt that the privatization will not lead to the
increase in efficiency of the existing companies,
because many of them “the rescuers” did not manage, nor they ever will, to rescue.
Therefore, the change in ownership or the ownership transformation has never been the precondition for it. It is just a nicely packed phrase that was
supposed to, and it did, seduce those who doubted
in the beautifully packed concept, which was only
supposed to enable the speculative capital and
speculators as its owners to provide an opportunity and unobstructed path to what they wanted,
and what they wanted was not the social prosperity and economic growth, but the assets and their
personal enrichment as the main goal of the neoliberal concept.
Key words: privatization, restructuring, social
and state companies, bankruptcy proceedings,
strikes and social problems, unemployment etc.
Introduction
One of the basic characteristic of the present
stage of the privatization process in the Republic of
Serbia is that it is only relatively successful, which
is primarily related to the observed period (from
2001 to 2011), because this privatization period
has not taken place in the negative conditions of
the war and sanctions, but in the period of the full
international support and according to the internationally accepted model and principles.
The private property in Serbia, instead of showing its advantage over the social and state property through the privatization, due to the manner
of its implementation, resulted in the decrease of
the production, shutting down of a large number
of the enterprises, rising unemployment, violation
of the fundamental rights of the employees and
increasing poverty, and all this against the objectives set in the process. [1]
The failure of the privatization in Serbia, among
other things, is reflected in a large number of the
termination of the sales contracts (until the mid
2011 26% of the total number with the tendency
to grow further); the fact that the goal of the buyer
in the privatization process was to obtain the ownership over the construction land and facilities for
the purpose of their future sale and use for the purposes that have nothing to do with the activities
of the privatized enterprise (rather than the further
development of the existing production); the fact
that the revenues of the state, more correctly, the
filling of the state budget was the primary objective of meeting the uncontrolled current spending
(rather than the overall economic development
and investment); the fact that the restructuring of
business entities in the privatization process takes
a long time and is done with great abuses; in the
existence of a great number of business entities
which, even after more attempts to privatize, did
not find the strategic investors and therefore have
entered the bankruptcy proceedings etc.
After a long period of a complete domination
of the social ownership, the privatization process
in Serbia was initiated by the adoption of the federal Law on Social Capital of SFR Yugoslavia in
1989. That process was then slowed down by adverse economic and financial conditions as well as
the unfavorable political and legal situation in the
country together with the institutional constraints.
There were numerous laws that relate to this
area as well as the concrete projects that were
guided according to the mentioned laws. The laws
have changed, allegedly for the best, but no major fundamental reconstruction of the domestic
economy and organizational and technological restructuring in the direction of health and efficient
market economy have been realized.
The Law on Privatization under which the privatization process is implemented in Serbia today
promotes the model according to which up to 70%
of the social capital is sold through public bidding
of the potential buyers (public tender) or through
the public auctions in accordance with the specific
terms and conditions of sale, and the rest is freely
shared among the employees and citizens. [2]
The process is designed in such a way that it secures the new majority owners of the social property making them by definition the ones who possess
the interest, knowledge and the capital to constantly
improve their business enterprises. In case there
are no interested buyers (due to the poor financial
situation and insolvency of the company, or a large
number of subsidiaries and employees) the enterprise shall be first restructured in the privatization
process (statutory, more correctly organizational
changes, will be carried out, the alignment of the
debtor – creditor relations will happen and so on),
and then it will be brought into a situation in which
it can be strategically privatized. [3]
One year after the current Law on Privatization
started to be implemented only 15 enterprises were
sold. That was the reason why already the next year,
2002, some corrections were carried out for the
purpose of speeding up the privatization, primarily
through the changes and amendments of the Regulation on the auction sale (3 times), then through
the changes and amendments of the Law itself (2
times), the amendments of the Regulation on tender
sale (3 times) and the adoption of the new regulations on the procedure and the method of restructuring process and the sale of the capital by using the
method of the public auction, as well as adjusting
other legislation (Law on Business organizations,
Law on Securities Market, Law on the Takeover
of Joint Stock Companies etc.). As the number of
privatized enterprises under the new law at one
point reached the enviable figure of over 2 000, the
public attention focused on the activities in them after the changes in the ownership. [4]
1. Strikes and social problems as a consequence of the applied model of the
privatization
Based on the data obtained from the Union of
Autonomous Trade Unions of Serbia, in strike or
protest in the Republic of Serbia, in August of 2009
were 49 enterprises which employ over 20, 000 employees. The reasons for strike are interconnected.
If the employees do not get their salaries, they are
not paid the contributions for the social insurance
as well. This situation, in most cases, is followed
113
by the bad implementation of the products on the
market, the lack of production, the bad privatization etc. As far the most common reason for strikes
is that the owners of the company do not pay salaries to their employees (36 companies, or 73% of
cases). The second place belongs to the bad privatization process, lack of the implementation of the
sales contracts (5 companies), and then comes the
failure to implement the legal rights of the employees in the social program (2 companies). The other
reasons are the unpaid taxes and contributions, the
issue of security and safety at work, the issue of
wages etc. (per 1 case of the listed companies).
In the early 2001, the Government of the Republic of Serbia has launched a comprehensive
reform program which was aimed at the restructuring the economy, the privatization of the enterprises, with the goal to increase the competitiveness and income opportunities of the economy.
In the privatization process, among other things,
there was a change of the structure of economy of
the Republic of Serbia.
As a result of the strikes, the bad privatization
and the bankruptcy in the real sector, there happened
significant layoffs. Only in the period from 2001 to
2008, the number of job opportunities decreased for
400 841 job positions. At the same time, the number
of job opportunities in the areas of insurance, pension
funds and other intermediary positions, real estate and
renting positions, administration and social security,
education, community, social and personal services
increased. In these services the number of employees
has increased by 82 567. If we correlate 1 999 476
employees in 2008 to 2 101 668 employees in 2001,
we see that the decrease of job opportunities is 102
192 which is 4,9%, and that is a relatively acceptable
price of the restructuring and transition. However, the
analyses show that the real sector is practically missing 400 000 employees and that the Republic of Serbia has become considerably de-industrialized. On
the other hand, all of the fired employees, due to the
restrictive policies of the employers on the admission
of the employees, their age, qualifications and other
factors, in most cases are not able to find a new job.
The percentage of the unemployed of persons
aged 55 to 64 years, was 7,4% in 2008, while in
2009 it increased to 9,1%. When it comes to persons aged 45 to 55 years, the percentage of unemployed rose from 19,6% in 2008, to 20,9% in
114
2009 and 2010”, while the ungrounded economy,
according to the official statistics hires 18,2% of
the working – age population, and according to
the estimates this informal economy accounts for
35% of GDP.1
The metal industry of Serbia has lost 90 000
of its employees. The textile industry has more
than halved the number of employees and has remained without more than 66 000 of employees,
while the agricultural industry has lost a third of
its staff (over 62 000 of employees), even though
the agriculture together with tourism and transport
should be one of the main sectors of development.
Some of the reduction of the number of employees
in the certain industries and sectors may be justified to some extent by the fact that it had led to an
increase of the competitiveness of our economy
in the world market, i.e. that we have achieved a
wider range of goods and services that we offer in
a particular class of the market quality, or by the
price competitiveness.
In the textile industry, “Sintelon” (which was
privatized before 2001 by insider model together
with a couple of other companies) is competitive.
The textile industry is practically decimated, with
the exception of a few examples which are on the
edge of poverty.
Numerous enterprises which had a brand in the
food industry no longer exist in their production
capacities. In contrast, 221 000 people are employed as entrepreneurs in their stores. However,
the range of their services and products simply
cannot offer a high-quality and a stable export
potential considering the fact that they are not related to the structure of a strong industry. Amongst
the activities which are represented the most with
the private entrepreneurs, trade with small shops
and services of repair and maintenance dominates
(45%), then comes the private catering industry (11%), the production of food and beverages
(7,4%), the construction industry (9,5%), activities related to renting and brokerage of the real estate (5,6%) etc. Thus, the majority of services that
are offered through these activities are on the local level, intended for the narrow local market and
they do not represent any expansion potential that
1 This is a fairly high share of the ungrounded economy in
GDP when compared to any other EU country.
can balance the negative balance of foreign exchange, nor can it compensate for the import and
export performances and the dynamic increase of
the declining GDP.
Revenues generated from the privatization are
spent within the public sector, as illustrated by
the fact that the administration has grown disproportionately as compared to the other sectors, although each consecutive government shows new
data about alleged reduction of the number of employees in the public administration, while the actual situation is exactly the opposite.
The development which is primarily composed
to rest on the services sector, in the particular constellation of factors, can be the solution for Belgrade,
Novi Sad or some other area that possesses the potential for highly educated and professional staff,
technological resources etc., but for the most part of
Serbia that is not the solution because the process
of the constant deindustrialization has affected the
areas of Serbia which are out of the listed cities.
Despite some methodological difficulties to accurately determine the change of the number of
employees by regions in terms of consequences
of the implementation of the privatization process
(because the State Institute of Statistics and Informatics conducted the amendments of the covered
set of employees in the period between 2000 and
2003), it is certain that, when it comes to layoffs,
the most affected areas are the area of the Bor district – Bor, Kladovo, Majdanpek, Negotin, where
the number of employees in the enterprises, institutions and other organizations decreased by 37,6%;
the Toplica region – Blace, Žitorađa, Kuršumlija,
Prokuplje, where the number of employees in the
enterprises, institutions and other organizations
decreased by 35,9%; Jablanica district – Bojnik,
Vlasotnice, Lebane, Leskovac, Medveđa, Crna
Trava, where the number of employees in the enterprises, institutions and other organizations decreases by 34,3%; Zaječar district – Boljevac, Zaječar,
Knjaževac, Soko Banja, where the number of employees in the enterprises, institutions and other organizations decreased by 32,2%.
This caused the regression of once serious
industrial tradition and caused the production to
be replaced with crafts and petty trade, as well
as providing maintenance services, so that such
an economic structure is not able to be a strong
lever of economic development, to substitute import and achieve positive export and balance payments. Thus it caused unemployment, in addition
to strikes, to become one of the greatest economic
and social challenges Serbia is facing nowadays.
In the existing conditions the unemployment is
significantly contributed by the state which carries
out mass releases of highly educated employees
in the state administration under the pretext that
that is the requirement of the IMF, or that that is
the product of the global economic crisis, while at
the same time it employs members of parties and
politically suitable people in the same positions.
The mere fact that the Decision on the maximum number of employees in the public administration has been alternated and amended 20 times
in the period of one year [5], each time moving the
number upwards without it being presented to the
public, clearly shows the attitude of the government towards the citizens and their irresponsible
behavior in the given situation. However, the fact
that the IMF did not warn the government, even
though it was the IMF’s demand to do so as an excuse for savings and reduction of the state administration, clearly shows that the real reason for the
above mentioned actions of the government lies
elsewhere. This situation still favors only the brain
drain and the trend that a large number of highly
qualified staff continuously leaves the country and
offer and realize their potential in some other countries, so this is some kind of a conscious professional depopulation, because of which we are according
to the WEF at the 4th place in the world [6].
The unemployment rate higher than the national average has been recorded in Toplica and Jablanica districts, then come Pčinjski, Mačvanski,
Srednje – banatski, Nišavski, Sremski, Pirotski
and Zapadno – bački districts, which is a consequence of the privatization and the persistent
strikes and confrontations of the new owners and
the employees in the privatized enterprises.
In 2007, the relationship between the most and
the least developed districts in Serbia, according
to the actual employment rates was 4:1. Form the
aspect of unemployment – the districts in southern
Serbia are five times more at a disadvantage (according to the unemployment rate) as compared to
the northern districts [7]. There are no official data
for Kosovo, Peča, Prizren, Kosovsko – Mitrovički
115
and Kosovsko – Pomoravski district, where, according to unofficial data one can reach, the unemployment rate is around or over 80%.
Of the total number of districts on the territory of the Republic of Serbia (without Kosovo
and Metohija), in 22 administrative districts, the
unemployment rate is from 25% to 50,8%, while
only in two administrative districts out of 25, the
unemployment rate is 20,2% and 14%.2
2. The politicization of the poor results of
the privatization (false presenting of the
effects of the privatization for the sake of
political success)
Simply put, nowadays even the employees in
the privatization subjects perceive the privatization as something they cannot see their benefit in,
but they feel they are losing and this syndrome is
slowly and inhumanely transferred to the state administration, which, instead of being defined as a
professional and expert entity, is defined by party
affiliations at all levels of working places, starting from the unskilled workers all the way to the
management.
This ensures that the people who implement
the privatization need to ask themselves what the
perception of this process is, not only by the IMF
and the World Bank or some other international
organization, but also by the citizens, employees,
voters – if they are not guaranteed their legitimate
interests, such as the right to work, family and offspring.
This poses the question of uncertainty and
risk of where this political process will lead Serbia in the near and distant future. Despite all this,
as well as the objections of some analysts that so
far the privatization has served only for filling the
state budget for consumption, that there are many
irregularities in the implementation of the privatization processes and that there are no adequate
mechanisms of its control, it would be wrong to
“demolish everything that was done and start from
2 The analysis of the overall unemployment rate by districts
and municipalities clearly shows that the unemployment
has rapidly grown in the municipalities that had a greater
number of companies, and thus more privatizations
which were in the meantime completely unsuccessfully
or moderately unsuccessfully implemented!
116
the beginning”. The effort should be devoted to
the correction of the fundamental errors and further affirmation of the elements necessary for the
creation of the efficient market economy.
The problem is that this type of the privatization
is presented as successful and of a good quality, so it
is logical to raise the question: Why somebody does
not explain the paradox of presenting our privatization as successful to such an extent that the
world admires us, while its results are surprising?
The presented results can point to the urgent
need to understand the importance of a quality implementation of the privatization process and the
necessity of timely and active involvement of all
social partners, including trade unions, so that the
Republic of Serbia does not enter deeper into the
vortex of a non – refundable process. The privatization model that is being implemented in Serbia
has long been on the spotlight of experts. In scientific circles the disadvantages of this privatization process have been described and the possible
solutions have been offered, but not in life nor in
politics there are consequences of such explanations. The privatization is thus carried out consistently, faster or slower, but with the consequences
which look like the result of the deliberate strategy
for the destruction of the Serbian economy and
society. “The privatization in Serbia was carried
out in such a way that the companies were often
sold to the owners with suspicious capital and insufficient business competencies.”
“In sight of all of us ‘the development model’
in Serbia predominantly referred to the opening
of banks, shopping malls, sports betting and the
construction of the luxury offices and residential
buildings” so in our structure of the gross added
value, almost 60% comes from the services, and
only 29% from the industry and construction.
From the beginning of the implementation of the
current privatization concept, it has been recommended that the model of the privatization should
continue on diversifying and that some alternative
models should be included in order to speed up the
process and decentralize it. That did not happen
but the model of sales continued to be used, so
the question is whether it was better to move onto
some decentralized model of the privatization
by which the employees, and partly the citizens,
would become the owners of the shares [8]. That
would allow the recovery of the companies or the
further sale or liquidation if there were no other
solutions. The strategic partnership (proclaimed
but very rarely realized), the corporate ownership,
consortium ownership, cooperatives or various
other models of participation and co-management
could be the alternative – but they are not enabled,
so this, among other things, causes the strikes and
destruction of the companies because of the bleak
perspective of the employees.
The creators of the current situation in Serbia still
do not hesitate to praise their activities. A few years
ago the representatives of one consulting company
organized a panel discussion titled “The privatization or the nationalization” and assessed that in
Serbia “the attitude towards the privatization is the
same as in 1948”. Among other things, the director
of that company boasted that his company, over the
past eight years, has taken part in the privatization
processes whose transaction value in Serbia was
eight billion Euros and that he was the most frequent
advisor of the state and the greatest buyers of the
Serbian companies [9]. Thus, during the sale it is
not important how much the company is worth, it
is important to sell the company, even for one Euro
only. Finally, if there has to exist a monopoly company, then it should be a private company [10]. It is
clear that this leads to conflict, chaos and strikes, and
then into the spiral of problems that usually end in
agony of the bankruptcy proceedings.
The bad ratio of the number of employees,
about 1, 8 million, and the number of pensioners,
about 1, 6 million should be pointed out. This ratio shows that “Serbia enters the dangerous zone
of equalizing the number of employees and pensioners.” This trend, if compared to blood pressure, clearly shows that when these numbers
equalize it will result in collapse or a fatal outcome for the system [11].
Conclusion
Having in mind what the privatization process
implies and what has been done so far, the overall
results suggest that the privatization process is still
far from over and that the privatization in Serbia
has not given anywhere near expected results, on
the contrary. From the stated, it is clear that the
privatization is not “a magic machine for makVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
ing profit” and that it will not lead to higher efficiency of all the existing companies – because
many of them “the rescuers” did not manage, or
will not manage to rescue.
The perception of the overall situation of employees in the companies after the privatization
process is quite black. The discrepancy between
the expected goals, i.e. the proclaimed principles
of the socially acceptable transitions mover and
the really achieved results is clearly visible, with
the exception of a couple of rare instances where
the positive effects have been achieved. The social picture of people affected by poor results of
the privatization is grim and the growing dissatisfaction culminates in strikes and protests. All the
governments of the Republic of Serbia from 2001
onwards have been faced with strikes, blockades
of the roads and public protests due to all the possible reasons the privatization has caused.
The experience of other countries was obviously
not a warning enough for us. Those who should not
possibly, still forget that the privatization is not solely an economic matter, but that it is always the socio
– political thing, and that the story that the negative
consequences in that process do not exist is simply
not correct, nor that there is an example in which
it is so. This is best illustrated by many years of
unemployment statistics which is even worse than
it seems at first sight, because it does not encompass
the statistic data about the unemployment for the
Kosovo, Peča, Prizren, Kosovsko – Mitrovički and
Kosovsko – Pomoravski district, in which virtually
the unemployment is 80%. Without hesitation this
can be called the catastrophic scale of unemployment and poverty which is predominantly caused
by unemployment.
Unlike many, who at the beginning of the privatization thought it was an easy and simple process,
it is certain that today a small number of people
would agree with such a reckless statement. Time
has shown that the privatization is very expensive
and that it inevitably leads to the reduction of labor rights, increased unemployment, social insecurity, and not only in our country, and the gloomy
results and not so bright economic future raise the
question whether there is potential in our society
to go out of the economic and social collapse. Unless some concrete steps are undertaken in order
to resolve the resulting economic problems caused
117
by the privatization, the further culmination of the
social unrest and discontent is simply inevitable.
References
1. Čelik P. Restrukturiranje i privatizacija u Srbiji, Istine, zablude i rezultati sa relevantnim pokazateljima
2001.-2011. godine, Scribd, 149-221.
2. Zakon o privatizaciji, “Sl. glasnik RS”, no 38/2001,
18/2003, 45/2005, 123/2007, 123/2007, 30/2010,
93/2012 i 119/2012
3. Uredba o postupku i načinu restrukturiranja subjekata privatizacije ”Sl. glasnik RS”, no 52/2005,
96/2008, 98/2009, 44/2013 i 59/2013.
4. Izveštaji Agencije za privatizaciju.
5. Sl. gl. RS 109/09, Sl. gl. RS 05/10, Sl. gl. RS 29/10,
Sl. gl. RS 43/10, Sl. gl. RS 46/10, Sl. gl. RS 50/10, Sl.
gl. RS 51/10, Sl. gl. RS 64/10, Sl. gl. RS 67/10, Sl.
gl. RS 73/10, Sl. gl. RS 74/10, Sl. gl. RS 75/10, Sl. gl.
RS 79/10, Sl. gl. RS 84/10, Sl. gl. RS 87/10, Sl. gl.
RS 89/10, Sl. gl. RS 97/10, Sl. gl. RS 01/11, Sl. gl. RS
04/11, Sl. gl. RS 12/11
6. WEF World economic forum.
7. Izveštaj o razvoju Srbije u 2008. godini, Republički
zavod za razvoj, April 2009.
8. Šoškić D. Privredna struktura posle tranzicije, 31.
9. Medija centar, Beograd, 06.07.2009.
10. http://www.balkanmagazin.net/kolumna/novosti_i_
politika/ozalosceni_posustalom_privatizacijom.
html
11. Statistički godišnjak Srbije, 2008; 134.
Mehmed Avdagic,
Univerzitet „Union – Nikola Tesla“,
Fakultet za poslovne studije i pravo,
Beograd,
Srbija,
118
Body Composition and Balance Measured
by Tanita and BBS - The Importance for
Competitive Success of Karate Athletes
Safet Kapo, Nedim Covic, Nusret Smajlovic, Husnija Kajmovic, Anida Kapo, Armin Topalovic
Faculty of Sport and Physical Education, University of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina.
Abstract
Body composition plays a very important role
for the competition success. Elite Karate athletes
are characterized as ectomorph and mesomorph
somatotypes with a low level of adipose tissue,
while the morphological profile of young female
athletes is unknown to authors. The research was
conducted on a sample of nineteen (n = 19) female
subjects (mean value ± SD: height 160.21 ± 10.34
cm; weight 52.67 ± 12.53 kg; age 13.74 ± 2.42
yrs.). High level of correlation with the OSI was
detected at a level of significance (p < 0.05) for all
the body composition variables including the APSI
(p < 0.05), however excluding the body height.
MLSI variable indicated the correlation between all
body composition variables (p < 0.05) apart from
FatMass%, TBWkg and BMI. One can conclude
that all the changes in body composition contribute
to the change in postural stability. Negative influence on postural balance is indicated by almost all
variables, i.e. the increase of each variable distorts
overall stability segments. Total water amount is
characterized as positive influence in the increase
of postural stability. An increase in any of the body
composition elements leads to impaired postural
balance in young female karate athletes.
Key words: balance, morphology, subcutaneous adipose tissue.
Introduction
Karate is traditionally characterized as a complex composition of martial arts and Budo philosophy of life. Karate is dominated by wide stances
with low center of gravity, explosive hand and
leg techniques, and explosive movements with
opened kinetic chain. Karate contributes to the
development of body functions, motor abilities,
as well as to controlling the mental abilities [1].
Karate is the sport classified in accordance to the
weight categories.
High level of energy expenditure during Karate trainings and sparrings can induce changes in
basic body composition parameters [2], regarding
the fact that the 78% of produced energy comes
from aerobic processes which can result in reducing the overall level of adipose tissue [3]. The truth
is that athletes wish to reduce the level of adipose
tissue and increase the level of muscle tissue, so as
to increase the situational efficiency by improving
the correlation between body composition parameters. If one is not careful, every change in body
weight can disrupt the performance strategy by
changing the weight category.
Body stability is conditioned by maintaining the
position of the body centre (PoC) in balance, and
an ability in resisting the gravitational force as well
as other external forces, depending on the mutual
inter-coordination of the visual, proprioceptive system and vestibular apparatus [4]. The balance plays
a significant role in Karate sport success, since it
is dominated by endurance (statistical balance) and
movement accompanied by change in direction
(dynamic direction). Practicing Karate sport contributes to the reduction of the distance between
the body centre and the ground which increases
the postural stability and balance characteristics
[5]. The difference in balance abilities is significant
in regards to boys and girls, where in case of girls
the level of balance abilities is higher. However, in
preschool period this level is almost equal and in
later age it is consistent to the level expressed by
boys [6]. This type of transformational evolution
can reduce the effects of biological development in
regards to the increase of balance characteristics in
girls during adolescent age.
Body composition can alter the level of balance
abilities. Overall fat percentage and the amount of
119
subcutaneous adipose tissue has a negative effect on
strength, speed and balance performance [7], which
is essential for the success of kick performance in
Karate [8]. In relation to men, women have a greater
percentage of fat tissue, due to their morphological
and hormonal differences. Girls during puberty are
characterized by the change and increase in their
body weight and the level of fat tissue which can
disturb the balance abilities as they are closely correlated to the situational efficiency. The data which
express the fat tissue percentage for the adult karate
athletes range from 12.6% [9] based on a sample
of Polish Karate athletes, to 10.9 % [10] based on a
sample of American karate athletes, while in case of
adult Japanese Karate athletes the percentage of fat
tissue is 12.8% [11].
The aim of this research is to analyze the significance of the correlation between balance ability
parameters and body composition segments, while
attempting to explain their correlation and its contribution for the Karate success in this paper’s section dedicated to introduction and discussion. The
age characteristics and long-term training effects
shall be taken into account in case of female athletes. This study might be limited in regards to the
number of subjects, and a few number of studies
based on a sample of the same age subjects or those
of similar age.
Methods
Subjects
Nineteen (19) female Karate athletes from the
local karate club, aged 12-14 have been analyzed so
as to determine their balance status. All the subjects
are completely healthy, without any injuries or other diseases which might have affected this research.
Sample characteristics are indicated as mean values
± SD: height 160.21 ± 10.34 cm; weight 52.67 ±
12.53 kg; age 13.74 ± 2.42 yrs.; time duration of
practicing sport 2.6 ± 0.4 yrs. All the methods applied in this research are in accordance with the
regulations and Helsinki Committee Declaration.
Body composition
All the female subjects have been personally
informed on the testing protocol. Measuring was
conducted in the morning, after refraining from eating all night (at least 6 hours). The subjects wore
120
swimming suits, without any jewelry or any type of
metal. The height was measured by Hotolin anthropometer under equal conditions for each subject.
Body composition was determined by Tanita scale
BC420SMA (Tanita Corp, Tokyo, Japan) which
measures the body composition on a principle of
bioelectric impedance (BIA) by foot-to-foot system
[12, 13] and is medically approved and reliable.
The scale determines body composition based on
the reduction of bioelectric impendence [14] providing with the results which are precise up to ±
0,1 kg. Each subject was characterized as an athlete
in regards to scale parameters. Measuring was conducted at a temperature of 22°C.
Postural balance
Prior to determining the level of balance ability,
the subjects spent 5 minutes riding Cycle Ergometer under the pressure of 50 W for the purpose
of warming up. The balance was determined by
Biodex Balance System (BBS - Model 945-300,
Biodex Medical Systems; Shirely, New York) set
at a difficulty level 4, with a maximum gradient of
20° on balance board. Balance testing protocol of
bilateral balance for the period of 20 seconds was
applied [15, 16]. Each subject underwent identical
protocol consisting of 5 trials in 20 seconds, with
30 seconds breaks between the measuring, so as
to determine the overall balance level. Knee was
placed in a slightly bent position, and the hands
were placed in standard position.
Variables
Parameters measured by Tanita scale for the
purposes of body composition analysis: Mass
(kg), Fat mass % (FM%), Fat mass kg (FMkg),
Fat Free Mass (FFM), Muscle mass (MMSS), Total body water kg (TBWkg), Total body water %
(TBW%), Body Mass Index (BMI).
Regarding the gradient direction of the system’s balance board, three variables of the stability index were projected: APSI (anterior-posterior
stability index) – calculated gradient direction
front-to-back, MLSI (medial-lateral stability index) – calculated gradient direction left-to-right
and an overall stability index (OSI) – the combination of APSI and MLSI. [17]. All the numerically quantified balance abilities (stability indexes)
have been inversely scaled.
Statistical analysis
Data have been analyzed by the statistical data
analysis package SPSS 22.0 (IBM Corp.). All the
data are expressed as mean values and standard
deviations. The normal distribution of data has
been confirmed by the application of K-S test. The
variable correlation has been determined by bivariate cross-correlation analysis. The concluding
level of statistical significance was set at p < 95%.
Results
All the data were distributed within the scope
of normal values, and the measurements of central
and dispersion parameters, along with measurements of variables and distribution forms within
the permitted limits. The results from Table 1
demonstrate that almost all body composition
variables are correlated with stability indexes,
indicating high level of statistical correlation between the three stability indexes.
OSI high level of statistical correlation (r >
0.70, p < 0.01) is indicated in regards to the body
mass variable (Mass), total water percentage
(TBW%) and variables (r = 0.50 - 0.70, p < 0.01)
FFM, MMSS, FMkg, Height, BMI and Age. The
least statistical correlation is indicated in regards
to variables: FM% and TBWkg.
High level of statistical correlation (r > 0.70,
p < 0.01) between APSI and body composition
were not determined, while the inter-correlations
(r = 0.50 - 0.70, p < 0.01) are indicated by the
following variables: Mass, BMI, FFM, MMSS,
TBW%, FMkg and Age. The least statistical correlations are indicated by variables FM% and TBWkg, while height is not significantly related with
the balance offsets in frontal plane.
The highest level of statistical significance
for MLSI and body composition has been determined for the following parameters: Height, FFM,
MMSS, TBW%. Significance is likewise indicated by the variables Mass, Age and FMkg. No
relations between FM%, TBWkg and BMI were
demonstrated. Discussion
The results indicate that there is a high level
of correlation between body composition and the
performance of balance characteristics. The methods applied in this research, including the measuring methods have been verified by personal metric characteristics which are, within the scientific
scope, considered valid for the assessment of tested
abilities and characteristics. Research results can be
considered as reliable indicators of the correlation
between body composition and balance abilities.
Based on the correlation level and statistical
significance within the scope of three numerically
quantified stability level parameters, one can conclude that the BBS apparatus possess suitable metric characteristics, confirmed by previous research
regarding BBS reliability [18]. Therefore, balance
abilities expressed by three stability indexes (OSI,
Table 1. Bivariant Correlation Analysis of the stability index and body composition parameters
Height
Age
Mass
FM%
FMkg
FFM
MMSS
TBW%
TBWkg
BMI
OSI
Mean ± SD
160.21 ± 10.33
13.74 ± 2.42
52.67 ± 12.53
22.69 ± 5.26
12.36 ± 5.37
40.31 ± 7.99
38.25 ± 7.6
56.6 ± 3.92
28.97 ± 6.09
20.28 ± 3.18
OSI
APSI
MLSI
2.29 ± 0.95
.615**
.519*
.720**
.489*
.646**
.695**
.695**
.700**
-.492*
.585**
1
1.68 ± 0.62
.434
.532*
.628**
.458*
.570*
.601**
.601**
.580**
-.468*
.621**
.745**
1.49 ± 0.35
.609**
.479*
.571*
.344
.465*
.583**
.583**
.582**
-.343
.410
.810**
**Statistically significant p < 0.01
* Statistically significant p < 0.05
121
APSI, MLSI) measured by BBS, represent an actual state of balance abilities in girls.
Based on the results, one can assess that all the
variables negatively affect stability indexes (inversely scaled results). These results mostly indicate that the increase in any body composition component results in an increase of the total body mass,
which has negative effects on the performance of
balance abilities. Further supporting this statement
is the number of studies analyzing the negative effects of the subcutaneous adipose tissue on postural
stability in obese teenagers [19, 20]. Increased body
mass index likewise has negative effect on postural stability as well as influencing mechanisms
which control body balance [20]. Overall fat free
mass and muscle mass negatively affect the performance of balance characteristics in accordance
with this study results. These results are contradictory to the current research which mostly bring the
high level of balance characteristics in relation to
the high level of muscle mass [21]. Muscle mass
represents active mass which stabilizes body levers
and performs mechanical corrections by applying
movement so as to maintain stability level. Regarding that, the sample tested in this research was in a
development phase, in which case central nervous
system is not adopted enough to perform a great
number of simultaneous tasks, and this might represent the reason why there is negative correlation
between muscle mass and stability index. Positive
low correlation level between water percentage in
the body and total stability was determined in regards to the tested sample.
Following the training effects of Karate during
the period of six months [22] between the group
of subjects in the ages from 8 to 10 who practice
Karate, and a group of subjects of similar characteristics who practice similar sports, Violan and
co-authors [22] have confirmed the improvement
in statistical body balance in a group which practices Karate. Results of the research likewise indicate that long-term Karate practice induces basic
changes in regards to balance characteristics. Karate training has positive effects on the increase of
postural stability, where training effects resulting
from the specificity of the movement pattern allow
for the increased level of body incline without the
fear of balance impairment. Importance of balance
is brought in connection with the Karate sport ef122
ficiency. Other combat sports, who are also classified by weight categories [23, 24], are influenced
by body composition as well.
Conclusion
Balance plays a significant role in Karate efficiency. Body composition and balance are closely
related, whereas total body mass has negative effects on the performance of balance characteristics, which includes muscle mass and other fatfree mass. Competition in an optimum weight category is very important since based on changes of
body composition parameters, one can directly influence the balance abilities which ultimately can
have negative effects on success in accomplished
and planned results.
References
1. Cesari P, Bertucco M. Coupling between punch efficacy and body stability for elite karate. Journal of
Science and Medicine in Sport. 2008; 11(3): 353-6.
2. Beneke R, Beyer T, Jachner C, Erasmus J, Hütler M.
Energetics of karate kumite. European journal of applied physiology. 2004; 92(4-5): 518-23.
3. Nassis GP, Papantakou K, Skenderi K, Triandafillopoulou M, Kavouras SA, Yannakoulia M, et al.
Aerobic exercise training improves insulin sensitivity
without changes in body weight, body fat, adiponectin, and inflammatory markers in overweight and
obese girls. Metabolism. 2005; 54(11): 1472-9.
4. Horak FB. Postural orientation and equilibrium:
what do we need to know about neural control of
balance to prevent falls? Age and ageing. 2006;
35(suppl 2): ii7-ii11.
5. Vando S, Filingeri D, Maurino L, Chaabène H, Bianco
A, Salernitano G, et al. Postural adaptations in preadolescent karate athletes due to a one week karate training camp. Journal of human kinetics. 2013; 38: 45-52.
6. Nolan L, Grigorenko A, Thorstensson A. Balance
control: sex and age differences in 9-to 16-year-olds.
Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology. 2005;
47(07): 449-54.
7. Roschel H, Batista M, Monteiro R, Bertuzzi RC,
Barroso R, Loturco I, et al. Association between
neuromuscular tests and kumite performance on the
Brazilian Karate National Team. Journal of sports
science & medicine. 2009; 8(CSSI3): 20.
8. Ravier G, Grappe F, Rouillon J. Application of
force-velocity cycle ergometer test and vertical
jump tests in the functional assessment of karate
competitor. J Sports Med Phys Fitness. 2004; 44(4):
349-55.
9. Lutoslawska G, Borkowski L, Krawczyk B, Lerczak
K. Changes in concentrations of plasma inorganic
phosphate, uric acid and blood lactate in response to
supramaximal arm exercise in karate athletes. Biology of Sport. 1996; 13: 99-104.
10. Shaw D, Deutsch D. Heart rate and oxygen uptake
response to performance of karate kata. The Journal of sports medicine and physical fitness. 1982;
22(4): 461.
11. Imamura H, Yoshimura Y, Uchida K, Tanaka A,
Nishimura S, Nakazawa A. Heart rate response and
perceived exertion during twenty consecutive karate
sparring matches. Australian journal of science and
medicine in sport. 1996; 28(4): 114-5.
12. Nuñez C, Gallagher D, Visser M, Pi-Sunyer FX,
Wang Z, Heymsfield SB. Bioimpedance analysis:
evaluation of leg-to-leg system based on pressure
contact footpad electrodes. Medicine and Science in
Sports and Exercise. 1997; 29(4): 524-31.
13. Utter A, Scott J, Oppliger R, Visich P, Goss F,
Marks B, et al. A comparison of leg-to-leg bioelectrical impedance and skinfolds in assessing body fat
in collegiate wrestlers. The Journal of Strength &
Conditioning Research. 2001; 15(2): 157-60.
14. Jebb SA, Cole TJ, Doman D, Murgatroyd PR, Prentice AM. Evaluation of the novel Tanita body-fat
analyser to measure body composition by comparison with a four-compartment model. British Journal of Nutrition. 2000; 83(02): 115-22.
19. Ledin T, OÈdkvist L. Effects of increased inertial
load in dynamic and randomized perturbed posturography. Acta oto-laryngologica. 1993; 113(3):
249-52.
20. McGraw B, McClenaghan BA, Williams HG, Dickerson J, Ward DS. Gait and postural stability in obese
and nonobese prepubertal boys. Archives of Physical
Medicine and Rehabilitation. 2000; 81(4): 484-9.
21. Kejonen P, Kauranen K, Vanharanta H. The relationship between anthropometric factors and bodybalancing movements in postural balance. Archives
of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation. 2003;
84(1): 17-22.
22. Violan MA, Small EW, Zetariuk M, Micheli LJ.
The effect of karate training on flexibility, muscle
strength, and balance in 8-to 13-year-old boys. Pediatric Exercise Science. 1997; 9: 55-64.
23. Kapo S, Mekić A, Ćutuk H, Kapo A. Identification
of situational efficiency parameters in elite K-1
fighters. TTEM 2014; 9: 608-611
24. Kapo S, Mekić A, Kapo A, Ćutuk M, Ćutuk H. Trend
of situational efficiency in top level superheavy
weight K-1 fighters from 1993 to 2004. TTEM
2014; 9: 913-917
Corresponding author:
Safet Kapo,
Faculty of Sport and Physical Education,
Sarajevo,
15. Finn J, Alvarez M, Jett R, Axtell R, Kemler D. Stability performance assessment among subjects of
disparate balancing abilities. Medicine & Science
in Sports & Exercise. 1999; 31(5): S252.
16. Nevitt MC, Cummings SR, Hudes ES. Risk factors
for injurious falls: a prospective study. Journal of
gerontology. 1991; 46(5): M164-M70.
17. Arnold BL, Schmitz RJ. Examination of balance
measures produced by the Biodex Stability System.
Journal of athletic training. 1998; 33(4): 323.
18. Gstöttner M, Neher A, Scholtz A, Millonig M, Lembert S, Raschner C. Balance ability and muscle response of the preferred and nonpreferred leg in soccer players. Motor Control. 2009; 13(2): 218-31.
123
Employee Attrition in ITeS Call Centers in
Selected Clusters of North India: Need to
have a Relook
Gagandeep Kaur¹, Neeraj Pandey², Ravi Kiran³, Shailendra Kumar4
¹ Lovely Professional University, Jalandhar, India,
² NITIE, Mumbai, India,
³ School of Behavioral Sciences and Business Studies, Thapar University, Patiala, India,
4
LM Thapar School of Management, Thapar University, Patiala, India.
Abstract
The present study has been undertaken to get a
deeper insight into the problem of employee attrition in ITeS call centers in selected clusters of north
India The problem of high employee attrition is demotivating the other employees of the organization.
It also increases the recruitment costs for the ITeS
call centers by impacting the profits. To tackle the
problem of employee attrition, the study highlights
eight factors that need to be focused carefully. These
eight factors are: Managers attitude, Work culture,
Customer handling interface, Personal growth opportunities/career prospects, Nature of the job
profiles, Health hazards and stress problems, Performance management system, Salary structure
and monetary incentives, Social recognition and
employee engagement. The study highlights that
employees of ITeS-BPO firms want more humane
and friendly working environment with better career progression rather than just lucrative salary and
swanky office places.
Key Words: attrition, outsourcing, ITeS call
centers, India
1. Introduction
The Indian BPO (Business Process Outsourcing) industry is growing at a very good pace,
coupled with key factors like labor pool, language
proficiency, location attractiveness [1]. The BPO
industry was growing at an annual rate of 40-50%
since its inception [2]. The outsourcing industry accounts for almost $11 billion and employs slightly
over 7, 00,000 professionals in terms of direct employment. The industry would account for nearly
2.5% of GDP (Gross Domestic Product) growth in
124
2012, generate direct employment of about 2 million [3]. Because of its impact, the Tier II and Tier
III cities will emerge as fresh hubs for rightly skilled
talent for this sector. India has 5-6% share of the
total global outsourcing industry [4] whilst another
researcher has studied that the Indian outsourcing
sector accounts for at least 10% of the global ITeSBPO industry [5]. On the other side, NASSCOM
(The National Association of Software and Services Companies) has published in its latest strategic review of 2011, India has retained its position
as the leading global offshoring destination with a
55% share of global ITO and BPO market in 2010
in spite of competitive challenges presented by the
other emerging offshoring destinations. The industry is flourishing in India at a good average pace;
more and more companies are establishing operations in the metropolitan cities to capitalize on the
available human resource (HR). The main markets
for Indian ITeS-BPO firms are US and UK which
remains the largest export markets accounting for
60% and 31% respectively [3]. India will capture
more than 50% of the market, if it overcomes the
challenges it faces [6]. The world wide spending
aggregate in ITeS-BPO sector has reached approximately USD 1.6 trillion, a growth of 5.6% as compared to last year [6].
The main functional areas of this sector are:
customer care, such as remote maintenance, help
desk and sales support; finance and administration
which includes data analysis, medical transcription, insurance claims and inventory management;
HR and payment services like pay rolls, credit
card services, cheque processing, employee leasing and content development, i.e. digital content
and application maintenance. About 70% of IndiVolume 10 / Number 1 / 2015
an BPO industry’s revenue comes from ITeS call
centers, 20% from high-volume, low-value data
work and the remaining 10% from higher-value
information work [7]. BFSI (Banking, Financial
Services and Insurance) and Hi-Tech/Telecom
continued to account for more than 60% of Indian ITeS-BPO industry [8]. Healthcare ITeS-BPO
vertical is likely to witness increased investments
due to increased focus on public health, making
healthcare and insurance affordable to all. Other
ITeS-BPO verticals that will see growth include
telecom, retail and utilities.
Human capital is the most important driver for
the success of any organization. It is essential to
manage the human resources for the success of an
organization [9]. Gone the days, when people believed in lifetime employment and a career within
a one company only. In the late 1990s, the trends
were changed drastically. It happened because
the companies across various industries restructured their operations and headcount was reduced.
People then started thinking about owning their
own careers. They started collecting experiences
and skills in various jobs at various companies to
enhance their ongoing employability. By the year
2000, due to a growing imbalance between an
expanding demand and limited supply, there was
paradigm shift in the trend. Employees started
thinking for their own employability and personal
gain rather than their employer’s success [10].
Managing attrition is becoming increasingly important nowadays. It is not because of the
knowledge professionals who have become the
lifeline of a service industry but manpower costs
are also one of the largest expenses regularly
charged to the budget of a company in the ITeS
call center industry. It increases manpower costs
(related to recruitment, induction and training of
new joiners), causes inconsistency in meeting the
organizational deadlines [11]. It has become a
prevalent problem in the Indian ITeS call centers.
The people intensive nature of the industry has
been facing problems in attracting and retaining
the talented headcount [12, 13] and it is an issue of
critical importance to human resource managers.
The current study seeks to address this challenge. The following section starts with a brief
review of the existing research on the present
study. Based on the literature review, hypotheses
are developed and tested with empirical data collected for this study. The paper concludes with
a discussion of the managerial implications and
future research directions. This study specifically
investigates the factors responsible for attrition in
ITeS call centers. Section 2 develops the theoretical support from the previous outsourcing literature and justifies the need for the study. Section
3 briefly describes the research methodology adopted for the study. Section 4 presents results and
findings after applying statistical analysis using
descriptive statistics and factor analysis. The conclusion and future scope are discussed in the last
sections of the paper.
2. Theoretical framework
The charm and glamour of the industry has started
slipping the ladder because of the challenges faced
by the industry since its inception. The challenges
faced by the call center industry can be classified
into two categories. These are known as internal and
external challenges. The external challenge faced
by the industry is the opposition from the US politicians and the UK labor unions against the outsourcing of jobs from their home countries to India [14].
The government of the US has already threatened to
levy a basic minimum tax on foreign earnings of US
firms that outsource jobs to other economies. The
threat of fierce competition from other outsourcing
players like Philippines, Ireland and Malaysia also
exists, which should also be taken care of with proactive approach. There are many internal challenges
which are also impacting the industry. These challenges include employee attrition, shortage of right
talent for middle and senior level [13, 14], stress
management, problem of finding quality human resources [13], problems of absenteeism, lack of motivation are some of the major issues of the industry
[15]. A number of researchers have tried to get into
the depth of growing concerns such as infrastructure
issues, manpower costs, human resource aspects,
cultural differences, twin identity hangovers, accents [14] and fear of reduced service levels [16].
But, majority of them have not felt accomplished at
their research if they had not talked about the most
hyped problem called employee attrition. Many of
the researchers focus on the ever increasing problem of employee attrition [13, 14, 15, 17, and 18].
125
Despite high salaries, aesthetic offices, fancy designations, employee attrition rate is very high in the
ITeS call center industry. India faced an attrition rate
of 18% in 2003 [19] and it had increased to around
50% in 2006 [20]. Further it had dropped down
from 21% in 2007 to 16% in 2008 because of global
recession [21]. According to a recent study, the IT
and ITeS sectors has faced the highest attrition rate
of 23% in comparison to the other industries during
first quarter of 2010-11 [22]. Other industries like
banking and financial services sector faced an attrition rate of 18%, followed by healthcare (12%)
while FMCG, automobiles and manufacturing has
faced an attrition rate of 11% [22]. This has been
forecasted that ITeS-BPO industry is expected to
face a shortage of 0.3 million professionals by 2012
[23]. So, the problem of employee attrition has become a constant worry which should be arrested as
early as possible.
Employee attrition is counted as healthy in
a limited measure for the influx of new ideas in
any type of organization. Healthy employee attrition helps organizations to stay competitive in
such a turbulent business environment. Employee
attrition in a limited measure is good for the organizations as it brings gains to the organization.
However, if employee attrition increases beyond a
certain level, these gains are going to be big pains.
Attrition can be defined as a reduction in the
number of employees through retirement, resignation or death whereas attrition rate is the rate of
shrinkage in size or number [20]. There are two
types of employee attrition called as drive and
drag attrition. Drive attrition is caused due to the
employer whereas drag attrition is caused due to
an employee. Drive attrition takes place because
of employer’s policies, e.g. sometimes an employer keeps only most productive employees by
terminating the other employees at regular intervals while drag attrition is caused due to the insecurities and vulnerabilities linked with the career
in a call center. As and when promotions are announced, only a few employees get promoted to
the level of team leader and many of the frustrated
employees start quitting the jobs [24, 25]. Recruiters explain that high attrition rates also increase
the costs incurred on employees significantly [26].
Undoubtedly attrition requires immediate attention of the HR professionals in a developing
126
economy such as India. A number of researchers,
practitioners and scholars had tried to find the factors behind attrition which may be clubbed into
internal and external factors. The internal factors
are linked to the service provider. Service providers face an array of issues which are attributable to
the increased attrition levels. Call center employees are known as mouthpieces that follow the instructions given to them by their supervisors when
they start login and their work is being tightly
controlled and monitored by the latest computer
technology [27]. The issue of salary and monetary
considerations has been increasing the employee
attrition rate [13, 14, 20, and 28]. The expectations
of employees have grown exponentially in terms
of money because of strong demand and less supply in the market and they start quitting their jobs
because they have been offered a higher salary by
another company. The nature of the work is quite
boring which causes monotony and they start quitting the jobs [29]. Frequently, call center jobs are
having limited task variety, the call handlers keep
on doing the same job again and again. Sometimes
call handlers are expected to say the same sentences repeatedly. This is called scripting [30] which
leads to monotony in their working lives.
Long working hours and time pressures (deadlines) are also contributing to the problem of attrition [29]. The limited growth and career development is one of the major reasons for increasing
attrition rate [13, 18, and 20]. Furthermore, night
shifts (the employees call night shifts as graveyard
shifts) are the problem for Indian employees [13]
because such shifts disturb the biological cycle of
their body causing the problems of physical strain
and unfitness [13, 28]. The symptoms of chronic
fatigue, gastrointestinal problems, peptic ulcer
and even depression are the reasons that shoot up
drive attrition [25]. The policies and procedures
are not conducive [20, 28]. Moreover deficiencies
in the recruitment processes are also attributable
to increased level of attrition [29].
The other internal factors such as insufficient
leave or holidays, higher education and no personal life are promoting the attrition rates in Indian
ITeS call centers [28]. The appraisal and reward
systems are not transparent. Many young executives feel de-motivated and under-rewarded [31].
Moreover, the Indian education system does not
teach the practical aspects of how to do work as
it is very bookish [32]; the employees cannot gel
with the work pressures and start quitting jobs. In
external factors, supply and demand is one of the
factors which have been contributing towards attrition [33]. Although, there is an abundant supply of educated people but the availability of an
employable pool is less because of the inability
of people to speak and write English fluently. The
immature and inexperienced agents [13] are not
sure what they want to achieve in their career and
represent flight risks [29].
2.1 Objectives of the study
The broad objectives of the present research
are:
1. To identify the key factors responsible for
attrition.
2. To develop employee retention strategies
to counter attrition problem in ITeS call
centers.
3. Research design and methodology
The study has used descriptive research design.
Based on literature review and discussions with call
center employees, a questionnaire was developed.
The questionnaire used in this study is direct and
structured. There are twenty six questions. These
questions are related to their job aspects, work
patterns, total weekly working hours, reasons for
joining and leaving the ITeS call center jobs. Apart
from these questions, the questionnaire also comprises of eight sections covering issues related to
the nature of job, working environment, training
and development, career prospects, relationships
with colleagues, appraisals and shift timings. Sixty
four statements relating to employee attrition were
asked from the respondents. The study uses a five
point Likert scale. The respondents were asked to
rate these statements on a 1-5 rating scale where 1 =
“strongly disagree” and 5 = “strongly agree”.
3.1 Sampling design
The study uses 260 employees covering fourteen
ITeS call center employees. All the sample firms
serve overseas clients located in North India. The
clusters of ITeS call centers of Gurgaon, Noida and
Chandigarh-Mohali were taken for the study. The
data was collected from between June 2009 and
October, 2010 from these organizational locations.
The present study has followed a dual approach. It is comprised of in-depth interviews and
questionnaire method. The researcher was able to
conduct only forty five in-depth interviews (out
of total of 260 employees) with ITeS call center
employees (including team leaders, customer care
executives and agents). The interview session was
mainly conducted with the customer care executives and agents. On an average, most of interviews
lasted for about thirty to forty-five minutes. The
extensive structured interview session endeavored
to get an insight into exact motivation for joining
the ITeS call centers organization and also why the
people are leaving their ITeS call center jobs. The
researcher has sent a total of 500 questionnaires
and has got only 260 completed questionnaires
in all aspects. These 260 completely filled questionnaires have been taken up for further analysis.
The response rate of the survey is 52%. In fact, the
data is gathered during nights when the employees
were out for breaks.
3.2 Reliability and validation
The questionnaire had a good reliability score
and the overall Cronbach Alpha was 0.761. Thus,
the instrument was considered reliable for the
study. The questionnaire was having a total of
eight sections. To evaluate the clarity of the question statements and items, the questionnaire was
pilot tested. Validation was done by thirty managerial level employees of the ITeS call centers and
twenty academicians. The changes suggested by
them were incorporated and the final questionnaire was administered personally in all the three
clusters after the pre-testing of the instrument.
Statistical Package for the Social Sciences version
19.0 was used for the statistical analyses.
4. Data analysis and discussion
The first section of instrument gathered information about the basic questions related to their current level of management, designation, type of calls
handling (inbound/outbound) etc. The question on
127
total number of weekly working hours (Figure 1)
reflected that 54% respondents revealed that they
work for 45-40 hours in a week, 32% are working
for 50-55 hours a week. Although earlier research
suggests that 35-45 hours per week is the optimal
working time for executives [34] but the respondents in present study were working for more hours.
ITeS call center job provides a career growth option. This in a way highlights relatively less growth
opportunities prevalent in ITeS call centers.
Figure 2. Perception of ITeS call centers
4.1 Demographic profile of the total respondents
Figure 1. Total Weekly Working Hours
Regrading perception of ITeS call centers
(Figure 2) 36% revealed that the ITeS callcenter
provides more job opportunities for the Indians
and next 32% disclosed that it is a good source of
income. Only 13% respondents revealed that the
The last section of the instrument gathered demographic information of the total respondents to
ensure the confidentiality of their responses (Table
1). A total of 260 respondents have filled the questionnaires.
Table 1. Demographic profile of the respondents
Main Category
Gender
Sub-Categories
Male
Single
Married
Total Responses
178
41
137
Sub-Categories
Female
Single
Married
Total Responses
82
47
35
Qualification
Postgraduate
Graduate
Undergraduate
Diploma Holder
Any Other
18
118
03
33
06
Postgraduate
Graduate
Undergraduate
Diploma Holder
Any Other
16
46
05
14
01
Age
15-25 years
25-30 years
30-45 years
66
86
26
15-25 years
25-30 years
30-35 years
42
27
13
Income Group
(per annum)
1-2 Lakhs
2-3 Lakhs
3-4 Lakhs
Above 4 Lakhs
35
67
46
30
1-2 Lakhs
2-3 Lakhs
3-4 Lakhs
Above 4 Lakhs
21
38
10
13
Job Tenure
(in months)
0-12
13-24
25-36
37-48
Above 48
59
71
23
16
09
0-12
13-24
25-36
37-48
Above 48
36
22
08
07
09
Marital Status
128
4.2 Factor analysis
Since there were many variables of attrition,
factor analysis was done to extract the key factors
for attrition. To test the appropriateness of the factor analysis, Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin (KMO) test was
calculated. The KMO measure of sampling adequacy is a statistic that provides the proportion of
variance in the variables that might be caused by
underlying factors. A high value of KMO means
that the use of factor analysis may be useful for the
data. The KMO value of the present study is 0.704
and is acceptable. The KMO value is acceptable
as a middling value [35]. The Bartlett’s test of
sphericity is basically a statistical test that shows
the presence of correlations among the variables.
This test provides the statistical significance that
the correlation matrix has significant correlations
among at least some of the variables [36]. The
correlation matrix is an identity matrix which is
having some variables with significant correlations among them. Both these tests have shown
significant values and hence the factor analysis is
accepted for further analysis.
There is another third measure to quantify the
degree of inter correlations among the variables
and the appropriateness of the factor analysis is the
measure of sampling adequacy (MSA). The value
ranges from 0 to 1, reaching 1 means when each
variable is perfectly predicted without error by the
other variables. This measure can be understood
better with the following guidelines: .80 or above,
meritorious; .70 or above, middling; .60 or above,
mediocre; .50 or above, miserable; and below .50,
unacceptable [36]. The MSA value for each variable was above than .50 except for three variables.
These three variables are deleted one by one. The
variable with lowest MSA value is deleted first and
the factor analysis is executed again. After the deletion of three variables (on the basis of conceptual
foundation), another variable is found to be with
MSA value less than .50. On the deletion of the
fourth variable, all the variables are found to have
MSA values greater than .50. The communalities of
the variables are found to have values greater than
.50. Thereafter, the researcher has finally extracted
the key employee attrition factors. The study used
principal component analysis with Varimax technique to extract factors with Eigen values greater
than 1 [37]. A total of eight factors were finally
extracted (Table 2). These factors account together
for almost 79.91% of total variance. These eight
factors along with their Eigen values and Item
loadings have been explained in table 2.
Managers attitude: The first factor namely
managers attitude having Eigen value of 20.23 covers seven items having factor loadings greater than
0.64. The top rated sub items in this factor included:
i) doesn’t maintain good interpersonal relations, ii)
Communication problem; and iii) Never helping in
handling tough customers. Earlier studies have also
reflected about mangers attitude as a factor for attrition [13, 15, 26, and 38]. The present study corroborates the findings of earlier studies.
Table 2. Factors for employee attrition in ITeS call centers
Factor
No.
1.
2.
Factor
Name
Manager’s
Attitude
Work Culture
Total% of
Variance
20.23
14.45
Items
i. Does not maintain good interpersonal
relations
ii. Communication problem
iii. Never help in handling tough customers
iv. Boss replacement
v. Gets on my nerves
vi. Treats me as a resource
vii. Takes the credit for my work
Mean of Manager’s Attitude 3.06
i. Ineffective job orientation
ii. Skills are not used effectively
iii. Unfavorable working environment
iv. Never rewarded for good job
Item
Mean
Mean S.D.
Loading
Rank
0.856
3.29
1.01
2
0.835
0.828
0.771
0.732
0.689
0.641
3.57
3.23
2.70
2.91
2.81
2.94
1.05
0.98
1.23
1.15
1.01
0.99
1
3
7
5
6
4
0.838
0.792
0.774
0.708
3.35
3.36
3.62
3.54
0.94
0.99
1.02
0.91
4
3
1
2
129
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
130
Mean of Work Culture 3.46
i. Irritating and abusive customers
0.823
ii. Tough customers
0.775
Customer
Handling
13.09
iii. Ineffective customer handling standard
0.712
Interface
procedure
iv. Recording and continuous monitoring
0.508
Mean of Customer Handling Interface 3.58
i. Job offers no career growth opportunities
0.735
ii.
Mismatch
between
my
job
and
Personal
0.663
qualification
Growth
12.45
Opportunities
iii. Bridge my academic career
0.601
iv. Career beginner job only
0.587
Mean of Personal Growth Opportunities 3.18
i. Monotonous job
0.794
Nature of the
9.24
ii. Deskilled
0.748
Job Profiles
iii. Stressful job
0.691
Mean of Nature of the Job Profiles 2.85
i. Take drugs to combat with the tensed job
0.716
environment
Health
ii Colleagues leaving because of health issues 0.709
Hazards
5.89
and Stress
iii. At times the employees are prone to
0.596
Problems
psychological problems
iv. m Job is affecting health
0.503
Mean of Health Hazards and Stress Problems 2.78
i. Never getting promotions according to my
0.807
qualification
Performance
ii. Not satisfied with the performance
Management
2.13
0.745
management system
System
iii. Not satisfied with the other benefits
0.611
provided to me
Mean of Performance Management System 2.94
i. Would switch if offered with higher
0.774
package
Salary Structure
and Monetary
1.07
ii. Tough promotions
0.735
Incentives
iii. Money is the real motivator
0.476
iv. Salary hikes are required
0.415
Social
i. No recognition in the society forces an
0.659
Recognition
employee to leave the job
1.06
and Employee
ii. lack of engagement level is in my jon
0.639
Engagement
Mean of Salary Structure and Monetary Incentives 3.73
Overall Mean all Eight Factors 3.20
3.49
3.61
0.96
0.96
4
2
3.64
1.15
1
3.61
0.95
3
2.91
1.32
3
3.94
1.01
1
2.88
3.02
1.05
1.05
4
2
2.80
2.43
3.33
1.11
1.05
1.28
2
3
1
2.74
1.24
3
2.80
1.07
2
2.46
0.87
4
3.09
1.08
1
3.21
0.93
1
2.81
1.07
2
2.79
1.15
3
4.18
0.88
1
3.56
3.55
3.62
0.84
1.04
1.20
3
4
2
1.07
2.51
1
0.86
3.15
2
Work culture: It emerged out as the second factor for employee attrition. The items included in this
factor had factor loadings more than 0.70. Work culture is an important factor to work in any kind of organization. Ineffective job orientation had the highest
loading, while Unfavorable working environment
had the highest average. A higher loading score of all
items in this factor reflect the criticality of this factor. If an employee is not satisfied with his/her work
culture, sooner or the later s/he would leave the organization. In personal interviews some respondents
revealed that the employee has to meet their targets at
any cost and to meet the desired targets, no holidays
were given to them. On employee remarked that he
had to work continuously for two weeks many times
even without a break, which ultimately made him
shift his job. Further, no gazette holidays were given
off which are the days when people plan social parties and outings. Work culture is an important factor
for employee attrition. Earlier research revealed that
bad work culture reduces job satisfaction and affective commitment over time and in turn, enhances intentions to quit a job [14, 18, 29, 39 and 40].
Customer handling interface: This factor
emerged as the third factor that impacts attrition in
ITeS call centers. Irritating and abusive customers;
and customers are tough to handle had higher item
loadings and in terms of mean score ineffective
implementation of customer handling procedures
recorded the highest score. The respondents clearly
mentioned that the hard headed customers are contributing towards the problem of attrition in the industry. They revealed that the employees have to be
calm and patient irrespective of the bad behavior
of the customers. Some respondents mentioned that
the customers start abusing them when they get to
know that they are talking to an Indian despite our
American accents. Some other scholars [41] have
also disclosed that the tough customers are also
contributing to the problem of employee attrition.
Personal growth opportunities/career prospects
The next important factor for attrition was inadequate career advancement opportunities. The
items included in this factor are: job offers no
career growth opportunities had the highest item
Figure 3. Dimensions to employee attrition in Indian ITeS call centers
131
loading and mismatch between my job and qualification had the highest mean score. The items had
factor loadings more than .587. Many participants
had left their jobs just for the higher education.
70% respondents clearly told that many of our
colleagues are leaving the firm as and when they
get jobs related to their educational qualification.
Moreover, a number of engineers (from local engineering colleges) were working in the call centers
because they had no other option to work. They
were hunting the jobs throughout the year. As and
when it clicks, they immediate leave. The lack of
personal growth opportunities finding is supported
by a number of studies also stands an important
factor for employee attrition in the industry [11,
13, 18, 25, 28, 29, 41, and 42].
Nature of the job profiles
Nature of the job also impacts the attrition rate
in the industry. The items included in the factor are
boring and monotonous job, de-skilled and stressful job. The items had factor loadings more than
.691. In general, ITeS-BPO work is repetitive,
mechanical and involves high transaction volumes
[13, 43]. The routine ITeS call center job does not
offer variety in the job. The jobs are not providing
challenging assignments. Younger recruits find it
boring and monotonous once they have mastered
the process [13, 29, and 44]. This causes the feeling of frustration in them and they start switching
the jobs. Moreover, the industry is having more
of youngsters which are immature and are having
less experience. They enjoy frequent job switching in the initial career establishment stage.
Health hazards and stress problems
Health issues are again contributing further to
the problem of attrition. It has emerged out one of
the factors responsible for attrition in the present
study. The items included in this particular factor
are an employee has to take drugs to combat with
the tensed job environment, colleagues leave because of health problem, at times the employees
are prone to psychological problems and the job
is affecting the health. The factor loadings of all
the items were found to be more than .50. It is an
important dimension for employee attrition. The
employees of the ITeS call centers suffer from
a number of health issues like stress, insomnia,
132
ulcers, etc. [25]. Stress is like a ghost that continues to haunt ITeS call center employees. The
employees of ITeS call centers were termed as
‘cyber coolies’ in one of the research studies of
outsourcing sector [45]. Many respondents left
their respective organizations because of the killing work pressures. Night shifts disturb biological
cycle of their body causing the problems of physical strain and fatigue [13, 28]. The stress bearing
capacity of women is often comparatively less as
compared to men and the job is highly stressful in
comparison to the other industry jobs. The health
and psychological ailments or illness [13, 29] also
contributes for attrition. These include sleeping
disorders 83% as compared to industry average of
39.5% and voice loss 8.5% as against 3.9% [46],
ear problems-8.5%, digestive disorders-14.9%
and eye sight problems 10.6% [47]. Other studies
have found to be supportive in context to health
issues as one of the contributing factor towards attrition [32, 41, 45, and 47].
Performance management system
All the items included in this factor had factor loadings more than .60. The item never getting promotions according to my qualification has
been ranked first with higher mean score and has
higher item loading as well and is hence very important in this factor. The next item not satisfied
with the performance management system was
ranked second according to mean score and had
higher loading as well. This justifies that respondents were not satisfied with performance incentives as well. Majority of the respondents revealed
that although salary review takes place in their
organizations but it is simply done for the sake
of HR practice. They opined that promotions are
rarely based on the performance criteria. The appraisals are simply opaque and in namesake only.
They also revealed that an agent would be working in the capacity of an agent for years despite
having good experience. Thus, a large number of
the respondents were not satisfied with the performance appraisal system because the organizations
have politics [14]. Non-transparency, favoritism
and nepotism towards some of the employees by
their team managers were the common reasons
cited for prevailing discrepancy in performance
appraisal. This caused frustration and employees
quit the jobs so as to reduce dissonance simmering
within them [13, 48].
Salary structure and monetary incentives
Another important factor emerged as one of the
reasons of employee attrition. The factor included
items under it are an employee would switch if he
is offered with high package, tough promotions,
money being real motivator and salary revise is
required. The items had factor loadings in between
from 0.40 to0 .80. The issue of salary and incentives has not emerged as the prime factor contributing to the problem of attrition which is prevalent
in the literature [13, 25, 28, 29, 41 and 42]. Some
of the respondents, especially those having families left the jobs because of salary issues
Social recognition and employee engagement
The employees of the ITeS call centers disclosed that the society never provided them due
recognition. Many respondents clearly told that it
is always better to say ‘unemployed’ rather than
disclosing an employee of the call center industry
to the Indian society (including relatives, friends).
This finding is also corroborated by earlier literature [17, 18, 42 and 49]. Employee engagement
adds further to the problem of employee attrition.
The employees were not engaged in the jobs and
hence they always look in for the green pastures
outside their organizations. Apart from this some
of the respondents revealed that twin identity is
also one of factors that cause employee attrition.
It is a mistake to assume that all departures
occur for the same reasons; in fact one person’s
priority may be different from the other person’s
priority and moreover tolerance power of an individual may also vary. The present study has also
revealed some other factors which contributes to
the problem of attrition such as marriage, language
barrier, no personal life and lack of social life [25,
28, 45, and 49], lack of employee motivation [41,
49]. Further, the study has also revealed that long
distance of commuting [28], hard to understand
customer’s accent [13], no flexible work schedules are also contributing to employee attrition.
5. Conclusion
Employee attrition is a serious problem and
deserves immediate attention in this competitive
world. The findings of this study provide an insight into the consistent problem of employee attrition, as the gravity of this problem may lead to
losing your high earned rating and position to your
competitors. It is imperative for the management
to make relevant changes through continuous HR
interventions. The problem of high employee attrition is de-motivating the other employees of
the organization. It also increases the recruitment
costs for the ITeS call centers by impacting the
profits. To tackle the problem of employee attrition, these eight factors need to be focused carefully. These factors have also been supported by
some other research studies.
The present study has been undertaken with the
objective to identify the key factors responsible for
attrition. This has been achieved and based upon
factor analysis eight factors responsible for attrition has been identified. In terms of importance it
can be said that Manager’s Attitude, work culture,
customer handling interface had higher importance. Salary Structure and Monetary Incentives
had the lower Eigen values highlighting the less
importance given to this factor. These results have
been corroborated by [13, 25, 29, and 42].
The second objective of the study has been to
develop employee retention strategies to counter
attrition problem in ITeS call centers. Based upon
factors identified the following strategies would
help in reducing attrition. By introducing a better employee job-fit, an open organization culture,
career planning, transparent appraisal system and
competitive salary would go a long way in retaining the employees in ITeS call centers. The ITeSBPO employees need to be given more individual
and human relations oriented interface by the management. There is also need to inculcate pride for
ITeS call center jobs both among employees and
within the society. It will certainly be helpful in
lowering down the attrition rates. This will ensure
that individuals join this industry/organization as a
conscious career choice and are there for a longer
period of time rather than a stop gap arrangement.
Moreover, introduction of fair and timely performance management system would further curb
133
the problem of employee attrition to a greater extent. Thus the employees of ITeS-BPO firms want
more humane and friendly working environment
with better career progression rather than just lucrative salary and swanky office places.
6. Limitations
There are a number of limitations to this research study. First of all the time constraint for the
data collection period naturally limits the scope of
validity and reliability. Secondly, the data was collected from three clusters of North India limits the
findings of the research as well. Nevertheless, we
still believe our research study can be replicated in
the other parts of India and it can also be extended
to the other countries also which will be beneficial
for them too in the coming future.
7. Future Scope
The findings of the present study can be helpful to different ITeS call centers. These ITeS call
centers can make use of these findings in their organizations to arrest employee attrition.
References
1. www.neoIT.com
2. NASSCOM. The ITeS-BPO Super Nine India: a
NASSCOM – Net Scribes Study on City Competitiveness 2006. Accessed on 27 July, 2012 through webpage link http://www.nasscom.in. 2006.
3. NASSCOM. NASSCOM BPO Strategy Summit 2008.
Accessed on 12 June, 2014 through webpage link
http://www.nasscom.in. 2008.
4. Shilpa . A Useful Report BPO. Accessed on 15 January, 2013 through webpage link www.bpoindia.org.
2007.
5. Barnes PC. People Problem in Call Centres. Management Services, 2001; 45(7):30-1.
9. Pfeffer J. Competitive advantage through people.
Boston: Harvard Business School Press, 1994.
10. Bhawal C. Managing a knowledge-oriented business
in times of high attrition. Accessed on 27 July, 2012
through webpage link http://dqindia.ciol.com. 2005.
11. Siong ZMB, Mellor D, Moore KA, Firth ML. Predicting intention to quit in the call center industry:
Does the retail model it? Journal of Managerial
Psychology,2006; 21(3): 231–243.
12. Barrick MR, Zimmerman RD. Hiring for retention
and performance”, Human Organizational Psychology 2009; 12: 393-417.
13. Budhwar S, Varma A, Singh V, Dhar R. HRM systems of Indian call centres: an exploratory study.
Int. J. Human Resource Management, 2006; 17( 5):
881–897.
14. Sengupta S, Gupta A. “Exploring the dimensions of
attrition in Indian BPOs”, The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 2011; 1–30.
15. Mehta A, Armenakis A, Mehta N, Irani F. Challenges and opportunities of business process outsourcing in India. Journal of Labor Research, 2006; 27(
3): 324–333.
16. Tapper D. Worldwide and U.S. IT outsourcing services 2004–2008 forecast: a potential perfect storm.
Market Analysis, IDC, Document 31089. Available
at: www.idc.com, Accessed on July 2010. 2004.
17. Russell B, Thite M. The next division of labour:
work skills in Australian and Indian call centers.
Work Employment Society, 2008; 22( 4): 615–634.
18. Mishra P. Increasing rate of attrition in BPO,’ Management and Labor Studies, 2007; 32( 1): 1–7.
19. Times New York . A report on attrition rates. Accessed on 15 January, 2008 through webpage link
www.google .com. 2003.
20. Sharma S. Understanding BPO/call centre industry
and HR issues. Accessed on 27 July 2010 through
webpage link www.bpoindia.org/research. 2006a.
21. Dataquest. BPO employee’s survey 2004. Accessed
on 25 May, 2013 through webpage link www.
google.com, 2008.
22. Wwww,myhiringclub.com
6. NASSCOM NASSCOM Handbook. Accessed on 12
May, 2010 through webpage link www http://www.
nasscom.in. 2009.
23. NASSCOM. Executive Summary. Accessed on 20
July, 2010 through webpage link http://www.nasscom.in , 2010.
7. Nayanathara P. Indian BPO Industry: the Inside
Story. Accessed on 15 July, 2010 through webpage
link www.rediff.com. 2007.
24. Brooker B. Getting them is tough: keeping them is
tougher. Advertising Age, 2008; 79( 2): 20.
8. NASSCOM. The IT-BPO Sector in India, Strategic
Review 2012. Accessed on 14 April, 2010 through
webpage link http://www.nasscom.in. 2011.
134
25. Raman R. Strategies to Retain Human Capital in
Business Process Outsourcing Industry. Working
Paper, Kohinoor Business School, Khandala, India, 2006.
26. Prakash S, Chowdhury R. Managing attrition in
BPO: In search of excellence, Cool Avenues. Accessed from http://www.coolavenues.com/know/
hr/s_1.php on January 7, 2010. 2004.
27. D’Cruz P, Noronha E. ‘Technical call centers: Beyond ‘electronic sweatshops’ and ‘assembly lines
in the head’, Global Business Review, 2007; 8( 1):
53–67.
28. Prakash S, Chowdhury R. Managing attrition in
BPO: In search of excellence, Cool Avenues. Accessed from http://www.coolavenues.com/know/
hr/s_1.php on January 7, 2010. 2004.
29. Goel D, Thakur P. India: An attractive BPO destination marred by alarming attrition. insights into
the causes, impact and mitigation actions, TPI
Knowledge Powering Results, 2006.
30. Sprigg CA, Smith PR, Jackson PR. Psychosocial
risk factors in call centers: An evaluation of work
design and well-being. A Research Report prepared
by University of Sheffield, Health and Safety Laboratory and UMIST for the Health and Safety Executive 2003.
31. Sharma R. Macro and micro HR challenges in
globally distributed work. Working Paper, Management Development Institute, Gurgaon, 2006.
32. Raman R, Balasubramanian G. Managing people
in a new industry: A case study of a high-end BPO
Organization. Institute of Financial Management
and Research, Chennai, 2006; 308-335.
33. Schwartz E. Attrition on Rise. off shoring may
finally be succumbing to the most basic rule of economics, Accessed from www.infoworld.com on May
14, 2011. 2007.
34. Sutherland VJ, Cooper CL. Strategic stress management: An organizational approach. London:
Macmillan Press Ltd. 2000.
35. Gorsuch RL. Factor Analysis (2nd ed.). Hillsdale,
NJ: Erlbaum, 1983.
36. Hair JF, Black WC, Babin JB, Anderson RE, Tatham RL. Multivariate Data Analysis (Sixth Edition). Pearson, 2009.
37. Kaiser HF. The application of electronic computers
to factor analysis. Educational and Psychological
Measurement, 1960; 20: 41–151.
38. Joshi R. Innovative retention strategies for Indian
BPO’s (Part One). CiteHR Human Resource Management Community. Accessed on July 22, 2010
throug webpage link http://www.citehr.com/hr-strategy vt25866.html on July 22, 2010. 2004.
Borman, D.R. Ilgen and J.R. Klimoski, New York:
Wiley, 2003; 12: 453–491.
40. Shah H, Sharma V. Can job satisfaction enhance
individual performance: empirical study from BPO
sector. Global Journal of Business Management,
2007; 1(1).
41. Mehta A, Mehta N. Human resource issues in globally distributed work: an exploratory study of Indian outsourcing firms. Working Paper, Alburn University. Accessed on 27 July, 2010 through www.
google.com. 2005.
42. Bhatnagar J. Talent management strategy of employee engagement in Indian ITeS employees: key
to retention. Employee Relations, 2007; 29(6):
640–663.
43. Ofreneo R, Ng C, Marasigan-Pasumbal L. Voice for
the voice workers: addressing the IR concerns in
the call center/BPO Industry of Asia. Indian Journal of Industrial Relations, 2007; 42(4): 534–557.
44. Taylor P, Bain P. Call centers in Scotland: An
Overview. Glasgow Times New York. Accessed from
www.bpoindia.com on May 12, 2011, 1999.
45. Ramesh PB. Cyber Coolies in BPO: Insecurities
and vulnerabilities of non-standard work. Economic and Political Weekly, January, 2004; 39(5):
492-497.
46. Sudhashree VP, Rohith K, Shrinivas K. issues and
concerns of health among call center employee.
Indian Journal of Occupational and Environmental
Medicine, 2005; 9(3): 129-132.
47. Dataquest. BPO employee’s survey 2004; 27: 21.
48. Sharma R, Purohit B, Saxena SR, Sharma P. Application of OB in IT Industry. Working Paper, Management Development Institute, Gurgaon, 2006.
49. Sengupta S, Gupta A. Vicious Circle of Attrition in
the BPO Industry. The ICFAI Journal of Organizational Behavior, 2008; 8(2): 57–66.
Gagandeep Kaur,
School of Business,
Lovely Professional University,
Jalandhar,
India,
E-mail: [email protected];
[email protected]
39. Sonnentag S, Frese M. Stress in organizations,’ in
Comprehensive Handbook of Psychology. Industrial and Organizational Psychology, eds. W.C.
135
Instructions for the authors
All papers need to be sent to email: [email protected],
Every sent magazine gets its number, and author(s)
will be notified if their paper is accepted and what is the
number of paper. Every corresponedence will use that
number. The paper has to be typed on a standard size
paper (format A4), leaving left margins to be at least 3
cm. All materials, including tables and references, have
to be typed double-spaced, so one page has no more
than 2000 alphanumerical characters (30 lines). Sent
paper needs to be in the form of triplicate, considering
that original one enclosure of the material can be photocopied. Presenting paper depends on its content, but
usually it consists of a page title, summary, text references, legends for pictures and pictures. Type your paper
in MS Word and send if on a diskette or a CD-ROM.
Title page
Every article has to have a title page with a title of no
more than 10 words: name (s), last and first of the author
(s), name of the instituion the authors (s) belongs to,
abstract with maximum of 45 letters (including space),
footnote with acknowledgments, name of the first author or another person with whom correspondence will
be maintained.
ABSTRACT
Second page needs to contain paper summary, 200
words at the most. Summary needs to hold all essential
facts of the work-purpose of work, used methods (with
specific data, if possible) and basic facts. Summaries
must have review of underlined data, ideas and conclusions from text. Summary has no quoted references. For
key words, at the most, need to be placed below the text.
Central part of the article
Authentic papers contain these parts: introduction,
goal, methods, results, discussion and conclusion. Introduction is brief and clear review of problem. Methods
are shown so that interested a reader is able to repeat described research. Known methods don’t need to be identified, it is cited (referenced). Results need to be shown
clearly and legically, and their significance proven by
statistical analysis. In discussion, results are interpreted
and compared to existing, previously published findings
in the same field. Conclusions have to give an answer to
author’s goal.
mended. Only published articels (or articles accepted
for publishing) can be used as references. Not-published
observations and personal notifications need to be in text
in brackets. Showing references is as how they appear
in text. References cited in tables or pictures are also
numbered according to quoting order. Citing paper with
six or less authors must have cited names of all authors;
if seven or more authors’ wrote the paper, the name
of the first three authors are cited with a note “et all”.
If the author is unknown, at the beginning of papers
reference, the article is named as “unknown”. Titles of
the publications are abbreviated in accordance to Index
Medicus, but if not listed in the index, whole title of the
journal has to be written.
Footnote-comments, explanations, etc., cannot be
used in the paper.
Statisticial analysis
Tests used for statistical analysis need to be shown
in text and in tables or pictures containing statistical
analysis.
Tables and pictures
Tables have to be numbered and shown by their order, so they can be understood without having to read
the paper. Every column needs to have title, every measuring unit (SI) has to be clearly marked, preferably in
footnotes below the table, in Arabian numbers or symbols. Pictures also have to be numbered as they appear
in text. Drawings need to be enclosed on a white paper
or tracing paper, while black and white photo have to be
printed on a radiant paper. Legends next to pictures and
photos have to be written on a separate A4 format paper.
All illustrations (pictures, drawings, diagrams) have to
be original and on their backs contain illustration number, first author last name, abbreviated title of the paper and picture top. It is appreciated if author marks the
place for table or picture. Preferable the pictures format
is TIF, quality 300 DPI.
Use of abbreaviations
Use of abbreviations has to be reduced to minimum.
Conventional units can be used without their definitions.
References
Quoting references must be in a scale in which they
are really used. Quoting most recent literature is recom136

Version for preview

Transcription

Similar documents

HIKVISION ARG-77xxseries

Beauty + the BIM - Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture

November 2010 - LSU Alexandria

April/May 2012 UCAGreeks Newsletter

The Olympian tribune - Murray State University

report - Plan Transition Numérique dans le Bâtiment

Combining existing technology into a truly expressive

membres du Jury - Aga Khan Development Network

FROSTBURG STATE

Lycoming Engines` Shingo Prize Winning Journey to